JS_Remove*Root
obsolete since jsapi 31this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. unregisters a pointer to a gc thing so that it is no longer a member of the garbage collector's root set. this enables any pointed-at gc thing to be garbage collected as needed. syntax jsbool js_removevalueroot(jscontext *cx, jsval *vp); jsbool js_removestringroot(jscontext *cx, jsstring **spp); jsbool js_removeobjectroot(jscontext *cx, jsobject **opp); jsbool js_removegcthingroot(jscontext *cx, void **rp); name type description cx jscontext * a context. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. vp jsval * ...
... js_removestringroot(jscontext *cx, jsstring **spp); jsbool js_removeobjectroot(jscontext *cx, jsobject **opp); jsbool js_removegcthingroot(jscontext *cx, void **rp); name type description cx jscontext * a context. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. vp jsval * address of the jsval variable to remove from the root set. this must have been passed to either js_addvalueroot or js_addnamedvalueroot. spp jsstring * address of the jsstring* variable to remove from the root set. this must have been passed to either js_addstringroot or js_addnamedstringroot. opp jsobject * address of the jsobject* variable to remove from the root set. this must have been passed to ...
...spp jsstring * address of the jsstring* variable to remove from the root set. this must have been passed to either js_addstringroot or js_addnamedstringroot. opp jsobject * address of the jsobject* variable to remove from the root set. this must have been passed to either js_addobjectroot or js_addnamedobjectroot. rp void ** address of the pointer variable to remove from the root set. this must have been passed to either js_addgcthingroot or js_addnamedgcthingroot. description js_removeroot removes the variable that rp points to from the garbage collector's root set. the entry for rp is removed from the root set for the jsruntime associated with the context cx. ...
...And 5 more matches

ChildNode.remove() - Web APIs
the childnode.remove() method removes the object from the tree it belongs to. syntax node.remove(); example using remove() <div id="div-01">here is div-01</div> <div id="div-02">here is div-02</div> <div id="div-03">here is div-03</div> var el = document.getelementbyid('div-02'); el.remove(); // removes the div with the 'div-02' id childnode.remove() is unscopable the remove() method is not scoped into the with statement. see symbol.unscopables for more information. ...
...(); example using remove() <div id="div-01">here is div-01</div> <div id="div-02">here is div-02</div> <div id="div-03">here is div-03</div> var el = document.getelementbyid('div-02'); el.remove(); // removes the div with the 'div-02' id childnode.remove() is unscopable the remove() method is not scoped into the with statement. see symbol.unscopables for more information. ...
...<div id="div-01">here is div-01</div> <div id="div-02">here is div-02</div> <div id="div-03">here is div-03</div> var el = document.getelementbyid('div-02'); el.remove(); // removes the div with the 'div-02' id childnode.remove() is unscopable the remove() method is not scoped into the with statement. see symbol.unscopables for more information. ...
...And 5 more matches

RTCInboundRtpStreamStats.remoteId - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...
...And 5 more matches

RTCOutboundRtpStreamStats.remoteId - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...
...And 5 more matches

remote/child - Archive of obsolete content
enables an sdk module loaded into a child process to access web content in the child process and communicate with modules in the main process. usage the sdk/remote/parent module enables sdk code to load modules into child processes. the sdk/remote/child module is for these "child process modules". it provides two main things: access to web content loaded into this child process port mechanisms to communicate with the main process interacting with web content to interact with web content, the sdk/remote/child module provides a frames property that's a list of all content frames loaded into this child process. ...
...access to web content loaded into this child process port mechanisms to communicate with the main process interacting with web content to interact with web content, the sdk/remote/child module provides a frames property that's a list of all content frames loaded into this child process. each frame then has a content property that's the top-level dom window for the frame, and addeventlistener/removeeventlistener functions that enable you to listen to dom events dispatched by the frame. communicating with the parent process to communicate with the parent process, the process, frames, and frame objects in sdk/remote/child have a port object that you can use to receive messages from, and send messages to, code in the parent. see the documentation for sdk/remote/parent for more details. g...
... frames a list of the content frames in this process. each element in this list is a frame. listen to attach and detach events to hear as frames are created and destroyed. methods forevery calls the callback for every existing frame and any new frames created in the future. ...
...And 4 more matches

Remotely debugging Firefox for Metro - Archive of obsolete content
this article explains how to use remote debugging to inspect and code running in the new windows 8 ("metro-style") firefox app, using the developer tools in firefox on the desktop. prerequisites you will need: windows 8 (metro-style) firefox running in the touch-friendly "metro" mode on a windows 8 computer. firefox running in classic "desktop" mode on windows, mac os x, or linux, either on a separate computer or in a separate profile on the same computer. ...
... will need: windows 8 (metro-style) firefox running in the touch-friendly "metro" mode on a windows 8 computer. firefox running in classic "desktop" mode on windows, mac os x, or linux, either on a separate computer or in a separate profile on the same computer. ...
...parate computer or in a separate profile on the same computer. set up firefox for metro go to about:config in firefox for metro, and set the following required preference: devtools.debugger.remote-enabled = true you may also want to set these optional preferences: devtools.debugger.force-local = false (if you want to connect from a different machine over the network) devtools.debugger.remote-host (to change the tcp hostname where firefox will listen for connections) devtools.debugger.remote-port (to change the tcp port number where firefox will listen for connections) devtools.debugger.prompt-connection = false (allow connections without displaying a confirmation prompt. this can be a security risk, especially if you also set the force-local preference to false.) set up firef...
...And 4 more matches

RTCPeerConnection.removeStream() - Web APIs
return value undefined. ...
... return value undefined. ...
... return value undefined. ...
...And 4 more matches

XRInputSourcesChangeEventInit.removed - Web APIs
the xrinputsourceschangeeventinit property removed is an array of zero or more xrinputsource objects, each representing one input source which has been removed from the xrsession. ...
... the xrinputsourceschangeeventinit property removed is an array of zero or more xrinputsource objects, each representing one input source which has been removed from the xrsession. ...
... the xrinputsourceschangeeventinit property removed is an array of zero or more xrinputsource objects, each representing one input source which has been removed from the xrsession. ...
...And 4 more matches

Connecting to Remote Content - Archive of obsolete content
it is an integral part of the modern web, and all major browsers support it. besides xml, it can be used to retrieve data in other formats, for example json, html and plain text. in this section we'll look into the xml and json communication mechanisms. ...
.... you can see that an instance of the xmlhttprequest class is created and it holds all functionality for making a request. we create this instance using xpcom instead of the usual way (new xmlhttprequest()) because this way works both in chrome and non-chrome code. following initialization, onload and onerror handlers are registered to a callback function to handle the response returned from the remote server. in both cases aevent.target is an nsixmlhttprequest. in the onload callback function, the responsetext parameter contains the server response as text. if the response is an xml document, the responsexml property will hold an xmldocument object that can be manipulated using dom methods. sometimes the server doesn't specify an xml content-type header, which is necessary for the xml pars...
...s mode the code and user interface are blocked while waiting for a response to come back. note: requests can take a long time to process and you don't want users to be stuck waiting while a request is obtained and processed. therefore, it is very important that xmlhttprequest calls are always done asynchronously. now let's look at the most common types of content you can use to communicate with remote servers. json content json is a very lightweight and simple data representation format, similar to the object representation used in javascript. unlike javascript, the json format doesn't allow any kind of code that can be run, only data. json used to be risky in terms of security because the favored way of parsing it was to use the javascript eval function. since eval executes any code con...
...And 3 more matches

dirRemove - Archive of obsolete content
returns an integer error code. for a list of possible values, see return codes. ...
... returns an integer error code. for a list of possible values, see return codes. ...
... returns an integer error code. for a list of possible values, see return codes. ...
...And 3 more matches

PerfMeasurement.jsm
the perfmeasurement.jsm javascript code module lets you take detailed performance measurements of your code. note: the perfmeasurement.jsm javascript code module can only be used from chrome -- that is, from within the application itself or an add-on. before you can use this module, you need to import it into your scope: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/perfmeasurement.jsm") see measuring performance using the perfmeasurement.jsm code module for details on how to use this api. note: at present, perfmeasurement.jsm is only functional on linux, but it is planned to add support for windows (bug 583322) and osx (bug 583323) as well, and we welcome patches for other operating systems. method overview static bool canmeasuresomething(); void reset(); void start(); void sto...
...erview static bool canmeasuresomething(); void reset(); void start(); void stop(); member fields recorded data variables these variables provide access to the recorded data. any measurable event that was not being recorded has a value of -1 (that is, 0xffffffffffffffff). note: these values are all zeroed (or set to -1, for events not being measured) when you initialize the perfmeasurement object, then they are not zeroed again unless you explicitly call the reset() method. this lets you accumulate measurements over multiple passes through code that you want to analyze. variable type description cpu_cycles uint64 the number of cpu cycles elapsed. instructions uint64 the number of instructions executed. cache_references uint64 the number of memory accesses that occu...
...read migrated from one cpu core to another. event types measured constant the eventsmeasured constant provides a mask indicating which event types were recorded. variable type description eventsmeasured eventmask a bit mask of the event types recorded; this can differ from the events requested if the platform doesn't support all of the event types you specified when creating the perfmeasurement object. constants event mask constants these constants are used to construct the mask indicating which events you want to monitor. constant value description cpu_cycles 0x00000001 measure cpu cycles elapsed. instructions 0x00000002 measure the number of instructions executed. cache_references 0x00000004 measure the number of cache references. cache_misses 0x00000008 measure the n...
...And 3 more matches

BluetoothRemoteGATTDescriptor - Web APIs
the bluetoothremotegattdescriptor interface of the web bluetooth api provides a gatt descriptor, which provides further information about a characteristic’s value. interface interface bluetoothremotegattdescriptor { readonly attribute bluetoothgattcharacteristic characteristic; readonly attribute uuid uuid; readonly attribute arraybuffer? ...
...provides a gatt descriptor, which provides further information about a characteristic’s value. interface interface bluetoothremotegattdescriptor { readonly attribute bluetoothgattcharacteristic characteristic; readonly attribute uuid uuid; readonly attribute arraybuffer? ...
... a characteristic’s value. interface interface bluetoothremotegattdescriptor { readonly attribute bluetoothgattcharacteristic characteristic; readonly attribute uuid uuid; readonly attribute arraybuffer? value; promise<arraybuffer> readvalue(); promise<void> writevalue(buffersource value); }; properties bluetoothremotegattdescriptor.characteristicread only returns the bluetoothremotegattcharacteristic this descriptor belongs to. bluetoothremotegattdescriptor.uuidread only returns the uuid of the characteristic descriptor, for example '00002902-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb' for theclient characteristic configuration descriptor. bluetoothremotegattdescriptor.valueread only returns the currently cached descriptor value. this value gets updated when the value of the descr...
...And 3 more matches

BluetoothRemoteGATTService - Web APIs
the bluetoothremotegattservice interface of the web bluetooth api represents a service provided by a gatt server, including a device, a list of referenced services, and a list of the characteristics of this service. ...
... the bluetoothremotegattservice interface of the web bluetooth api represents a service provided by a gatt server, including a device, a list of referenced services, and a list of the characteristics of this service. ...
...ic> getcharacteristic(bluetoothcharacteristicuuid characteristic); promise<sequence<bluetoothgattcharacteristic>> getcharacteristics(optional bluetoothcharacteristicuuid characteristic); promise<bluetoothgattservice> getincludedservice(bluetoothserviceuuid service); promise<sequence<bluetoothgattservice>> getincludedservices(optional bluetoothserviceuuid service); }; properties bluetoothremotegattservice.deviceread only returns information about a bluetooth device through an instance of bluetoothdevice. bluetoothremotegattservice.isprimaryread only returns a boolean indicating whether this is a primary or secondary service. bluetoothremotegattservice.uuidread only returns a domstring representing the uuid of this service. methods bluetoothremotegattservice.getcharacter...
...And 3 more matches

Element.removeAttributeNS() - Web APIs
the removeattributens() method of the element interface removes the specified attribute from an element. syntax element.removeattributens(namespace, attrname); parameters namespace is a string that contains the namespace of the attribute. attrname is a string that names the attribute to be removed from the current node. ...
...removeattributens(namespace, attrname); parameters namespace is a string that contains the namespace of the attribute. attrname is a string that names the attribute to be removed from the current node. ...
... living standard ...
...And 3 more matches

Element.removeAttributeNode() - Web APIs
the removeattributenode() method of the element object removes the specified attribute from the current element. syntax removedattr = element.removeattributenode(attributenode) attributenode is the attr node that needs to be removed. removedattr is the removed attr node. example // given: <div id="top" align="center" /> var d = document.getelementbyid("top"); var d_align = d.getattributenode("align"); d.removeattributenode(d_align); // align is now removed: <div id="top" /> notes if the removed attribute has a default value, it is immediately replaced. the replacing attribute has the same namespace uri and local name, as well as the original prefix, when applicable. ...
...div id="top" align="center" /> var d = document.getelementbyid("top"); var d_align = d.getattributenode("align"); d.removeattributenode(d_align); // align is now removed: <div id="top" /> notes if the removed attribute has a default value, it is immediately replaced. the replacing attribute has the same namespace uri and local name, as well as the original prefix, when applicable. there is no removeattributenodens method; the removeattributenode method can remove both namespaced attributes and non-namespaced attributes. dom methods dealing with element's attributes: not namespace-aware, most commonly used methods namespace-aware variants (dom level 2) dom level 1 methods for dealing with attr nodes directly (seldom used) dom level 2 namespace-aware methods for dealing with attr nodes ...
... living standard ...
...And 3 more matches

MediaQueryList.removeListener() - Web APIs
in the original implementation, the callback was a non-standard mediaquerylistlistener object. in the new implementation the standard event mechanism is used, and the callback is a standard function. return value void. ...
...in the original implementation, the callback was a non-standard mediaquerylistlistener object. in the new implementation the standard event mechanism is used, and the callback is a standard function. return value void. ...
...in the original implementation, the callback was a non-standard mediaquerylistlistener object. in the new implementation the standard event mechanism is used, and the callback is a standard function. return value void. ...
...And 3 more matches

RTCIceTransport.getRemoteParameters() - Web APIs
returns null if the parameters haven't been received yet. ...
... returns null if the parameters haven't been received yet. ...
... returns null if the parameters haven't been received yet. ...
...And 3 more matches

Selection.removeRange() - Web APIs
working draft current browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. ...
... working draft current browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. ...
... working draft current browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. ...
...And 3 more matches

Remote XUL - Archive of obsolete content
how to use xul delivered from a webserver, not as part of chrome. note: support for remote xul has long been a potential security concern; support for it was disabled in gecko 2.0. this also means you can't load xul using file:// urls unless you set the preference dom.allow_xul_xbl_for_file to true. however, there is a whitelist that lets you specify sites that can still use remote xul. ...
... how to use xul delivered from a webserver, not as part of chrome. note: support for remote xul has long been a potential security concern; support for it was disabled in gecko 2.0. this also means you can't load xul using file:// urls unless you set the preference dom.allow_xul_xbl_for_file to true. however, there is a whitelist that lets you specify sites that can still use remote xul. ...
... ...
...And 2 more matches

removeItemAt - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removeitemat( index ) return type: element removes the child item in the element at the specified index. the method returns the removed item. ...
... « xul reference home removeitemat( index ) return type: element removes the child item in the element at the specified index. the method returns the removed item. ...
... removeitemat( index ) return type: element removes the child item in the element at the specified index. the method returns the removed item. ...
...And 2 more matches

Using Remote XUL - Archive of obsolete content
introduction note: support for remote xul has long been a potential security concern; support for it was disabled in gecko 2.0. this also means you can't load xul using file:// urls unless you set the preference dom.allow_xul_xbl_for_file to true. however, there is a whitelist that lets you specify sites that can still use remote xul. ...
... introduction note: support for remote xul has long been a potential security concern; support for it was disabled in gecko 2.0. this also means you can't load xul using file:// urls unless you set the preference dom.allow_xul_xbl_for_file to true. however, there is a whitelist that lets you specify sites that can still use remote xul. ...
...ased language for describing application interfaces. it contains elements for all common ui widgets (menus, buttons, toolbars, etc.) and many sophisticated ones (trees, browsers, color pickers). xul is often used by desktop applications like mozilla but can also be loaded from a web server and rendered inside the content pane of a compatible browser. xul loaded and rendered in this way is called remote xul and can be used for basic functions like web site navigation as well as to build sophisticated web-based applications. [***aw: we should have a screenshot here of a xul document loaded in a content window***] this tutorial walks you through the process of building xul-based navigation for the mozilla.org web site. after completing the tutorial you should understand how to: create xul ...
...And 2 more matches

PR_AtomicDecrement
the value returned is the referenced variable's final value. the modification to memory is unconditional. ...
...the value returned is the referenced variable's final value. the modification to memory is unconditional. ...
...the value returned is the referenced variable's final value. the modification to memory is unconditional. ...
...And 2 more matches

DataTransferItemList.remove() - Web APIs
the datatransferitemlist.remove() method removes the datatransferitem at the specified index from the list. if the index is less than zero or greater than one less than the length of the list, the list will not be changed. syntax datatransferitemlist.remove(index); parameters index the zero-based index number of the item in the drag data list to remove. if the index doesn't correspond to an existing item in the list, the list is left unchanged. return value undefined. exceptions invalidstateerror the drag data store is not in read/write mode, so the item can't be removed. example this example shows the use of the remove() method. javascript function dragstart_handler(ev) { console.log("dragstart"); // add this element's id to the drag payload so the drop handler wi...
...string(function (s){ console.log("... ...
...onsole.log("... ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBObjectStore.autoIncrement - Web APIs
the autoincrement read-only property of the idbobjectstore interface returns the value of the auto increment flag for this object store. note that every object store has its own separate auto increment counter. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var myautoincrement = objectstore.autoincrement; value a boolean: value meaning true the object store auto increments. false the object store does not auto increment. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). after the object store has been created, we log objectstore.autoincrement to the console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live...
...s done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...
... recommendation browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. d...
...And 2 more matches

MediaStream.onremovetrack - Web APIs
the mediastream.onremovetrack property is an eventhandler which specifies a function to be called when the removetrack event occurs on a mediastream instance. this happens when a track of any kind is removed from the media stream. this event is fired when the browser removes a track from the stream (such as when a rtcpeerconnection is renegotiated or a stream being captured using htmlmediaelement.capturestream() gets a new set of tracks because the media element being captured loaded a new source. the removetrack event does not get fired when javascript code explicitly removes tracks from the stream (by calling removetrack()). ...
... browser removes a track from the stream (such as when a rtcpeerconnection is renegotiated or a stream being captured using htmlmediaelement.capturestream() gets a new set of tracks because the media element being captured loaded a new source. the removetrack event does not get fired when javascript code explicitly removes tracks from the stream (by calling removetrack()). syntax mediastream.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value this should be set to a function which you provide that accepts as input a mediastreamtrackevent object representing the removetrack event which has occurred. the mediastreamtrack representing the track which was removed is specified in the event's track property. ...
...ovetrack()). syntax mediastream.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value this should be set to a function which you provide that accepts as input a mediastreamtrackevent object representing the removetrack event which has occurred. the mediastreamtrack representing the track which was removed is specified in the event's track property. example this example adds a listener which, when a track is removed from the stream, logs the track that was removed. ...
...And 2 more matches

PR_AtomicIncrement
the result of the function is the value of the memory after the operation. the writing of the memory is unconditional. ...
...the result of the function is the value of the memory after the operation. the writing of the memory is unconditional. ...
...the result of the function is the value of the memory after the operation. the writing of the memory is unconditional. ...
...the result of the function is the value of the memory after the operation. the writing of the memory is unconditional. ...

JS_RemoveRootRT
unregisters a pointer to a gc thing so that it is no longer a member of the garbage collector's root set. this enables any pointed-at gc thing to be garbage collected as needed. syntax jsbool js_removerootrt(jsruntime *rt, void *rp); name type description rt jsruntime * pointer to the runtime with which the root was registered. rp void * address of the pointer to no longer protect. this must have been passed to one of js_addroot, js_addnamedroot, or js_addnamedrootrt earlier. description js_removerootrt removes the gc thing that rp points to from the list of gc things that are protected from garbage collection. rp is thus a pointer to a pointer to a js double, string, or object. do not pass a pointer to a js double, string, or obj...
...ier. description js_removerootrt removes the gc thing that rp points to from the list of gc things that are protected from garbage collection. rp is thus a pointer to a pointer to a js double, string, or object. do not pass a pointer to a js double, string, or object -- you must pass a pointer to a pointer or a pointer to a jsval that's a gc thing. the entry for the gc thing rp points to is removed in the garbage collection hash table for the specified runtime, rt. js_removerootrt always returns js_true. ...
...n. rp is thus a pointer to a pointer to a js double, string, or object. do not pass a pointer to a js double, string, or object -- you must pass a pointer to a pointer or a pointer to a jsval that's a gc thing. ...
...double, string, or object -- you must pass a pointer to a pointer or a pointer to a jsval that's a gc thing. the entry for the gc thing rp points to is removed in the garbage collection hash table for the specified runtime, rt. js_removerootrt always returns js_true. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.startNotifications() - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'startnotifications()' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'startnotifications()' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'startnotifications()' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'startnotifications()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer - Web APIs
the bluetoothremotegattserver interface of the web bluetooth api represents a gatt server on a remote device. interface interface bluetoothremotegattserver { readonly attribute bluetoothdevice device; readonly attribute boolean connected; promise<bluetoothremotegattserver> connect(); void disconnect(); promise<bluetoothremotegattservice> getprimaryservice(bluetoothserviceuuid service); promise<sequence<bluetoothremotegattservice>> getprimaryservices(optional bluetoothserviceuuid service); }; properties bluetoothremotegattserver.connectedread only a boolean value that returns true while this script execution environment is connected to this.device. it can be false while the user agent is physically connected. ...
...ce> getprimaryservice(bluetoothserviceuuid service); promise<sequence<bluetoothremotegattservice>> getprimaryservices(optional bluetoothserviceuuid service); }; properties bluetoothremotegattserver.connectedread only a boolean value that returns true while this script execution environment is connected to this.device. it can be false while the user agent is physically connected. bluetoothremotegattserver.deviceread only a reference to the bluetoothdevice running the server. methods bluetoothremotegattserver.connect() causes the script execution environment to connect to this.device. bluetoothremotegattserver.disconnect() causes the script execution environment to disconnect from this.device. ...
... can be false while the user agent is physically connected. bluetoothremotegattserver.deviceread only a reference to the bluetoothdevice running the server. methods bluetoothremotegattserver.connect() causes the script execution environment to connect to this.device. bluetoothremotegattserver.disconnect() causes the script execution environment to disconnect from this.device. bluetoothremotegattserver.getprimaryservice() returns a promise to the primary bluetoothgattservice offered by the bluetooth device for a specified bluetoothserviceuuid. bluetoothremotegattserver.getprimaryservices() returns a promise to a list of primary bluetoothgattservice objects offered by the bluetooth device for a specified bluetoothserviceuuid. specifications specification status ...
...e primary bluetoothgattservice offered by the bluetooth device for a specified bluetoothserviceuuid. bluetoothremotegattserver.getprimaryservices() returns a promise to a list of primary bluetoothgattservice objects offered by the bluetooth device for a specified bluetoothserviceuuid. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'bluetoothremotegattserver' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

CanvasCaptureMediaStreamTrack - Web APIs
this lets applications that wish to specify the frame capture times directly do so, if they specified a framerate of 0 when calling capturestream(). ...
...this lets applications that wish to specify the frame capture times directly do so, if they specified a framerate of 0 when calling capturestream(). ...
...ng a call to htmlcanvaselement.capturestream(). part of the media capture and streams api. properties this interface inherits the properties of its parent, mediastreamtrack. canvascapturemediastreamtrack.canvas read only returns the htmlcanvaselement object whose surface is captured in real-time. methods this interface inherits the methods of its parent, mediastreamtrack. canvascapturemediastreamtrack.requestframe() manually forces a frame to be captured and sent to the stream. ...
...k. canvascapturemediastreamtrack.requestframe() manually forces a frame to be captured and sent to the stream. this lets applications that wish to specify the frame capture times directly do so, if they specified a framerate of 0 when calling capturestream(). specifications specification status comment media capture from dom elementsthe definition of 'canvascapturemediastreamtrack' in that specification. working draft initial definition ...

HTMLSelectElement.remove() - Web APIs
the htmlselectelement.remove() method removes the element at the specified index from the options collection for this select element. syntax collection.remove(index); parameters index is a long for the index of the htmloptionelement to remove from the collection. if the index is not found the method has no effect. ...
... the htmlselectelement.remove() method removes the element at the specified index from the options collection for this select element. syntax collection.remove(index); parameters index is a long for the index of the htmloptionelement to remove from the collection. if the index is not found the method has no effect. ...
... obsolete document object model (dom) level 1 specifi...
... to: <select id="existinglist" name="existinglist"> <option value="1">option: value 1</option> <option value="3">option: value 3</option> </select> */ specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmlselectelement.remove()' in that specification. living standard html5the definition of 'htmlselectelement.remove()' in that specification. recommendation is a snapshot of html living standard. document object model (dom) level 2 html specificationthe definition of 'htmlselectelement.remove()' in that specification. obsolete document object model (dom) level 1 specificationthe definition of 'htmlselectelement.remove()' in that specification. obsolete initial definitio...

PaymentResponse.payerEmail - Web APIs
browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
...ition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

RTCIceTransport.getRemoteCandidates() - Web APIs
the rtcicetransport method getremotecandidates() returns an array which contains one rtcicecandidate for each of the candidates that have been received from the remote peer so far during the current ice gathering session. each time your signaling code calls rtcpeerconnection.addicecandidate() to add a received candidate to the ice session, the ice agent places it in the list returned by this function. syntax remotecandidates = rtcicetransport.getremotecandidates(); parameters none. return value an array containing one rtcicecandidate object for each candidate that has been received so far from the remote peer during the current ice candidate gathering session. it's important to keep in mind that there's no way to correlate these remote candidates with compatible local candidates. to ...
...ng one rtcicecandidate object for each candidate that has been received so far from the remote peer during the current ice candidate gathering session. it's important to keep in mind that there's no way to correlate these remote candidates with compatible local candidates. to find the best match found so far, call rtcicetransport.getselectedcandidatepair(). example this simple example gets the remote candidate list from the rtcicetransport for the first rtcrtpsender on the rtcpeerconnection, then outputs to the console all of the candidates in the list. ...
...to keep in mind that there's no way to correlate these remote candidates with compatible local candidates. to find the best match found so far, call rtcicetransport.getselectedcandidatepair(). example this simple example gets the remote candidate list from the rtcicetransport for the first rtcrtpsender on the rtcpeerconnection, then outputs to the console all of the candidates in the list. ...
... candidates with compatible local candidates. to find the best match found so far, call rtcicetransport.getselectedcandidatepair(). example this simple example gets the remote candidate list from the rtcicetransport for the first rtcrtpsender on the rtcpeerconnection, then outputs to the console all of the candidates in the list. var remotecandidates = pc.getsenders()[0].transport.transport.getremotecandidates(); remotecandidates.foreach(function(candidate, index)) { console.log("candidate " + index + ": " + candidate.candidate); }); specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'rtcicecandidate.getremotecandidates()' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

RTCPeerConnection.currentRemoteDescription - Web APIs
the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing the remote end of the connection as it was most recently successfully negotiated since the last time the rtcpeerconnection finished negotiating and connecting to a remote peer. also included is a list of any ice candidates that may already have been generated by the ice agent since the offer or answer represented by the description was first instantiated. to change the currentremotedescription, call rtcpeerconnection.setremotedescription(), which triggers a series of events which leads to this value being set. for details on what exactly happens and why the change isn't necessarily instantaneous, see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity. unlike rtcpeercon...
...or answer represented by the description was first instantiated. to change the currentremotedescription, call rtcpeerconnection.setremotedescription(), which triggers a series of events which leads to this value being set. for details on what exactly happens and why the change isn't necessarily instantaneous, see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity. unlike rtcpeerconnection.remotedescription, this value represents the actual current state of the local end of the connection; remotedescription may specify a description which the connection is currently in the process of switching over to. syntax sessiondescription = rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription; return value the current description of the remote end of the connection, if one has been set. if none has be...
...he connection; remotedescription may specify a description which the connection is currently in the process of switching over to. syntax sessiondescription = rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription; return value the current description of the remote end of the connection, if one has been set. if none has been successfully set, this value is null. example this example looks at the currentremotedescription and displays an alert containing the rtcsessiondescription object's type and sdp fields. ...
...eerconnection.currentremotedescription; return value the current description of the remote end of the connection, if one has been set. if none has been successfully set, this value is null. example this example looks at the currentremotedescription and displays an alert containing the rtcsessiondescription object's type and sdp fields. var pc = new rtcpeerconnection(); … var sd = pc.currentremotedescription; if (sd) { alert("local session: type='" + sd.type + "'; sdp description='" + sd.sdp + "'"); } else { alert("no local session yet."); } specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription' in that specification. candidate rec...

RTCPeerConnection.onremovestream - Web APIs
the removestream event has been removed from the webrtc specification in favor of the existing removetrack event on the remote mediastream and the corresponding mediastream.onremovetrack event handler property of the remote mediastream. the rtcpeerconnection api is now track-based, so having zero tracks in the remote stream is equivalent to the remote stream being removed and the old removestream event. the rtcpeerconnection.onremovestream event handler is a property containing the code to execute when the removestream event, of type mediastreamevent, is received by this rtcpeerconnection. such an event is sent when a mediastream is removed from this connection. ...
...racks in the remote stream is equivalent to the remote stream being removed and the old removestream event. the rtcpeerconnection.onremovestream event handler is a property containing the code to execute when the removestream event, of type mediastreamevent, is received by this rtcpeerconnection. such an event is sent when a mediastream is removed from this connection. syntax peerconnection.onremovestream = function; values function is the name of a user-defined function, without the () suffix or any parameters, or an anonymous function declaration, such as function(event) {...}. an event handler always has one single parameter, containing the event, here of type mediastreamevent. ...
...s sent when a mediastream is removed from this connection. syntax peerconnection.onremovestream = function; values function is the name of a user-defined function, without the () suffix or any parameters, or an anonymous function declaration, such as function(event) {...}. an event handler always has one single parameter, containing the event, here of type mediastreamevent. ...
...om this connection. syntax peerconnection.onremovestream = function; values function is the name of a user-defined function, without the () suffix or any parameters, or an anonymous function declaration, such as function(event) {...}. an event handler always has one single parameter, containing the event, here of type mediastreamevent. ...

TextTrackList: removeTrack event - Web APIs
the removetrack event is fired when a track is removed from a texttracklist. ...
... the removetrack event is fired when a track is removed from a texttracklist. ...
... the removetrack event is fired when a track is removed from a texttracklist. ...
...hen a track is removed from a texttracklist. bubbles no cancelable no interface trackevent event handler property onremovetrack examples using addeventlistener(): const mediaelement = document.queryselector('video, audio'); mediaelement.texttracks.addeventlistener('removetrack', (event) => { console.log(`text track: ${event.track.label} removed`); }); using the onremovetrack event handler property: const mediaelement = document.queryselector('video, audio'); mediaelement.texttracks.onremovetrack = (event) => { console.log(`text track: ${event.track.label} removed`); }; specifications specification status html living standardthe definition of 'removetrack' in that specification. living standard ...

remove - Archive of obsolete content
returns an integer error code. ...
... returns an integer error code. ...
... returns an integer error code. ...

Animation.onremove - Web APIs
the animation interface's onremove property (from the web animations api) is the event handler for the remove event. this event is sent when the animation is removed (i.e., put into an active replace state). syntax var removehandler = animation.onremove; animation.onremove = removehandler; value a function to be called to handle the remove event, or null if no remove event handler is set. ...
...s set. examples in our simple replace indefinite animations demo, you can see the following code: const divelem = document.queryselector('div'); document.body.addeventlistener('mousemove', evt => { let anim = divelem.animate( { transform: `translate(${ evt.clientx}px, ${evt.clienty}px)` }, { duration: 500, fill: 'forwards' } ); anim.commitstyles(); //anim.persist() anim.onremove = function() { console.log('animation removed'); } console.log(anim.replacestate); }); here we have a <div> element, and an event listener that fires the event handler code whenever the mouse moves. the event handler sets up an animation that animates the <div> element to the position of the mouse pointer. this could result in a huge animations list, which could create a memory leak.
...moved'); } console.log(anim.replacestate); }); here we have a <div> element, and an event listener that fires the event handler code whenever the mouse moves. the event handler sets up an animation that animates the <div> element to the position of the mouse pointer. this could result in a huge animations list, which could create a memory leak. for this reason, modern browsers automatically remove overriding forward filling animations. a console message is logged each time an animation it removed, invoked when the remove event is fired. specifications specification status comment web animationsthe definition of 'animation.onremove' in that specification. working draft editor's draft. ...

AudioTrackList.onremovetrack - Web APIs
the audiotracklist onremovetrack event handler is called when the removetrack event occurs, indicating that an audio track has been removed from the media element, and therefore also from the audiotracklist. the event is passed into the event handler in the form of a trackevent object, whose track property identifies the track that was removed from the media element's audiotracklist. note: you can also add a handler for the removetrack event using addeventlistener(). syntax audiotracklist.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value set onremovetrack to a function that accepts as input a trackevent object which indicates in its track property which audio track has been removed from the media element. example this simple example just fetches the current number of audio tracks in the media el...
...he removetrack event using addeventlistener(). syntax audiotracklist.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value set onremovetrack to a function that accepts as input a trackevent object which indicates in its track property which audio track has been removed from the media element. example this simple example just fetches the current number of audio tracks in the media element whenever a track is removed from the media element. document.queryselector("my-video").audiotracks.onremovetrack = function(event) { mytrackcount = document.queryselector("my-video").audiotracks.length; }; the current number of audio tracks remaining in the media element is obtained from audiotracklist property length. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe...
...ument.queryselector("my-video").audiotracks.onremovetrack = function(event) { mytrackcount = document.queryselector("my-video").audiotracks.length; }; the current number of audio tracks remaining in the media element is obtained from audiotracklist property length. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'audiotracklist.onremovetrack' in that specification. living standard html5the definition of 'audiotracklist.onremovetrack' in that specification. recommendation ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.service - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'service' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'service' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'service' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.stopNotifications() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'stopnotifications()' in that specification. ...
...}) returns a promise. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'stopnotifications()' in that specification. ...
...}) returns a promise. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'stopnotifications()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.uuid - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'uuid' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'uuid' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'uuid' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer.connect() - Web APIs
parameters none. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'connect()' in that specification. ...
... parameters none. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'connect()' in that specification. ...
... parameters none. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'connect()' in that specification. ...

DOMTokenList.remove() - Web APIs
the remove() method of the domtokenlist interface removes the specified tokens from the list. syntax tokenlist.remove(token1[, token2[, ...tokenn]]); parameters tokenn a domstring representing the token you want to remove from the list. if the string is not in the list, no error is thrown, and nothing happens. return value undefined examples in the following example we retrieve the list of classes set on a <span> element as a domtokenlist using element.classlist. we then remove a token from the list, and write the list into the <span>'s node.textcontent. ...
...turn value undefined examples in the following example we retrieve the list of classes set on a <span> element as a domtokenlist using element.classlist. we then remove a token from the list, and write the list into the <span>'s node.textcontent. first, the html: <span class="a b c"></span> now the javascript: let span = document.queryselector("span"); let classes = span.classlist; classes.remove("c"); span.textcontent = classes; the output looks like this: to remove multiple classes at once, you can supply multiple tokens. ...
...n = document.queryselector("span"); let classes = span.classlist; classes.remove("c"); span.textcontent = classes; the output looks like this: to remove multiple classes at once, you can supply multiple tokens. the order you supply the tokens doesn't have to match the order they appear in the list: let span2 = document.getelementsbytagname("span")[0] let classes2 = span.classlist; classes2.remove("c", "b"); span2.textcontent = classes; specifications specification status comment domthe definition of 'remove()' in that specification. living standard initial definition ...

IdleDeadline.timeRemaining() - Web APIs
the timeremaining() method on the idledeadline interface returns the estimated number of milliseconds remaining in the current idle period. the callback can call this method at any time to determine how much time it can continue to work before it must return. for example, if the callback finishes a task and has another one to begin, it can call timeremaining() to see if there's enough time to complete the next task. if there isn't, the callback can just return immediately, or look for other work to do with the remaining time. by the time timeremaining() reaches 0, it is suggested that the callback should return control to the user agent's event loop. ...
...the value is ideally accurate to within about 5 microseconds. ...
...the value is ideally accurate to within about 5 microseconds. if the idledeadline object's didtimeout property is true, this method returns zero. ...

RTCPeerConnection.pendingRemoteDescription - Web APIs
the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing a pending configuration change for the remote end of the connection. this does not describe the connection as it currently stands, but as it may exist in the near future. use rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription or rtcpeerconnection.remotedescription to get the current session description for the remote endpoint. for details on the difference, see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity. syntax sessiondescription = rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription; return value if a remote description change is in progress, this is an rtcsessiondescription describing the proposed configuration. otherwise, this returns null. example this example looks at th...
...n for the remote endpoint. for details on the difference, see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity. syntax sessiondescription = rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription; return value if a remote description change is in progress, this is an rtcsessiondescription describing the proposed configuration. otherwise, this returns null. example this example looks at the pendingremotedescription to determine whether or not there's a description change being processed. ...
...tcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription; return value if a remote description change is in progress, this is an rtcsessiondescription describing the proposed configuration. otherwise, this returns null. example this example looks at the pendingremotedescription to determine whether or not there's a description change being processed. var pc = new rtcpeerconnection(); … var sd = pc.pendingremotedescription; if (sd) { // there's a description change underway! } else { // no description change pending } specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCPeerConnection.remoteDescription - Web APIs
the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.remotedescription returns a rtcsessiondescription describing the session (which includes configuration and media information) for the remote end of the connection. if this hasn't been set yet, this is null. the returned value typically reflects a remote description which has been received over the signaling server (as either an offer or an answer) and then put into effect by your code calling rtcpeerconnection.setremotedescription() in response. syntax var sessiondescription = peerconnection.remotedescription; on a more fundamental level, the returned value is the value of rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription if that property isn't null; otherwise, the value of rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription is returned. see pending and curren...
...n = peerconnection.remotedescription; on a more fundamental level, the returned value is the value of rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription if that property isn't null; otherwise, the value of rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription is returned. see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity for details on this algorithm and why it's used. example this example looks at the remotedescription and displays an alert containing the rtcsessiondescription object's type and sdp fields. ...
...erty isn't null; otherwise, the value of rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription is returned. see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity for details on this algorithm and why it's used. example this example looks at the remotedescription and displays an alert containing the rtcsessiondescription object's type and sdp fields. var pc = new rtcpeerconnection(); … var sd = pc.remotedescription; if (sd) { alert("remote session: type='" + sd.type + "'; sdp description='" + sd.sdp + "'"); } else { alert("no remote session yet."); } specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'rtcpeerconnection.remotedescription' in that specification. candidate recommen...

RTCPeerConnection.removeTrack() - Web APIs
the rtcpeerconnection.removetrack() method tells the local end of the connection to stop sending media from the specified track, without actually removing the corresponding rtcrtpsender from the list of senders as reported by rtcpeerconnection.getsenders(). if the track is already stopped, or is not in the connection's senders list, this method has no effect. if the connection has already been negotiated (signalingstate is set to "stable"), it is marked as needing to be negotiated again; the remote peer won't experience the change until this negotiation occurs. a negotiationneeded event is sent to the rtcpeerconnection to let the local end know this negotiation must occur. ...
...s not in the connection's senders list, this method has no effect. if the connection has already been negotiated (signalingstate is set to "stable"), it is marked as needing to be negotiated again; the remote peer won't experience the change until this negotiation occurs. a negotiationneeded event is sent to the rtcpeerconnection to let the local end know this negotiation must occur. syntax pc.removetrack(sender); parameters mediatrack a rtcrtpsender specifying the sender to remove from the connection. return value undefined. exceptions invalidstateerror the connection is not open. example this example adds a video track to a connection and sets up a listener on a close button which removes the track when the user clicks the button. var pc, sender; navigator.getusermedia(...
...track to a connection and sets up a listener on a close button which removes the track when the user clicks the button. var pc, sender; navigator.getusermedia({video: true}, function(stream) { pc = new rtcpeerconnection(); var track = stream.getvideotracks()[0]; sender = pc.addtrack(track, stream); }); document.getelementbyid("closebutton").addeventlistener("click", function(event) { pc.removetrack(sender); pc.close(); }, false); specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'rtcpeerconnection.removetrack()' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCRemoteOutboundRtpStreamStats - Web APIs
the webrtc statistics model's rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats dictionary extends the underlying rtcsentrtpstreamstats dictionary with properties measuring metrics specific to outgoing rtp streams. properties in addition to the properties defined by rtcsentrtpstreamstats and its underlying rtcrtpstreamstats and rtcstats dictionaries, rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats defines the following properties. localid a domstring which is used to find the local rtcinboundrtpstreamstats object which shares the same synchronization source (ssrc). remotetimestamp a domhighrestimestamp specifying the timestamp (on the remote device) at which the statistics in the rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats object were sent by the remote endpoint. this is different from the timestamp found in the base rtcstats di...
... the rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats object were sent by the remote endpoint. this is different from the timestamp found in the base rtcstats dictionary; it represents the time at which the object's statistics were received or generated by the local endpoint. reportssent an integer value indicating the total number of rtcp sender report (sr) blocks that this ssrc has sent. usage notes the rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats object's remotetimestamp proeprty provides statistics based on the received data's ntp timestamp taken from an rtcp sender report (sr) block. be aware that the remote clock may not be synchronized with the local clock (either in current time or speed at which time elapses). specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's stat...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

Selection.removeAllRanges() - Web APIs
working draft current browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... working draft current browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... current browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

Storage.removeItem() - Web APIs
the removeitem() method of the storage interface, when passed a key name, will remove that key from the given storage object if it exists. the storage interface of the web storage api provides access to a particular domain's session or local storage. if there is no item associated with the given key, this method will do nothing. syntax storage.removeitem(keyname); parameters keyname a domstring containing the name of the key you want to remove. return value undefined. example the following function creates three data items inside local storage, then removes the image data item. ...
...ters keyname a domstring containing the name of the key you want to remove. return value undefined. example the following function creates three data items inside local storage, then removes the image data item. function populatestorage() { localstorage.setitem('bgcolor', 'red'); localstorage.setitem('font', 'helvetica'); localstorage.setitem('image', 'mycat.png'); localstorage.removeitem('image'); } we can do the same for the session storage. function populatestorage() { sessionstorage.setitem('bgcolor', 'red'); sessionstorage.setitem('font', 'helvetica'); sessionstorage.setitem('image', 'mycat.png'); sessionstorage.removeitem('image'); } note: to see this used within a real world example, see our web storage demo. specifications specification s...
...pulatestorage() { sessionstorage.setitem('bgcolor', 'red'); sessionstorage.setitem('font', 'helvetica'); sessionstorage.setitem('image', 'mycat.png'); sessionstorage.removeitem('image'); } note: to see this used within a real world example, see our web storage demo. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'storage.removeitem' in that specification. living standard ...

TextTrackList.onremovetrack - Web APIs
the texttracklist onremovetrack event handler is called when the removetrack event occurs, indicating that a text track has been removed from the media element, and therefore also from the texttracklist. the event is passed into the event handler in the form of a trackevent object, whose track property identifies the track that was removed from the media element's texttracklist. note: you can also add a handler for the removetrack event using addeventlistener(). syntax texttracklist.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value set onremovetrack to a function that accepts as input a trackevent object which indicates in its track property which text track has been removed from the media element. example this simple example just fetches the current number of text tracks in the first media elem...
...removetrack event using addeventlistener(). syntax texttracklist.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value set onremovetrack to a function that accepts as input a trackevent object which indicates in its track property which text track has been removed from the media element. example this simple example just fetches the current number of text tracks in the first media element whenever a track is removed from the media element. document.queryselectorall("video, audio")[0].texttracks.onremovetrack = function(event) { mytrackcount = document.queryselectorall("video, audio")[0].texttracks.length; }; the current number of text tracks remaining in the media element is obtained from texttracklist property length. specifications specification status comment html li...
...torall("video, audio")[0].texttracks.onremovetrack = function(event) { mytrackcount = document.queryselectorall("video, audio")[0].texttracks.length; }; the current number of text tracks remaining in the media element is obtained from texttracklist property length. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'texttracklist: onremovetrack' in that specification. living standard ...

VideoTrackList.onremovetrack - Web APIs
the videotracklist onremovetrack event handler is called when the removetrack event occurs, indicating that a video track has been removed from the media element, and therefore also from the videotracklist. the event is passed into the event handler in the form of a trackevent object, whose track property identifies the track that was removed from the media element's videotracklist. note: you can also add a handler for the removetrack event using addeventlistener(). syntax videotracklist.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value set onremovetrack to a function that accepts as input a trackevent object which indicates in its track property which video track has been removed from the media element. example this simple example just fetches the current number of video tracks in the media ele...
...he removetrack event using addeventlistener(). syntax videotracklist.onremovetrack = eventhandler; value set onremovetrack to a function that accepts as input a trackevent object which indicates in its track property which video track has been removed from the media element. example this simple example just fetches the current number of video tracks in the media element whenever a track is removed from the media element. document.queryselector("my-video").videotracks.onremovetrack = function(event) { mytrackcount = document.queryselector("my-video").videotracks.length; }; the current number of video tracks remaining in the media element is obtained from videotracklist property length. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe...
...ment.queryselector("my-video").videotracks.onremovetrack = function(event) { mytrackcount = document.queryselector("my-video").videotracks.length; }; the current number of video tracks remaining in the media element is obtained from videotracklist property length. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'videotracklist: onremovetrack' in that specification. living standard ...

mssitemodejumplistitemremoved - Web APIs
non-standard this feature is non-standard and is not on a standards track. do not use it on production sites facing the web: it will not work for every user. there may also be large incompatibilities between implementations and the behavior may change in the future. the mssitemodejumplistitemremoved event occurs when mssitemodeshowjumplist is called and an item has been removed from a jump list by the user. ...
...this event is not triggered if mssitemodeclearjumplist has been called. ...
...is proprietary method is specific to internet explorer and microsoft edge. syntax event property object.oncandidatewindowhide = handler; addeventlistener method object.addeventlistener("mssitemodejumplistitemremoved", handler, usecapture) general info synchronous no bubbles no cancelable no note this event is raised once for every item that has been removed since the last time mssitemodeshowjumplist was called. this event is not triggered if mssitemodeclearjumplist has been called. parameters pevtobj [in] type: ihtmleventobj pointer to an ihtmleventobj interface for the current event. see also microsoft api extensions ...

removeAllTabsBut - Archive of obsolete content
if only one tab page is displayed, this method does nothing. ...
...if only one tab page is displayed, this method does nothing. ...

removeCurrentTab - Archive of obsolete content
if it is the only displayed tab, this method does nothing. ...
...if it is the only displayed tab, this method does nothing. ...

removeProgressListener - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

removeSession - Archive of obsolete content
the argument should be an object which implements the nsiautocompletesession interface. ...
...the argument should be an object which implements the nsiautocompletesession interface. ...

increment - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

pageIncrement - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

smartcard-remove
the smartcard-remove event is fired when the removal of a smart card has been detected. specification mozilla specific interface event bubbles no cancelable no target document default action none properties property type description targetread only eventtarget the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). typeread only domstring the type of event. bubblesread only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. cancelableread only boolean whether the event is cancellable or not. ...
... description targetread only eventtarget the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). typeread only domstring the type of event. bubblesread only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. cancelableread only boolean whether the event is cancellable or not. example document.addeventlistener("smartcard-remove", smartcardchangehandler ); related events smartcard-insert ...

Mailnews and Mail code review requirements
owing two rubber-stamps based on this proposal on the tb-planning mailing list. the procedure to use these is to be sure to: include "rs=simple-orange-fix" or "rs=orange-debugging" in the first line of the commit message paste a link to the pushed commit with the rubber stamp in the bug make sure you pasted a link to any try-server pushes of the patch in the bug rs=simple-orange-fix requirements: the patch is fixing an intermittent orange test failure. the patch is a change exclusively to test logic. the patch has identified a likely problem and fixes it; no commenting out tests/changing what a test tests/adding huge timeouts. (you could still ask a reviewer to approve such things, though.) the patch does not change public test frameworks, specifically, nothing in mailnews/te...
...been run locally on the appropriate platform(s). specifically, if the xpcshell test will do different things on windows than it will do on os x or linux, it must be run on windows and one of os x / linux. the author of the patch is the module owner or a peer of the module to which the test corresponds. a bug is still required, even if it is immediately marked fixed. rs=orange-debugging requirements: the patch is trying to fix an intermittent orange test failure. the patch only touches test logic. the patch only adds/modifies logging statements, although the logs can be conditional. the patch must have been run at least once on the try server. (i have done some mozmill orange fixing where the try server would not duplicate the orange failures of the trunk and so in order to get th...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.properties - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'properties' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'properties' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.readValue() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise that resolves to an dataview. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'readvalue()' in that specification. ...
...}) returns a promise that resolves to an dataview. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'readvalue()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.value - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'value' in that specification. ...
... specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'value' in that specification. ...

CSSStyleDeclaration.removeProperty() - Web APIs
the cssstyledeclaration.removeproperty() method interface removes a property from a css style declaration object. syntax var oldvalue = style.removeproperty(property); parameters property is a domstring representing the property name to be removed. note that multi-word property names are hyphenated and not camel-cased. return value oldvalue is a domstring equal to the value of the css property before it was removed. exceptions domexception no_modification_allowed_err: if the property or declaration block is read only. ...
... property is a domstring representing the property name to be removed. note that multi-word property names are hyphenated and not camel-cased. return value oldvalue is a domstring equal to the value of the css property before it was removed. exceptions domexception no_modification_allowed_err: if the property or declaration block is read only. example the following javascript code removes the background-color css property from a selector rule: var declaration = document.stylesheets[0].rules[0].style; var oldvalue = declaration.removeproperty('background-color'); specifications specification status comment css object model (cssom)the definition of 'cssstyledeclaration.removeproperty()' in that specification. working draft documen...

CSSStyleSheet.removeRule() - Web APIs
the obsolete cssstylesheet method removerule() removes a rule from the stylesheet object. it is functionally identical to the standard, preferred method deleterule(). note: this is a legacy method which has been replaced by the standard method deleterule(). you should use that instead. syntax cssstylesheet.removerule(index) parameters index the index into the stylesheet's cssrulelist indicating the rule to be removed. return value undefined example this example removes the first rule from the stylesheet mystyles. ...
...method deleterule(). note: this is a legacy method which has been replaced by the standard method deleterule(). you should use that instead. syntax cssstylesheet.removerule(index) parameters index the index into the stylesheet's cssrulelist indicating the rule to be removed. return value undefined example this example removes the first rule from the stylesheet mystyles. mystyles.removerule(0); you can rewrite this to use the standard deleterule() method very easily: mystyles.deleterule(0); specifications specification status comment css object model (cssom)the definition of 'cssstylesheet.removerule()' in that specification. working draft ...

CanvasCaptureMediaStreamTrack.requestFrame() - Web APIs
applications that need to carefully control the timing of rendering and frame capture can use requestframe() to directly specify when it's time to capture a frame. to prevent automatic capture of frames, so that frames are only captured when requestframe() is called, specify a value of 0 for the capturestream() method when creating the stream. syntax stream.requestframe(); return value undefined usage notes there is currently an issue flagged in the specification pointing out that at this time, no exceptions are being thrown if the canvas isn't origin-clean. ...
... working draft initial definition ...

MediaRecorder.ignoreMutedMedia - Web APIs
the ignoremutedmedia property of the mediarecorder interface indicates whether the mediarecorder instance will record input, when the input mediastreamtrack is muted. if this attribute is false, mediarecorder will record silence for audio and black frames for video. the default is false. syntax var boolean = mediarecorder.ignoremutedmedia mediarecorder.ignoremutedmedia = boolean value a boolean. browser compatibility the compatibility table in this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
...e a boolean. browser compatibility the compatibility table in this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

MediaStreamTrack.remote - Web APIs
the mediastreamtrack.remote read-only property allows javascript to know whether a webrtc mediastreamtrack is from a remote source or a local one. it returns a boolean with a value of true if the track is sourced remotely (that is, sourced by an rtcpeerconnection), or false if it is sourced locally. ...
... the mediastreamtrack.remote read-only property allows javascript to know whether a webrtc mediastreamtrack is from a remote source or a local one. it returns a boolean with a value of true if the track is sourced remotely (that is, sourced by an rtcpeerconnection), or false if it is sourced locally. ...

OVR_multiview2.framebufferTextureMultiviewOVR() - Web APIs
possible values: gl.framebuffer: collection buffer data storage of color, alpha, depth and stencil buffers used to render an image. gl.draw_framebuffer: equivalent to gl.framebuffer. used as a destination for drawing, rendering, clearing, and writing operations. gl.read_framebuffer: used as a source for reading operations. attachment a glenum specifying the attachment point for the texture. ...
...a gl.invalid_enum error is thrown if target is not gl.framebuffer. attachment is not one of the accepted attachment points. ...

RTCIceCandidatePair.remote - Web APIs
the remote property of the rtcicecandidatepair dictionary specifies the rtcicecandidate describing the configuration of the remote end of a viable webrtc connection. syntax remotecandidate = rtcicecandidatepair.remote; value an rtcicecandidate which describes the configuration of the remote end of a viable pair of ice candidates. the rtcicecandidatepair is returned by the rtcicetransport method getselectedcandidatepair(). example this one-line example simply obtains the current candidate pair and then from that gets the remote candidate. var candidatepair = pc.getsenders()[0].transport.transport.getselectedcandidatepair(); var remotecandidate = candidatepair.remote; the rtcicetransport is found by getting the list of rtcrtpsender objects for the rtcpeerconnection pc. in the first rt...
...port is found by getting the list of rtcrtpsender objects for the rtcpeerconnection pc. in the first rtcrtpsender, we get the rtcdtlstransport over which the media data is being transmitted and finally, from that, the rtcicetransport. specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'rtcicecandidatepair.remote' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCPeerConnection: removestream event - Web APIs
the obsolete removestream event was sent to an rtcpeerconnection to inform it that a mediastream had been removed from the connection. you can use the rtcpeerconnection interface's onremovestream property to set a handler for this event. this is the counterpart to the addstream event, which is also obsolete. bubbles no cancelable no interface mediastreamevent event handler property rtcpeerconnection.onremovestream important: this event has been removed from the webrtc specification in favor of the existing removetrack event on the remote mediastream and the corresponding mediastream.onremovetrack event handler property of the remote mediastream. ...
...astreamevent event handler property rtcpeerconnection.onremovestream important: this event has been removed from the webrtc specification in favor of the existing removetrack event on the remote mediastream and the corresponding mediastream.onremovetrack event handler property of the remote mediastream. the rtcpeerconnection api is now track-based, so having zero tracks in the remote stream is equivalent to the remote stream being removed, which caused a removestream event. ...

SourceBuffer.remove() - Web APIs
end a double representing the end of the time range, in seconds. return value undefined. exceptions exception explanation invalidaccesserror the mediasource.duration property is equal to nan, the start parameter is negative or greater than mediasource.duration, or the end parameter is less than or equal to start or equal to nan. ...
...ue undefined. exceptions exception explanation invalidaccesserror the mediasource.duration property is equal to nan, the start parameter is negative or greater than mediasource.duration, or the end parameter is less than or equal to start or equal to nan. invalidstateerror the sourcebuffer.updating property is equal to true, or this sourcebuffer has been removed from the mediasource. example tbd. specifications specification status comment media source extensionsthe definition of 'remove()' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

SourceBuffer.removeAsync() - Web APIs
the removeasync() method of the sourcebuffer interface starts the process of asynchronously removing from the sourcebuffer media segments found within a specific time range. a promise is returned, which is fulfilled when the buffers in the specified time range have been removed. this method can only be called when updating is false. if that's not the case, call abort() instead. syntax removepromise = sourcebuffer.removeasync(start, end); parameters start a double representing the start of the time range, in seconds. end a double representing the end of the time range, in seconds. return value a promise whose fulfillment handler is executed once the buffers in the specified time range have been removed from the sourcebuffer. example this example establishes an asynch...
...g the end of the time range, in seconds. return value a promise whose fulfillment handler is executed once the buffers in the specified time range have been removed from the sourcebuffer. example this example establishes an asynchronous function, emptysourcebuffer(), which simply clears the contents of the specified sourcebuffer. async function emptysourcebuffer(msbuffer) { await msbuffer.removeasync(0, infinity).catch(function(e) { handleexception(e); } } specifications not currently part of the mse specification. specification status comment media source extensions recommendation initial definition. ...

XRInputSourcesChangeEvent.removed - Web APIs
the read-only xrinputsourceschangeevent property removed is an array of zero or more xrinputsource objects representing the input sources which have been removed from the xrsession. syntax removedinputs = xrinputsourceschangeevent.removed; value an array of zero or more xrinputsource objects, each representing one input device removed from the xr system. examples the example below creates a handler for the inputsourceschange event that processes the lists of added and removed from the webxr system. it looks for new and removed devices whose targetraymode is tracked-pointer. ...
... creates a handler for the inputsourceschange event that processes the lists of added and removed from the webxr system. it looks for new and removed devices whose targetraymode is tracked-pointer. xrsession.oninputsourcescchange = event => { for (let input of event.added) { if (input.targetraymode == "tracked-pointer") { addedpointerdevice(input); } } for (let input of event.removed) { if (input.targetraymode == "tracked-pointer") { removedpointerdevice(input); } } }; specifications specification status comment webxr device apithe definition of 'xrinputsourceschangeevent.removed' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

Decrement (--) - JavaScript
the decrement operator (--) decrements (subtracts one from) its operand and returns a value. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x-- or --x description if used postfix, with operator after operand (for example, x--), the decrement operator decrements and returns the value before decrementing. if used prefix, with operator before operand (for example, --x), the decrement operator decrements and returns the value after decrementing. ...
...interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x-- or --x description if used postfix, with operator after operand (for example, x--), the decrement operator decrements and returns the value before decrementing. if used prefix, with operator before operand (for example, --x), the decrement operator decrements and returns the value after decrementing. examples postfix decrement let x = 3; y = x--; // y = 3 // x = 2 prefix decrement let a = 2; b = --a; // a = 1 // b = 1 specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'decrement operator' in that specification. ...

Increment (++) - JavaScript
the increment operator (++) increments (adds one to) its operand and returns a value. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x++ or ++x description if used postfix, with operator after operand (for example, x++), the increment operator increments and returns the value before incrementing. if used prefix, with operator before operand (for example, ++x), the increment operator increments and returns the value after incrementing. ...
...interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x++ or ++x description if used postfix, with operator after operand (for example, x++), the increment operator increments and returns the value before incrementing. if used prefix, with operator before operand (for example, ++x), the increment operator increments and returns the value after incrementing. examples postfix increment let x = 3; y = x++; // y = 3 // x = 4 prefix increment let a = 2; b = ++a; // a = 3 // b = 3 specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'increment operator' in that specification. ...

Proving the Pythagorean theorem - MathML
we will now prove the pythagorean theorem: statement: in a right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides. i.e, if a and b are the legs and c is the hypotenuse then a 2 + b 2 = c 2 . ...
... we will now prove the pythagorean theorem: statement: in a right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides. i.e, if a and b are the legs and c is the hypotenuse then a 2 + b 2 = c 2 . ...

Remote debugging - Archive of obsolete content
ropriate commands to type into the debugger. examples: 367650, 374356, 393325, 418139 debugging over irc find the developer on irc and explain that you've caught the bug in a debugger. since debugging usually requires printing many objects, this is much faster than debugging over bugzilla. use pastebin.mozilla.org for anything too long to paste into irc. examples: 391851 share your computer with remote desktop offer to let a developer control your computer using remote desktop software such as vnc or fog creek copilot. share your computer in person if you happen to live in mountain view, california, you can probably hand your laptop to a mozilla developer for a bit. examples: 496391, 476241 ...

increment - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home increment type: integer the amount by which the curpos (for scroll bars) or value (for number boxes and scale) attribute changes when the arrows are clicked(or scales are dragged). the default value is 1. ...

pageincrement - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home pageincrement type: integer the amount by which the value of the curpos or value attribute changes when the tray of the scroll bar (the area in which the scroll bar thumb moves) is clicked, or when the page up or page down keys are pressed. the default value is 10. ...

removeelement - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removeelement type: id when placed on an element in an overlay, it indicates that the element in the base file should be removed from the window. ...

timepicker.increment - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home increment type: integer indicates the number of minutes to skip each time the arrows are pressed. this should be used in combination with setting hideseconds to true. ...

removeTabsProgressListener - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removetabsprogresslistener( listener ) return type: no return value removes a progress listener to the browser which has been monitoring all tabs. the progress listener should implement the nsiwebprogresslistener interface. ...

removeAllItems - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removeallitems() return type: no return value removes all of the items in the menu. ...

removeAllNotifications - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removeallnotifications( immediate ) return type: no return value remove all notifications. if immediate is true, the messages are removed immediately. if immediate is false, the notifications are removed using a slide transition. ...

removeCurrentNotification - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removecurrentnotification() return type: no return value remove the current notification. ...

removeItemFromSelection - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removeitemfromselection( item ) return type: no return value deselects the specified item without deselecting other items. ...

removeNotification - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removenotification( item ) return type: element remove a notification, displaying the next one if the removed item is the current one. ...

removeTab - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removetab( tabelement ) return type: no return value removes a specific tabbed page corresponding to the given tab element. if only one tab is displayed, this method does nothing (unless the preference browser.tabs.closewindowwithlasttab is true, in which case the window containing the tab is closed). if browser.tabs.autohide is true, the row of tabs will collapse if only one tab remains. ...

removeTransientNotifications - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home removetransientnotifications( ) return type: no return value remove only those notifications that have a persistence value of zero, and decrements by one the persistence value of those that have a non-zero value. ...

scrollIncrement - Archive of obsolete content
...

NPN_RemoveProperty - Archive of obsolete content
« gecko plugin api reference « scripting plugins summary removes a property from the specified npobject. syntax #include <npruntime.h> bool npn_removeproperty(npp npp, npobject *npobj, npidentifier propertyname); parameters the function has the following parameters: npp the npp indicating which plugin instance is making the request. npobj the object on which a property is to be deleted. propertyname a string identifier indicating the name of the property to remove. returns true if the property was removed successfully, otherwise false. ...

HTMLIframeElement.removeNextPaintListener()
warning: removed in firefox 65. the removenextpaintlistener() method of the htmliframeelement interface is used to remove a handler previously set with the addnextpaintlistener method. syntax instanceofhtmliframeelement.removenextpaintlistener(listener); returns void. parameters listener a function handler previously set with addnextpaintlistener. examples var browser = document.queryselector('iframe'); function onnextpaint() { console.log("paint has occured"); } browser.addnextpaintlistener(onnextpaint); browser.removenextpaintlistener(onnextpaint); specification not part of any specification. ...

PL_HashTableRemove
removes the entry with the specified key from the hash table. syntax #include <plhash.h> prbool pl_hashtableremove( plhashtable *ht, const void *key); parameters the function has the following parameters: ht a pointer to the hash table from which to remove the entry. key a pointer to the key for the entry to be removed. description if there is no entry in the table with the specified key, pl_hashtableremove returns pr_false. if the entry exists, pl_hashtableremove removes the entry from the table, invokes freeentry with the ht_free_entry flag to frees the entry, and returns pr_true. if the table is underloaded, pl_hashtableremove also shrinks the number of buckets by half. remark this function should return prstatus. ...

PR_REMOVE_AND_INIT_LINK
removes an element from a circular list and initializes the linkage. syntax #include <prclist.h> pr_remove_and_init_link (prclist *elemp); parameter elemp a pointer to the element. description pr_remove_and_init_link removes the specified element from its circular list and initializes the links of the element to point to itself. ...

PR_REMOVE_LINK
removes an element from a circular list. syntax #include <prclist.h> pr_remove_link (prclist *elemp); parameter elemp a pointer to the element. description pr_remove_link removes the specified element from its circular list. ...

Rhino requirements and limitations
older versions support jdks as early as 1.1. to use the javaadapter feature or an optimization level of 0 or greater, rhino must be running under a security manager that allows the definition of class loaders. ...

JS_RemoveExternalStringFinalizer
obsolete since jsapi 13this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. unregister a custom string memory manager. syntax int js_removeexternalstringfinalizer(jsstringfinalizeop finalizer); name type description finalizer jsstringfinalizeop the finalizer to remove. description remove finalizer from the global gc finalizers table, returning its type code if found, -1 if not found. as with js_addexternalstringfinalizer, there is a threading restriction if you compile the engine js_threadsafe: this function may be called for a given finalizer pointer on only one thread; different threads may call to remove distinct finalizers safely. you mus...

remove
...

removeObserver
...

AudioTrackList: removetrack event - Web APIs
the removetrack event is fired when a track is removed from an audiotracklist. bubbles no cancelable no interface trackevent event handler property onremovetrack examples using addeventlistener(): const videoelement = document.queryselector('video'); videoelement.audiotracks.addeventlistener('removetrack', (event) => { console.log(`audio track: ${event.track.label} removed`); }); using the onremovetrack event handler property: const videoelement = document.queryselector('video'); videoelement.audiotracks.onremovetrack = (event) => { console.log(`audio track: ${event.track.label} removed`); }; specifications specification status html living standardthe definition of 'removetrack' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.getDescriptor() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise that resolves to the first bluetoothgattdescriptor. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'getdescriptor()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.getDescriptors() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise that resolves to an array of bluetoothgattdescriptor objects. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'getdescriptors()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTCharacteristic.writeValue() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise. parameters value an arraybuffer. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'writevalue()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer.connected - Web APIs
the bluetoothremotegattserver.connected read-only property returns a boolean value that returns true while this script execution environment is connected to this.device. it can be false while the user agent is physically connected. syntax var connected = bluetoothremotegattserver.connected specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'connected' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer.device - Web APIs
the bluetoothremotegattserver.device read-only property returns a reference to the bluetoothdevice running the server. syntax var device = bluetoothremotegattserver.device specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'device' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer.disconnect() - Web APIs
parameters none. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'disconnect()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer.getPrimaryService() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise that resolves to a bluetoothgattservice object. parameters bluetoothserviceuuid a bluetooth service universally unique identifier for a specified device. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'getprimaryservice()' in that specification. ...

BluetoothRemoteGATTServer.getPrimaryServices() - Web APIs
}) returns a promise that resolves to a list of bluetoothgattservice objects. parameters bluetoothserviceuuid a bluetooth service universally unique identifier for a specified device. specifications specification status comment web bluetooththe definition of 'getprimaryservices()' in that specification. ...

CanvasCaptureMediaStreamTrack.canvas - Web APIs
the canvascapturemediastreamtrack canvas read-only property returns the htmlcanvaselement from which frames are being captured. syntax var elt = stream.canvas; value an htmlcanvaselement indicating the canvas which is the source of the frames being captured. example // find the canvas element to capture var canvaselt = document.getelementsbytagname("canvas")[0]; // get the stream var stream = canvaselt.capturestream(25); // 25 fps // do things to the stream ... // obtain the canvas associated with the stream var canvas = stream.canvas; specifications specification status comment media capture from dom elementsthe definition of 'canvascapturemediastreamtrack.canvas' in that specification. working draft initial definition ...

CanvasRenderingContext2D.removeHitRegion() - Web APIs
the canvasrenderingcontext2d method removehitregion() removes a given hit region from the canvas. syntax void ctx.removehitregion(id); parameters id a domstring representing the id of the region that is to be removed. examples using the removehitregion method this example demonstrates the removehitregion() method. html <canvas id="canvas"></canvas> javascript const canvas = document.getelementbyid('canvas'); const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); // set a hit region ctx.addhitregion({id: 'eyes'}); // remove it from the canvas ctx.removehitregion('eyes'); specifications canvas hit regions have been removed from the whatwg living standard, although discussions about future standardization are ongoing. see https://github.com/whatwg/html/issues/3407 for more informa...

HTMLMediaElement.disableRemotePlayback - Web APIs
the htmlmediaelement.disableremoteplayback property determines whether the media element is allowed to have a remote playback ui. syntax var remoteplaybackdisabled ​= element.disableremoteplayback; value a boolean indicating whether the media element may have a remote playback ui. (false means "not disabled", which means "enabled") example var obj = document.createelement('audio'); obj.disableremoteplayback = true; specifications specification status comment remote playback apithe definition of 'disableremoteplayback' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

remove() - Web APIs
the mediakeysession.remove() method returns a promise after removing any session data associated with the current object. return value a promise that resolves to a boolean indicating whether the load succeeded or failed. specifications specification status comment encrypted media extensionsthe definition of 'remove()' in that specification. recommendation initial definition ...

MediaSource.removeSourceBuffer() - Web APIs
the removesourcebuffer() method of the mediasource interface removes the given sourcebuffer from the sourcebuffers list associated with this mediasource object. syntax mediasource.removesourcebuffer(sourcebuffer); parameters sourcebuffer the sourcebuffer object to be removed. return value undefined exceptions exception explanation notfounderror the supplied sourcebuffer doesn't exist in mediasource.sourcebuffers. examples for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) { var sourcebuffer = mediasource.addsourcebuffer(mimecodec); } mediasource.removesourcebuffer(mediasource.sourcebuffers[0]); specifications specification status comment media source extensionsthe definition of 'removesourcebuffer()' in that specification. reco...

MediaStream: removetrack event - Web APIs
the removetrack event is fired when a new mediastreamtrack object has been removed from a mediastream. bubbles no cancelable no interface mediastreamtrackevent event handler property onremovetrack examples using addeventlistener(): let stream = new mediastream(); stream.addeventlistener('removetrack', (event) => { console.log(`${event.track.kind} track removed`); }); using the onremovetrack event handler property: let stream = new mediastream(); stream.onremovetrack = (event) => { console.log(`${event.track.kind} track removed`); }; specifications specification status media capture and streamsthe definition of 'removetrack' in that specification. candidate recommendation ...

RTCIceCandidatePairStats.remoteCandidateId - Web APIs
the rtcicecandidatepairstats property remotecandidateid is a string that uniquely identifies the remote ice candidate which was analyzed to generate the rtcicecandidatestats used to compute the statistics for this pair of candidates. syntax remotecandidateid = rtcicecandidatepairstats.remotecandidateid; value a domstring uniquely identifies the remote ice candidate—that is, the candidate describing a configuration for the remote peer—which is represented by the remote end of these statistics. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcicecandidatepairstats.remotecandidateid' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCRemoteOutboundRtpStreamStats.reportsSent - Web APIs
usage notes sender reports, described in rfc 3550, section 6.4.1 with an overview in rfc 3550, section 6.4, are used by rtp to share data transmission quality feedback between the two peers. the data in these reports is used by webrtc to fill out various fields within the statistics objects, and this property's value indicates how many times that information was shared. ...

VideoTrackList: removetrack event - Web APIs
the removetrack event is fired when a track is removed from a videotracklist. bubbles no cancelable no interface trackevent event handler property onremovetrack examples using addeventlistener(): const videoelement = document.queryselector('video'); videoelement.videotracks.addeventlistener('removetrack', (event) => { console.log(`video track: ${event.track.label} removed`); }); using the onremovetrack event handler property: const videoelement = document.queryselector('video'); videoelement.videotracks.onremovetrack = (event) => { console.log(`video track: ${event.track.label} removed`); }; specifications specification status html living standardthe definition of 'removetrack' in that specification. ...

Remainder (%) - JavaScript
the remainder operator (%) returns the remainder left over when one operand is divided by a second operand. it always takes the sign of the dividend. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: var1 % var2 examples remainder with positive dividend 12 % 5 // 2 1 % -2 // 1 1 % 2 // 1 2 % 3 // 2 5.5 % 2 // 1.5 remainder with negative dividend -12 % 5 // -2 -1 % 2 // -1 -4 % 2 // -0 remainder with nan nan % 2 // nan specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'remainder operator' in that specification. ...

Remainder assignment (%=) - JavaScript
the remainder assignment operator (%=) divides a variable by the value of the right operand and assigns the remainder to the variable. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x %= y meaning: x = x % y examples using remainder assignment // assuming the following variable // bar = 5 bar %= 2 // 1 bar %= 'foo' // nan bar %= 0 // nan specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'assignment operators' in that specification. ...

Index - Web APIs
per second. 112 audiobuffersourcenode api, audio, audiobuffersourcenode, interface, media, reference, web audio api the audiobuffersourcenode interface is an audioscheduledsourcenode which represents an audio source consisting of in-memory audio data, stored in an audiobuffer. it's especially useful for playing back audio which has particularly stringent timing accuracy requirements, such as for sounds that must match a specific rhythm and can be kept in memory rather than being played from disk or the network. 113 audiobuffersourcenode.audiobuffersourcenode() api, audio, audiobuffersourcenode, constructor, media, reference, web audio api the audiobuffersourcenode() constructor creates a new audiobuffersourcenode object instance. 114 audio...
...reatemediastreamdestination() api, audiocontext, method, reference, référence(2), web audio api, createmediastreamdestination the mediastream is created when the node is created and is accessible via the mediastreamaudiodestinationnode's stream attribute. this stream can be used in a similar way as a mediastream obtained via navigator.getusermedia — it can, for example, be sent to a remote peer using the rtcpeerconnection addstream() method. 129 audiocontext.createmediastreamsource() api, audio, audiocontext, audionode, media, mediastream, mediastreamtrack, method, reference, web, web audio, web audio api, createmediastreamsource for more details about media stream audio source nodes, check out the mediastreamaudiosourcenode reference page. 130 au...
...entifying the language used in the audio track. 192 audiotrack.sourcebuffer api, audio, audiotrack, html dom, mse, media, media source extensions, property, read-only, reference, sourcebuffer, track the read-only audiotrack property sourcebuffer returns the sourcebuffer that created the track, or null if the track was not created by a sourcebuffer or the sourcebuffer has been removed from the mediasource.sourcebuffers attribute of its parent media source. 193 audiotracklist api, audio, audiotracklist, html dom, interface, media, reference, track list, tracks, list the audiotracklist interface is used to represent a list of the audio tracks contained within a given html media element, with each track represented by a separate audiotrack object in the l...
...And 246 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
n, sublime text editor or any other. syntax highliting support for .htaccess files less. 3 2015 mdn fellowship program 2015, archive, fellowship no summary! 4 api api, archive archived documentation about obsolete web standards apis. 5 navigator api, navigator features that used to hang off the navigator interface, but have since been removed. 6 navigator.moznotification api, deprecated, mobile, non-standard, property, reference provides support for creating notification objects, which are used to display desktop notification alerts to the user. currently, these are only supported on firefox mobile and firefox os. see displaying notifications for an example. 7 window: deviceproximity event senso...
...ntext of web pages whose url matches a given pattern. 50 page-worker add-on sdk create a permanent, invisible page and access its dom. 51 panel add-on sdk, add-ons, extensions creates transient dialogs to implement part of an add-on's user interface. 52 passwords add-on sdk interact with firefox's password manager to add, retrieve and remove stored credentials. 53 private-browsing add-on sdk check whether a given object is private, so an add-on can respect private browsing 54 querystring add-on sdk utility functions for working with query strings. 55 request needsupdate, sdk, add-on make simple network requests. 56 selection add-on sdk get and set ...
... places/history access the user's browsing history. 99 platform/xpcom implement xpcom objects, factories, and services. 100 preferences/event-target add-on sdk listen to changes to the preferences system in firefox. 101 preferences/service add-on sdk, jetpack, sdk access the preferences system in firefox. 102 remote/child module, reference, sdk enables an sdk module loaded into a child process to access web content in the child process and communicate with modules in the main process. 103 remote/parent reference, sdk enables you to load modules, and privileged parts of your add-on in general, into child processes. 104 stylesheet/style modify styles usin...
...And 64 more matches

appearance (-moz-appearance, -webkit-appearance) - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
acts as none on elements with no special styling. m...
...alue demo browser description none div{ color: black; -moz-appearance:none; -webkit-appearance:none; appearance:none; } <div>lorem</div> firefox chrome safari edge no special styling is applied. this is the default. auto div{ color: black; -moz-appearance: auto; -webkit-appearance: auto; appearance:auto; } <div>lorem</div> none the user agent selects the appropriate special styling based on the element. acts as none on elements with no special styling. ...
...{ color: black; -moz-appearance: auto; -webkit-appearance: auto; appearance:auto; } <div>lorem</div> none the user agent selects the appropriate special styling based on the element. acts as none on elements with no special styling. menulist-button div { color: black; -moz-appearance: menulist-button; -webkit-appearance: menulist-button; } <div>lorem</div> firefox chrome safari edge the element is styled as a button that would indicate a menulist can be opened. ...
...And 59 more matches

RTCPeerConnection - Web APIs
the rtcpeerconnection interface represents a webrtc connection between the local computer and a remote peer. it provides methods to connect to a remote peer, maintain and monitor the connection, and close the connection once it's no longer needed. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 11.666666666666666%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 70" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d...
...e="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">rtcpeerconnection</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constructorrtcpeerconnection() the rtcpeerconnection() constructor returns a newly-created rtcpeerconnection, which represents a connection between the local device and a remote peer.propertiesalso inherits properties from: eventtargetcantrickleicecandidatesthe read-only rtcpeerconnection property cantrickleicecandidates returns a boolean which indicates whether or not the remote peer can accept trickled ice candidates.connectionstate the read-only connectionstate property of the rtcpeerconnection interface indicates the current state of the peer connection by return...
...on by returning one of the string values specified by the enum rtcpeerconnectionstate.currentlocaldescription read only the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.currentlocaldescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing the local end of the connection as it was most recently successfully negotiated since the last time the rtcpeerconnection finished negotiating and connecting to a remote peer. also included is a list of any ice candidates that may already have been generated by the ice agent since the offer or answer represented by the description was first instantiated.currentremotedescription read only the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing the remote end of the connection as it was most recently s...
...And 36 more matches

Multiple-column layout - Learn web development
d the page, you will get three columns: .container { column-count: 3; } the columns that you create have flexible widths — the browser works out how much space to assign each column. column-count example body { width: 90%; max-width: 900px; margin: 2em auto; font: .9em/1.2 arial, helvetica, sans-serif; } <div class="container"> <h1>simple multicol example</h1> <p> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. nulla luctus aliquam dolor, eu lacinia lorem placerat vulputate. duis felis orci, pulvinar id metus ut, rutrum luctus orci. cras porttitor imperdiet nunc, at ultricies tellus laoreet sit amet. sed auctor cursus massa at porta. integer ligula ipsum, tristique sit amet orci vel, viverra egestas ligula. curabitur vehicula tellus neque, ac ornare...
...inibus sollicitudin eros pharetra congue. duis ornare egestas augue ut luctus. proin blandit quam nec lacus varius commodo et a urna. ut id ornare felis, eget fermentum sapien.</p> <p>nam vulputate diam nec tempor bibendum. donec luctus augue eget malesuada ultrices. phasellus turpis est, posuere sit amet dapibus ut, facilisis sed est. nam id risus quis ante semper consectetur eget aliquam lorem. vivamus tristique elit dolor, sed pretium metus suscipit vel. mauris ultricies lectus sed lobortis finibus. vivamus eu urna eget velit cursus viverra quis vestibulum sem. aliquam tincidunt eget purus in interdum. cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.</p> </div> .container { column-count: 3; } change your css to use column-width as fo...
... cursus viverra quis vestibulum sem. aliquam tincidunt eget purus in interdum. ...
...And 34 more matches

Advanced Svelte: Reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility - Learn web development
ative way. finally, we will learn a bit more about components. so far, we've seen how components can share data using props, and communicate with their parents using events and two-way data binding. now we will see how components can also expose methods and variables. the following new components will be developed throughout the course of this article: moreactions: displays the check all and remove completed buttons, and emits the corresponding events required to handle their functionality. newtodo: displays the <input> field and add button for adding a new todo. todosstatus: displays the "x out of y items completed" status heading. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then...
...isplays the "x out of y items completed" status heading. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then to get to the current app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/05-advanced-concepts or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/05-advanced-concepts remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/76cc90c43a37452e8c7f70521f88b698?version=3.23.2 working on the moreactions component now we'll tackle the check all and remove completed buttons. let's create a component that will be in charge of displaying the buttons and emitting the cor...
...ll tackle the check all and remove completed buttons. let's create a component that will be in charge of displaying the buttons and emitting the corresponding events. create a new file — components/moreactions.svelte. when the first button is clicked, we'll emit a checkall event to signal that all the todos should be checked/unchecked. when the second button is clicked, we'll emit a removecompleted event to signal that all of the completed todos should be removed. ...
...And 32 more matches

CustomizableUI.jsm
ns and items in firefox's main window ui. it is available in the firefox window as the customizableui property on the window. if you want to use it from a jsm or another context without a window reference, you need to import it yourself: components.utils.import("resource:///modules/customizableui.jsm"); introduction the module is intended for two primary purposes: allow adding, moving and removing customizable widgets. manage the areas in which these widgets are shown. note that it is expressly not really aware about the specific ui used by users to make customizations. this is handled by customizemode.jsm, which interacts with customizableui through a listener mechanism. areas areas are parts of the user interface in which customizable widgets can be placed. customizableui assum...
...hevron) in the toolbar. in order to register such a toolbar, set the 'overflowable' property to true, and provide the id of the anchor in the 'anchor' property. widgets widget is the term that customizableui uses for each of the items in a customizable area. note that these are also abstract cross-window objects; customizableui will manage the actual dom manipulation involved with adding/moving/removing widgets in all windows for you. there are three main types of widgets: 'legacy' xul widgets, which are the way customizableui represents widgets whose dom representation is present (or overlaid) into a window; api-style widgets, which are the new widgets customizableui can create and manage for you. these come in 3 types themselves: button which are simple toolbar buttons which...
...ar, or as a sliding 'subview' of the menu panel when such a widget is in the menu panel. custom which are widgets that are custom-created by some js supplied by the consumer for more details, see api-provided widgets. 'special' widgets: these are the representations of xul <toolbarseparator>, <toolbarspring> and <toolbarspacer> elements. customizableui provides apis to add, move and remove all these different widgets, and mostly abstracts the dom away from you. the lifetime of your widget should be identical to the lifetime of the add-on - it's process-global, so if you call createwidget on bootstrap's "startup" and destroywidget on bootstrap's "shutdown", that's enough. listeners customizableui provides a way to listen for various bits of customization happening. this can be...
...And 28 more matches

Index
p in the previous chapter) and uses xpcom tools that make coding a lot easier and more efficient. it also introduces a basic string type that is used with many of the apis in both xpcom and gecko. 113 detailed xpcom hashtable guide guide, xpcom a hashtable is a data construct that stores a set of items. each item has a key that identifies the item. items are found, added, and removed from the hashtable by using the key. hashtables may seem like arrays, but there are important differences: 114 how to build an xpcom component in javascript add-ons, extensions, javascript, tutorial, xpcom if you are looking for add-on sdk solution for xpcom javascript components then check out platform/xpcom module first. 115 inheriting from implementation cla...
... in gecko 2.0 gecko 2.0, xpcom several changes that affect xpcom component compatibility are taking place in gecko 2. this article details those changes, and provides suggestions for how to update your code. 122 xpcom hashtable guide a hashtable is a data construct that stores a set of items. each item has a key that identifies the item. items are found, added, and removed from the hashtable by using the key. hashtables may seem like arrays, but there are important differences: 123 mozilla::services namespace developing mozilla, xpcom the services c++ namespace offers an easy and efficient alternative for obtaining a service as compared to the indirect xpcom approach: getservice(), callgetservice(), etc methods are expensive and should be a...
...hree folder classes - nslocalmailfolder, nsimapmailfolder, and nsnewsfolder. they all inherit from nsmsgdbfolder, which implements a lot of the core functionality. rss feeds are implemented by nslocalmailfolder. ...
...And 26 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
index(in long long aitemid); prtime getitemlastmodified(in long long aitemid); autf8string getitemtitle(in long long aitemid); unsigned short getitemtype(in long long aitemid); astring getkeywordforbookmark(in long long aitemid); obsolete since gecko 40.0 astring getkeywordforuri(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 40.0 nsitransaction getremovefoldertransaction(in long long aitemid); nsiuri geturiforkeyword(in astring keyword); obsolete since gecko 40.0 void importbookmarkshtml(in nsiuri url); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void importbookmarkshtmltofolder(in nsiuri url, in print64 folder); obsolete since gecko 1.9 print32 indexoffolder(in print64 parent, in print64 folder); obsolete since gecko 1.9 ...
...r, in nsiuri item, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 long long insertseparator(in long long aparentid, in long aindex); boolean isbookmarked(in nsiuri auri); void movefolder(in print64 folder, in print64 newparent, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void moveitem(in long long aitemid, in long long anewparentid, in long aindex); void removechildat(in long long afolder, in long aindex); obsolete since gecko 2.0 void removefolder(in long long afolder); obsolete since gecko 2.0 void removefolderchildren(in long long aitemid); void removeitem(in long long aitemid); void removeobserver(in nsinavbookmarkobserver observer); void replaceitem(in print64 folder, in nsiuri item, in nsiuri newitem...
...own or is not required to be specified, such as when appending an item to a folder. type_bookmark 1 this is an index for type "bookmark". type_folder 2 this is an index for type "folder". type_separator 3 this is an index for type "separator". type_dynamic_container 4 this is an index for type "dynamic container". dynamic containers were removed in gecko 11, but the type index remains to prevent reuse. methods addobserver() this method adds a bookmark observer. if ownsweak is false, the bookmark service will keep an owning reference to the observer. if ownsweak is true, then aobserver must implement nsisupportsweakreference, and the bookmark service will keep a weak reference to the observer. void addobserver( in nsinavbo...
...And 26 more matches

sslerr.html
described in this chapter. ssl error codes sec error codes ssl error codes table 8.1 error codes defined in sslerr.h constant value description ssl_error_export_only_server -12288 "unable to communicate securely. peer does not support high-grade encryption." the local system was configured to support the cipher suites permitted for domestic use. the remote system was configured to support only the cipher suites permitted for export use. ssl_error_us_only_server -12287 "unable to communicate securely. peer requires high-grade encryption which is not supported." the remote system was configured to support the cipher suites permitted for domestic use. the local system was configured to support only the cipher suites pe...
...this can be due to a misconfiguration at either end. it can be due to a server being misconfigured to use a non-rsa certificate with the rsa key exchange algorithm. ...
...: certificate or key not found in database. certificate not marked trusted in database and certificate's issuer not marked trusted in database. wrong password for key database. missing database. ssl_error_bad_certificate -12284 "unable to communicate securely with peer: peers's certificate was rejected." a certificate was received from the remote system and was passed to the certificate authentication callback function provided by the local application. that callback function returned secfailure, and the bad certificate callback function either was not configured or did not choose to override the error code returned by the certificate authentication callback function. -12283 (unused) ssl_error_bad_client ...
...And 25 more matches

Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
pon server. through this third server, the two devices can locate one another, and exchange negotiation messages. in this article, we will further enhance the websocket chat first created as part of our websocket documentation (this article link is forthcoming; it isn't actually online yet) to support opening a two-way video call between users. you can try out this example on glitch, and you can remix the example to experiment with it as well. you can also look at the full project on github. note: if you try out the example on glitch, please note that any changes made to the code will immediately reset any connections. in addition, there is a short timeout period; the glitch instance is for quick experiments and testing only. the signaling server establishing a webrtc connection between...
... following fields: type the message type; either "video-offer" or "video-answer". name the sender's username. target the username of the person to receive the description (if the caller is sending the message, this specifies the callee, and vice-versa). sdp the sdp (session description protocol) string describing the local end of the connection from the perspective of the sender (or the remote end of the connection from the receiver's point of view). at this point, the two participants know which codecs and codec parameters are to be used for this call. they still don't know how to transmit the media data itself though. this is where interactive connectivity establishment (ice) comes in. exchanging ice candidates two peers need to exchange ice candidates to negotiate the actual ...
...on a better (usually higher-performance) candidate, the stream may change formats as needed. though not currently supported, a candidate received after media is already flowing could theoretically also be used to downgrade to a lower-bandwidth connection if needed. each ice candidate is sent to the other peer by sending a json message of type "new-ice-candidate" over the signaling server to the remote peer. each candidate message include these fields: type the message type: "new-ice-candidate". target the username of the person with whom negotiation is underway; the server will direct the message to this user only. candidate the sdp candidate string, describing the proposed connection method. you typically don't need to look at the contents of this string. all your code needs to do ...
...And 25 more matches

Floats - Learn web development
ng a block of text around an element. you can follow along by creating a new index.html file on your computer, filling it with a simple html template, and inserting the below code into it at the appropriate places. at the bottom of the section, you can see a live example of what the final code should look like. first, we'll start off with some simple html — add the following to your html body, removing anything that was inside there before: <h1>simple float example</h1> <div class="box">float</div> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. nulla luctus aliquam dolor, eu lacinia lorem placerat vulputate. duis felis orci, pulvinar id metus ut, rutrum luctus orci. cras porttitor imperdiet nunc, at ultricies tellus laoreet sit amet. </p> <p>sed auctor cursus massa at port...
...an finibus sollicitudin eros pharetra congue. duis ornare egestas augue ut luctus. proin blandit quam nec lacus varius commodo et a urna. ut id ornare felis, eget fermentum sapien.</p> <p>nam vulputate diam nec tempor bibendum. donec luctus augue eget malesuada ultrices. phasellus turpis est, posuere sit amet dapibus ut, facilisis sed est. nam id risus quis ante semper consectetur eget aliquam lorem. vivamus tristique elit dolor, sed pretium metus suscipit vel. mauris ultricies lectus sed lobortis finibus. vivamus eu urna eget velit cursus viverra quis vestibulum sem. aliquam tincidunt eget purus in interdum. cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.</p> now apply the following css to your html (using a <style> element or a <link> to a separate .c...
...</p> <p>duis felis orci, pulvinar id metus ut, rutrum luctus orci. cras porttitor imperdiet nunc, at ultricies tellus laoreet sit amet. sed auctor cursus massa at porta. integer ligula ipsum, tristique sit amet orci vel, viverra egestas ligula. curabitur vehicula tellus neque, ac o...
...And 24 more matches

Establishing a connection: The WebRTC perfect negotiation pattern - Web APIs
el needs to be opened and the rtcpeerconnection needs to be created. the stun server listed here is obviously not a real one; you'll need to replace stun.myserver.tld with the address of a real stun server. ...
...ion needs to be created. the stun server listed here is obviously not a real one; you'll need to replace stun.myserver.tld with the address of a real stun server. ...
...raints = { audio: true, video: true }; const config = { iceservers: [{ urls: "stun:stun.mystunserver.tld" }] }; const selfvideo = document.queryselector("video.selfview"); const remotevideo = document.queryselector("video.remoteview"); const signaler = new signalingchannel(); const pc = new rtcpeerconnection(config); this code also gets the <video> elements using the classes "selfview" and "remoteview"; these will contain, respectively, the local user's self-view and the view of the incoming stream from the remote peer. connecting to a remote peer the start() function shown here can be called by either of the two end-points that want to talk to one another. it doesn't matter who does it first; the negotiation will just work. async function start() { try { const stream = await n...
...And 19 more matches

The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
can be accessed and manipulated. this is referred to as the aom (application object model). how are xml dom/aom trees represented in nglayout? nglayout has its own objects for holding content trees. nsxmlelement is used to represent a single node in a content tree for an xml language. in the absence of any modifications to xul, etc., this is what would be used by default to hold the tree for a remote xul file. this nsxmlelement implements a whole slew of interfaces, since raptor has multiple apis for referring to these objects. examples of these interfaces include nsidomelement, nsidomnode, nsixmlcontent, and nsicontent. what is rdf? rdf (pronounced r-d-f) has never been a ravening demon intent upon taking over the earth, although that does depend on who you ask. rdf stands for resource...
...'t do much to help the layman understand exactly what it does. rdf provides a very general mechanism for representing relationships between different disparate types of data. the relationships between data are represented as a directed labeled graph structure. the data itself can be fed in from any number of different sources (e.g., from a local file system, from your bookmarks file, or from some remote downloadable rdf file), and can then be combined into a single graph. ok, so after that paragraph many of you probably still don't understand what rdf does, so here's the short and sweet version. rdf can suck up data from different places (like your bookmarks and history or another web site), and it can combine them. this gives you a feature called aggregation, the ability to put completely di...
...other web site), and it can combine them. this gives you a feature called aggregation, the ability to put completely different kinds of data into the same place. for example, the traditional bookmarks tree view could contain anything from mail messages to local files to maps of other sites. this same ability to aggregate data leads to another capability of rdf. ...
...And 18 more matches

Fundamental text and font styling - Learn web development
etter (selects the first letter of an element's text), ::first-line (selects the first line of an element's text), or ::selection (selects the text currently highlighted by the cursor.) fonts let's move straight on to look at properties for styling fonts. in this example we'll apply some different css properties to the same html sample, which looks like this: <h1>tommy the cat</h1> <p>well i remember it as though it were a meal ago...</p> <p>said tommy the cat as he reeled back to clear whatever foreign matter may have nestled its way into his mighty throat. many a fat alley rat had met its demise while staring point blank down the cavernous barrel of this awesome prowling machine. truly a wonder of nature this urban predator — tommy the cat had many a story to tell. but it was a ra...
...nt of the selected elements (which is usually the text, but can also include a couple of other things, such as an underline or overline placed on text using the text-decoration property). color can accept any css color unit, for example: p { color: red; } this will cause the paragraphs to become red, rather than the standard browser default black, like so: <h1>tommy the cat</h1> <p>well i remember it as though it were a meal ago...</p> <p>said tommy the cat as he reeled back to clear whatever foreign matter may have nestled its way into his mighty throat. many a fat alley rat had met its demise while staring point blank down the cavernous barrel of this awesome prowling machine. truly a wonder of nature this urban predator — tommy the cat had many a story to tell. but it was a ra...
...d for a sans-serif font! note: font names that have more than one word — like trebuchet ms — need to be surrounded by quotes, for example "trebuchet ms". a font-family example let's add to our previous example, giving the paragraphs a sans-serif font: p { color: red; font-family: helvetica, arial, sans-serif; } this gives us the following result: <h1>tommy the cat</h1> <p>well i remember it as though it were a meal ago...</p> <p>said tommy the cat as he reeled back to clear whatever foreign matter may have nestled its way into his mighty throat. many a fat alley rat had met its demise while staring point blank down the cavernous barrel of this awesome prowling machine. truly a wonder of nature this urban predator — tommy the cat had many a story to tell. but it was a ra...
...And 18 more matches

imgIContainer
solete since gecko 2.0 imagecontainer getimagecontainer(); native code only! nsiframe getrootlayoutframe(); violates the xpcom interface guidelines pruint16 gettype(); violates the xpcom interface guidelines void init(in print32 awidth, in print32 aheight, in imgicontainerobserver aobserver); obsolete since gecko 2.0 void lockimage(); void removeframe(in gfxiimageframe item); obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 void requestdecode(); void requestdiscard(); void requestrefresh([const] in timestamp atime); violates the xpcom interface guidelines void resetanimation(); void restoredatadone(); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 void setdiscardable(in string amimetype); native code onl...
.... type_vector 1 flag_none 0x0 flags for imgicontainer operations. meanings: flag_none: lack of flags. flag_sync_decode: forces synchronous/non-progressive decode of all available data before the call returns. it is an error to pass this flag from a call stack that originates in a decoder (that is, from a decoder observer event). flag_decode_no_premultiply_alpha: do not premultiply alpha if it is not already premultiplied in the image data. flag_decode_no_colorspace_conversion: do not do any colorspace conversion; ignore any embedded profiles, and do not convert to any particular destination space. flag_clamp: extend the image to the fill area by clamping image sample coordinates instead of by tiling. this only affects 'draw()'. ...
... frame_first: the first frame frame_current: the current frame. ...
...And 18 more matches

nsIContentPrefService2
onkey 2.17) description content preferences allow the application to associate arbitrary data, or "preferences", with specific domains, or web "content". specifically, a content preference is a structure with three values: a domain with which the preference is associated, a name that identifies the preference within its domain, and a value. (see nsicontentpref below.) for example, if you want to remember the user's preference for a certain zoom level on www.mozilla.org pages, you might store a preference whose domain is "www.mozilla.org", whose name is "zoomlevel", and whose value is the numeric zoom level. a preference need not have a domain, and in that case the preference is called a "global" preference. this interface doesn't impart any special significance to global preferences; they're...
...void getcachedbysubdomainandname(in astring domain, in astring name, in nsiloadcontext context, out unsigned long len, [retval,array,size_is(len)] out nsicontentpref prefs); nsicontentpref getcachedglobal(in astring name, in nsiloadcontext context); void getglobal(in astring name, in nsiloadcontext context, in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removealldomains(in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removeallglobals(in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebydomain(in astring domain, in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebydomainandname(in astring domain, in ...
...removeallglobals(in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebydomain(in astring domain, in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebydomainandname(in astring domain, in astring name, in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebyname(in astring name, in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebysubdomain(in astring domain, in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); void removebysubdomainandname(in astring domain, in astring name, in nsiloadcontext context, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback2 callback); ...
...And 18 more matches

SVG 2 support in Mozilla - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
known svggraphicselement instead of svglocatable and svgtransformable implementation status unknown svggeometryelement with svggeometryelement.ispointinfill() and svggeometryelement.ispointinstroke() methods partially implemented (bug 1239100). the methods ispointinfill() and ispointinstroke() are not implemented yet (bug 1325319). ...
...vggeometryelement.ispointinstroke() methods partially implemented (bug 1239100). the methods ispointinfill() and ispointinstroke() are not implemented yet (bug 1325319). ...
...ods partially implemented (bug 1239100). the methods ispointinfill() and ispointinstroke() are not implemented yet (bug 1325319). ...
...And 18 more matches

context-menu - Archive of obsolete content
adds items, submenus, and menu separators to the page's context menu. usage instead of manually adding items when particular contexts occur and then removing them when those contexts go away, you bind items to contexts, and the adding and removing is automatically handled for you. items are bound to contexts in much the same way that event listeners are bound to events. when the user invokes the context menu, all of the items bound to the current context are automatically added to the menu. if no items are bound, none are added. likewise, any items that were previously in the menu but are not bound to the current context are automatically removed from the menu. you never need to manually remove your items from the menu unless you want them to never appear again. for example, if your add...
...rather, create your item only once and supply a context that matches the target url. context menu items are displayed in the order created or in the case of sub menus the order added to the sub menu. ...
...ion) predicatefunction is called when the menu is invoked, and the context occurs when the function returns a true value. the function is passed an object with properties describing the menu invocaton context. array an array of any of the other types. this context occurs when all contexts in the array occur. menu items also have a context property that can be used to add and remove declarative contexts after construction. for example: var context = require("sdk/context-menu").selectorcontext("img"); mymenuitem.context.add(context); mymenuitem.context.remove(context); when a menu item is bound to more than one context, it appears in the menu when all of those contexts occur. in content scripts the declarative contexts are handy but not very powerful. for instance, you...
...And 17 more matches

MMgc - Archive of obsolete content
mmgc::gcobject { // mymanagedclass is a gcobject, and // avmplus::stringp is a rcobject, so use drcwb drcwb(stringp) mystring; }; when are the macros not needed? write barriers are not needed for stack-based local variables, regardless of whether the object pointed to is gcobject, gcfinalizedobject, rcobject or rcfinalizedobject. the gc marks the entire stack during collection, and not incrementally, so write barriers aren't needed. write barriers are not needed for pointers to gc objects from unmanaged memory (gcroot). gcroots are marked at the end of the mark phase, and not incrementally, so no write barriers are required. drc() is required for rc objects, since the reference count must be maintained. write barriers are not needed for c++ objects that exist purely on the stack, and ...
...the heap. the flash player class "nativeinfo" is a good example. such objects are essentially the same as stack-based local variables. zeroing rcobjects all rcobjects (including all subclasses) must zero themselves out completely upon destruction. asserts enforce this. the reason is that our collector zeroes memory upon free and this was hurting performance. since mmgc must traverse objects to decrement refcounts properly upon destruction, i just made destructors do zeroing too. this mostly applies to non-pointer fields as drcwb smart pointers do this for you. poisoned memory in debug builds, mmgc writes "poison" into deallocated memory as a debugging aid. here's what the different poison values mean: 0xfafafafa uninitialized unmanaged memory 0xedededed unmanaged memory that was freed ex...
...threading the gc routines are not currently thread safe, we're operating under the assumption that none of the player spawned threads create gc'd things. if this isn't true we hope to eliminate other threads from doing this and if we can't do that we will be forced to make our gc thread safe, although we hope we don't have to do that. threading gets more complicated because...
...And 17 more matches

Notes on HTML Reflow - Archive of obsolete content
ing new continuation frames, for example, for a text frame when the text must be wrapped. some reflows are immediate in response to user or script actions; for example, resizing the window or changing the document's default font. these are dispatched directly from the presentation shell (e.g., nsipresshell::stylechangereflow), and affect the entire frame tree. other reflows are incremental and are dealt with asynchronously; for example, when content streams in from the network. incremental reflows are queued by the presentation shell for batched dispatch. reflow state the reflow state object, nshtmlreflowstate, is used to pass constraining information "down" from parent frames to child frames. for example, a <div> with a constrained width (e.g., set via the css widt...
...l reflows have a reason , which is maintained in the reflow state object (and may mutate, as described below). the reflow reason controls how a frame reacts during a reflow, and is one of the following: initial, for the very first time that the frame hierarchy is flowed. in this case, a frame knows that there is no residual state that can be used to simplify geometry computation. ...
...a frame reacts during a reflow, and is one of the following: initial, for the very first time that the frame hierarchy is flowed. in this case, a frame knows that there is no residual state that can be used to simplify geometry computation. incremental, when something in the frame tree changes; for example, when more content is read from the network, or some script manipulates the dom. an incremental reflow is targeted at a single frame in the frame hierarchy. during an incremental reflow, a frame can assume that none of the constraints computed "from above" (for example, available width) have changed; instead, something "within" the frame has changed, which may have bottom-up impact to the frame hierarchy. resize, when the containing boundary for the frame hierarchy cha...
...And 17 more matches

tabbrowser - Archive of obsolete content
autocompletepopup type: id the id of a popup element used to hold autocomplete results for the element. ...
... autocompletepopup type: id the id of a popup element used to hold autocomplete results for the element. autoscroll ...
... autocompletepopup type: id the id of a popup element used to hold autocomplete results for the element. autoscroll type: boolean se...
...And 17 more matches

RDF in Mozilla FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
uge) rdf/xml dump. it describes thousands of web sites using a mix of the dublin core metadata vocabulary and the dmoz taxonomy. see their rdf pages for more information. if you have problems with the dmoz and chefmoz data, it's best to contact those projects directly. but if you do something interesting with this content (eg. have mozilla use it, eg. by loading chunks of it into a xul ui from a remote site), don't forget to let mozilla-rdf and the rdf interest group lists know. those lists would probably also be interested in tools for cleaning / re-processing / storing the dmoz data too. see the sites using odp data pages for some directories based on the odp rdf dumps. what is a datasource? rdf can generally be viewed in two ways: either as a graph with nodes and arcs, or as a "soup" of...
...table is keyed by the datasource's "uri", which is either the url of an rdf/xml file, or a "special" uri starting with rdf: that refers to a built-in datasource. datasources may be loaded via the rdf service using the getdatasource() method. if the uri argument refers to an rdf/xml file's url, then the rdf service will create an rdf/xml datasource and asynchronously parse it. the datasource will remain "cached" until the last reference to the datasource is released. if the uri argument refers to a built-in datasource, the rdf service will use the xpcom component manager to load a component whose contractid is constructed using the "special" uri and the well-known prefix@mozilla.org/rdf/datasource;1?name=</code>. for example, rdf:foo would load: @mozilla.org/rdf/datasource;1?name=foo ...
...by setting // ablocking to tr...
...And 17 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
ult/pref as in /usr/lib/thunderbird-5/default/pref ) for the record/history purpose ... the old netscape 4.x the file is encoded (byte-shift/rotary is 7), and the presence of the file (netscape.cfg) in the mozilla_home directory suffices for it to be read and executed. for mozilla 1.x.x, firefox, thunderbird or netscape 7 it is still a javascript file, the byte-shift is 13 by default, but can be removed using the pref("general.config.obscure_value", 0); preference in any appropriate .js file dedicated to autoconfig (here autoconf.js). the name of the file can be anything you want because it is named by a general.config preference that should be added at the end of file mozilla_home/default/pref/autoconf.js or mozilla_home/greprefs/autoconf.js: pref("general.config.filename", "mozilla.cfg");...
...alues returned from the ldap query ldap_values = values; var uid = getldapvalue(values, "uid"); var cn = getldapvalue(values, "cn"); var mail = getldapvalue(values, "mail"); var url = getldapvalue(values, "labeleduri"); // those ldap variables are only available in this processldapvalues context! // so we set the preferences that need them here. ...
...attrs array, // uses the previous processldapvalues() getldapattributes( ldaphost, ldapbase, ldapfilter, ldapattrs.join(",") ); // create account // see also http://blog.deanandadie.net/2010/06/easy-thunderbird-account-management-using-mcd/ // identity defaultpref("mail.identity.id1.fullname", userinfo.cn ); defaultpref("mail.identity.id1.smtpserver", "smtp1" ); defaultpref("mail.identity.id1.useremail", userinfo.mail ); // imap server settings defaultpref("mail.server.server1.hostname", "myimap.server.com" ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.name", userinfo.mail ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.port", 993 ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.sockettype", 3 ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.type", "imap" ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.username", userinfo.mail ); // smtp server set...
...And 16 more matches

Componentizing our Svelte app - Learn web development
ponents and share information among them. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then to get to the current app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/04-componentizing-our-app or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/04-componentizing-our-app remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/99b9eb228b404a2f8c8959b22c0a40d3?version=3.23.2 breaking the app into components in svelte, an application is composed from one or more components. a component is a reusable, self-contained block of code that encapsulates html, css and java...
...input and button that allow you to enter a new todo item. filterbutton.svelte: the all, active, and completed buttons that allow you to apply filters to the displayed todo items. todosstatus.svelte: the "x out of y items completed" heading. todo.svelte: an individual todo item. each visible todo item will be displayed in a separate copy of this component. moreactions.svelte: the check all and remove completed buttons at the bottom of the ui that allow you to perform mass actions on the todo items. in this article we will concentrate on creating the filterbutton and todo components; we'll get to the others in future articles. let's get started. note: in the process of creating our first couple of components, we will also learn different techniques to communicate between components, ...
...make use of our filterbutton component. first of all, we need to import it — add the following line at the top of the todos.svelte <script> section: import filterbutton from './filterbutton.svelte' now, replace the filters <div> with a call to the filterbutton component, which takes the current filter as a prop — the below line is all you need: <filterbutton {filter} /> note: remember that when the html attribute name and variable matches, they can be replaced with {variable}, that's why we could replace <filterbutton filter={filter} /> with <filterbutton {filter} />. so far so good! let's try out the app now. you'll notice that when you click on the filter buttons, they are selected and the style updates appropriately. but! we have a problem — the todos aren't filter...
...And 16 more matches

sslfnc.html
plication attempts to set or set the policy or preference for one of the old fips cipher suite numbers, the library recognizes the old number and sets or gets the value for the new cipher suite number instead. in this release, the three ssl_fortezza_ cipher suites cannot be enabled unless there is a pkcs #11 module available with a fortezza-enabled token. the ssl_fortezza_ cipher suites will be removed in nss 3.11. ssl_cipherprefgetdefault gets the current default preference setting for a specified ssl2 or ssl3 cipher suite. syntax #include "ssl.h" secstatus ssl_cipherprefsetdefault(print32 cipher, prbool *enabled); parameters this function has the parameters listed below. cipher the cipher suite whose default preference setting you want to...
...he factory setting. ssl_clearsessioncache empties the ssl client session id cache. syntax #include "ssl.h" void ssl_clearsessioncache(void); description you must call ssl_clearsessioncache after you use one of the ssl export policy functions to change cipher suite policy settings or use ssl_cipherprefsetdefault to enable or disable any cipher suite. otherwise, the old settings remain in the session cache and will be used instead of the new settings. this function clears only the client cache. the client cache is not configurable. it is located in ram (not on disk), and has the following characteristics: maximum number of entries: unlimited ssl 2.0 timeout value: 100 seconds ssl 3.0 timeout value: 24 hours note: if an ssl client application does not call ssl_c...
... must use one of these functions to create a server cache. this function creates two caches: theserver session id cache (also called the server session cache, or server cache), and theclient-auth certificate cache (also called the client cert cache, or client auth cache). both caches are used only for sessions where the program handshakes as a server. the client-auth certificate cache is used to remember the certificates previously presented by clients for client certificate authentication. passing a null value or a value that is out of range for any of the parameters causes the server default value to be used in the server cache. the values that you pass affect only the server cache, not the client cache. initializing multi-processing with a shared ssl server cache to start a mult...
...And 16 more matches

A simple RTCDataChannel sample - Web APIs
rogramming model can be used for each. in this example, we will open an rtcdatachannel connection linking two elements on the same page. while that's obviously a contrived scenario, it's useful for demonstrating the flow of connecting two peers. we'll cover the mechanics of accomplishing the connection and transmitting and receiving data, but we will save the bits about locating and linking to a remote computer for another example. the html first, let's take a quick look at the html that's needed. there's nothing incredibly complicated here. first, we have a couple of buttons for establishing and closing the connection: <button id="connectbutton" name="connectbutton" class="buttonleft"> connect </button> <button id="disconnectbutton" name="disconnectbutton" class="buttonright" disabled>...
...t event listeners on the three buttons. establishing a connection when the user clicks the "connect" button, the connectpeers() method is called. we're going to break this up and look at it a bit at a time, for clarity. note: even though both ends of our connection will be on the same page, we're going to refer to the one that starts the connection as the "local" one, and to the other as the "remote" end. set up the local peer localconnection = new rtcpeerconnection(); sendchannel = localconnection.createdatachannel("sendchannel"); sendchannel.onopen = handlesendchannelstatuschange; sendchannel.onclose = handlesendchannelstatuschange; the first step is to create the "local" end of the connection. this is the peer that will send out the connection request. the next step is to create...
...ection request. the next step is to create the rtcdatachannel by calling rtcpeerconnection.createdatachannel() and set up event listeners to monitor the channel so that we know when it's opened and closed (that is, when the channel is connected or disconnected within that peer connection). it's important to keep in mind that each end of the channel has its own rtcdatachannel object. set up the remote peer remoteconnection = new rtcpeerconnection(); remoteconnection.ondatachannel = receivechannelcallback; the remote end is set up similarly, except that we don't need to explicitly create an rtcdatachannel ourselves, since we're going to be connected through the channel established above. instead, we set up a datachannel event handler; this will be called when the data channel is opened; th...
...And 16 more matches

Working with Svelte stores - Learn web development
do information to web storage, allowing our todos to persist over page reloads. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then to get to the current app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/06-stores or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/06-stores remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/d1fa84a5a4494366b179c87395940039?version=3.23.2 dealing with our app state we have already seen how our components can communicate with each other using props, two-way data binding, and events. in all these cases we were dealing with commun...
...content: <script> import { alert } from '../stores.js' import { ondestroy } from 'svelte' let alertcontent = '' const unsubscribe = alert.subscribe(value => alertcontent = value) ondestroy(unsubscribe) </script> {#if alertcontent} <div on:click={() => alertcontent = ''}> <p>{ alertcontent }</p> </div> {/if} <style> div { position: fixed; cursor: pointer; margin-right: 1.5rem; margin-left: 1.5rem; margin-top: 1rem; right: 0; display: flex; align-items: center; border-radius: 0.2rem; background-color: #565656; color: #fff; font-size: 0.875rem; font-weight: 700; padding: 0.5rem 1.4rem; font-size: 1.5rem; z-index: 100; opacity: 95%; } div p { color: #fff; } div svg { height: 1.6rem; fill: currentcolor; width: 1.4rem; margin-right: 0.
... margin-left: 1.5rem; margin-top: 1rem; right: 0; display: flex; align-items: center; border-radius: 0.2rem; background-color: #565656; color: #fff; font-size: 0.875rem; font-weight: 700; padding: 0.5rem 1.4rem; font-size: 1.5rem; z-index: 100; opacity: 95%; } div p { color: #fff; } div svg { height: 1.6rem; fill: currentcolor; width: 1.4rem; margin-right: 0.5rem; } </style> let's walk through this piece of code in detail. at the beginning we import the alert store. next we import the ondestroy() lifecycle function, which lets us execute a callback after the component has been unmounted. we then create a local variable named alertcontent. ...
...And 15 more matches

IME handling guide
/or ecompositionchange event if necessary. one of the other important jobs of this is, when a focused editor handles a dispatched ecompositionchange event, this modifies the stored composition string and its clause information. the editor refers the stored information for creating or modifying a text node representing a composition string. and before dispatching ecomposition* events, this class removes ascii control characters from dispatching composition event's data in the default settings. although, this can be disabled with "dom.compositionevent.allow_control_characters" pref. finally, this class guarantees that requesting to commit or cancel current composition to ime is perefored synchronously. see forcibly committing composition section for the detail. editor/libeditor mozilla::ed...
...fe actually, but it causes a lot of oranges of automated tests. see also notifications to ime section for the detail of sending notifications. currently, widgetquerycontentevent is handled via imecontentobserver because if it has a cache of selection, it can set reply of equeryselectedtext event only with the cache. that is much faster than using contenteventhandler. e10s support even when a remote process has focus, native ime handler in chrome process does its job. so, there is process boundary between native ime handler and focused editor. unfortunately, it's not allowed to use syncronous communication from chrome process to a remote process. this means that chrome process (and also native ime and our native ime handler) cannot query the focused editor contents directly. for fixing th...
...aret::mrect caret rect at mcaret::moffset. if caret isn't actually exists, it's computed with a character rect at the offset. mtextrectarray::mstart if there is composition, mstart is same as mcompositionstart. otherwise, uint32_max. mtextrectarray::mrects each character rects of composition string. meditorrect the rect of editor element. mozilla::contentcacheinchild this exists only in remote processes. this is created as a member of puppetwidget. when puppetwidget receives notifications to ime from imecontentobserver in the remote process, it makes this class modify its cached content. then, this class do that with widgetquerycontentevents. finally, puppetwidget sends the notification and contentcacheinparent instance as contentcache to its parent process. mozilla::contentcachein...
...And 15 more matches

Power profiling overview
s. it serves as a starting point for anybody doing power profiling for the first time. basic physics concepts in physics, power is the rate of doing work. it is equivalent to an amount of energy consumed per unit time. in si units, energy is measured in joules, and power is measured in watts, which is equivalent to joules per second. although power is an instantaneous concept, in practice measurements of it are determined in a non-instantaneous fashion, i.e. by dividing an energy amount by a non-infinitesimal time period. strictly speaking, such a computation gives the average power but this is often referred to as just the power when context makes it clear. in the context of computing, a fully-charged mobile device battery (as found in a laptop or smartphone) holds a certain amount of en...
... if all cores are idle then the entire package can also become idle, which reduces power consumption even further. the fraction of time that a package or core spends in an idle c-state is called the c-state residency. this is a misleading term — the active state, c0, is also a c-state — but one that is nonetheless common. intel processors have model-specific registers (msrs) containing measurements of how much time is spent in different c-states, and tools such as powermetrics (mac), powertop and turbostat (linux) can expose this information. a wakeup occurs when a core or package transitions from an idle state to the active state. this happens when the os schedules a process to run due to some kind of event. common causes of wakeups include scheduled timers going off and blocked i/o s...
...sequence of the existence of c-states is that observations made during power profiling — even more than with other kinds of profiling — can disturb what is being observed. for example, the gecko profiler takes samples at 1000hz using a timer. each of these samples can trigger a wakeup, which consumes power and obscures firefox's natural wakeup patterns. for this reason, integrating power measurements into the gecko profiler is unlikely to be useful, and other power profiling tools typically use much lower sampling rates (e.g. 1hz.) p-states intel processors also support multiple p-states. p0 is the state where the processor is operating at maximum frequency and voltage, and higher-numbered p-states operate at a lower frequency and voltage to reduce power consumption. processors can have...
...And 15 more matches

Index
e. the resulting jsid, on success, is either an interned string or a well-known symbol; either way it is immune to gc so there is no need to visit *idp during gc marking.. 64 js::protokeytoid jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::protokeytoid converts a specified js prototype key key, to a js id. js::protokeytoid stores a jsid to *idp. 65 js::remove*root jsapi reference, obsolete, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::remove*root removes the variable that rp points to from the garbage collector's root set. 66 js::rooted jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey here, ptr represents the private member of js::rooted<t>, typed with t. 67 js::setlargeallocationfailurecallback ...
...ack is a hook that applications may install to be called at some point during property access. a jsdeletepropertyop may be installed on a jsclass to hook property deletes. 96 jsenumerateop jsapi reference, spidermonkey jsenumerateop is called just before an object is enumerated (via a for...in statement, an array comprehension, or a call to js_enumerate). it should define any remaining lazy properties that should be enumerable but are not yet defined in obj. this hook does not implement iteration: once the properties are defined, the javascript engine can enumerate them. 97 jserrorformatstring jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey jserrorformatstring is a struct to represent error message and type, returned by js_reporterrornumber f...
... be cleaned up by the garbage collector (private data stored in the object by the application, file handles, etc.) 108 jsfreeop jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey various finalization api takes not jscontext * but rather either jsfreeop structure or its library-private counterpart freeop. these structures wrap parameters that are passed to the finalizers removing most of explicit dependencies on jscontext in the finalization code. 109 jsfunction api, guide, jsapi, needscontent, spidermonkey jsfunction is a type in the jsapi. the apis js_newfunction, js_definefunction, js_compilefunction, and their unicode equivalents return values of type jsfunction *. 110 jsfunctionspec jsapi reference, spidermonkey jsfuncti...
...And 15 more matches

nsINavBookmarkObserver
toolkit/components/places/nsinavbookmarksservice.idlscriptable this interface is an observer for bookmark changes. ...
...atebatch(); void onfolderadded(in print64 folder, in print64 parent, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onfolderchanged(in print64 folder, in acstring property); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onfoldermoved(in print64 folder, in print64 oldparent, in print32 oldindex, in print64 newparent, in print32 newindex); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onfolderremoved(in print64 folder, in print64 parent, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onitemadded(in long long aitemid, in long long aparentid, in long aindex, in unsigned short aitemtype, in nsiuri auri, in autf8string atitle, in prtime adateadded, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid); void onitemchanged(in long long aitemid, in acstring aproperty, in boolean aisann...
...anewvalue, in prtime alastmodified, in unsigned short aitemtype, in long long aparentid, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid); void onitemmoved(in long long aitemid, in long long aoldparentid, in long aoldindex, in long long anewparentid, in long anewindex, in unsigned short aitemtype, in acstring aguid, in acstring aoldparentguid, in acstring anewparentguid); void onitemremoved(in long long aitemid, in long long aparentid, in long aindex, in unsigned short aitemtype, in nsiuri auri, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid); void onitemreplaced(in print64 folder, in nsiuri item, in nsiuri newitem); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onitemvisited(in long long aitemid, in long long avisitid, in prtime atime, in unsigned long atransitiontype, in nsiuri ...
...And 15 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
uses. it consists of javascript apis that allow you to store data on the client (i.e. on the user's machine) and then retrieve it when needed. this has many distinct uses, such as: personalizing site preferences (e.g. showing a user's choice of custom widgets, color scheme, or font size). persisting previous site activity (e.g. storing the contents of a shopping cart from a previous session, remembering if a user was previously logged in). saving data and assets locally so a site will be quicker (and potentially less expensive) to download, or be usable without a network connection. saving web application generated documents locally for use offline often client-side and server-side storage are used together. for example, you could download a batch of music files (perhaps used by a we...
...m('name','chris'); the storage.getitem() method takes one parameter — the name of a data item you want to retrieve — and returns the item's value. now type these lines into your javascript console: let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname upon typing in the second line, you should see that the myname variable now contains the value of the name data item. the storage.removeitem() method takes one parameter — the name of a data item you want to remove — and removes that item out of web storage. type the following lines into your javascript console: localstorage.removeitem('name'); let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname the third line should now return null — the name item no longer exists in the web storage. the data persists! one key f...
... our javascript code into it. create an index.js file in the same directory as your html file. we'll start off by creating references to all the html features we need to manipulate in this example — we'll create them all as constants, as these references do not need to change in the lifecycle of the app. ...
...And 14 more matches

nsIAnnotationService
out unsigned long count, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsivariant result); void getitemannotationnames(in long long aitemid, [optional] out unsigned long count, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsivariant result); boolean pagehasannotation(in nsiuri auri, in autf8string aname); boolean itemhasannotation(in long long aitemid, in autf8string aname); void removepageannotation(in nsiuri auri, in autf8string aname); void removeitemannotation(in long long aitemid, in autf8string aname); void removepageannotations(in nsiuri auri); void removeitemannotations(in long long aitemid); void copypageannotations(in nsiuri asourceuri, in nsiuri adesturi, in boolean aoverwritedest); void copyitemannotations(in long long ...
...void removepageannotations(in nsiuri auri); void removeitemannotations(in long long aitemid); void copypageannotations(in nsiuri asourceuri, in nsiuri adesturi, in boolean aoverwritedest); void copyitemannotations(in long long asourceitemid, in long long adestitemid, in boolean aoverwritedest); void addobserver(in nsiannotationobserver aobserver); void removeobserver(in nsiannotationobserver aobserver); nsiuri getannotationuri(in nsiuri auri, in autf8string aname); constants constant value description expire_session 0 for temporary data that can be discarded when the user exits. removed at application exit. expire_weeks 2 for general page settings, things the user is interested in seeing...
...ri getannotationuri(in nsiuri auri, in autf8string aname); constants constant value description expire_session 0 for temporary data that can be discarded when the user exits. removed at application exit. expire_weeks 2 for general page settings, things the user is interested in seeing if they come back to this page some time in the near future. removed at 30 days. expire_months 3 something that the user will be interested in seeing in their history like favicons. if they haven't visited a page in a couple of months, they probably aren't interested in many other annotations, the positions of things, or other stuff you create, so put that in the weeks policy. removed at 180 days. expire_never 4 for data that shou...
...And 14 more matches

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
'hs...
...d]); dropdowns[topic] = this; }; dropdown.prototype.toggle = function toggle(state) { if (typeof(state) === 'boolean') this.state = state === false ? ...
...ion(e) { var value = parsefloat(e.target.value); if (isnan(value) === true) setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value); else setvalue(obj.topic, value); }); return input; }; var slidercomponent = function slidercomponent(obj, sign) { var slider = document.createelement('div'); var startx = null; var start_value = 0; slider.addeventlistener("click", function(e) { document.removeeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value + obj.step * sign); }); slider.addeventlistener("mousedown", function(e) { startx = e.clientx; start_value = obj.value; document.body.style.cursor = "e-resize"; document.addeventlistener("mouseup", slideend); document.addeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); }); var slideend = function slide...
...And 14 more matches

SpiderMonkey 1.8.5
. it is supported only on x86, x86_64 and arm architectures. on other platforms, the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 1.8 the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. support for extended class methods (in particular, jsequalityop) has been removed. multithreaded js programs that race against the same objects are now explicitly not supported. multithreaded programs are allowed, but each thread must operate on objects in a separate compartment, isolated from the other threads. the old build system (using makefile.ref) is no longer supported. spidermonkey 1.8.5 includes a new configure-based build system, introduced shortly after active...
... applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are easy to detect and updating the code is a fairly straightforward job. here is a list of the most significant changes. previous versions of spidermonkey supported two types of native functions: jsnative and jsfastnative. all support for the slow native function type has been removed, and the fast signature has been renamed to jsnative. embeddings that defined jsnatives in previous versions must update all those functions to the new signature. getters and setters of type jspropertyop took an id parameter of type jsval. the type of the parameter has been changed to jsid. many getters and setters simply ignore the id anyway; if the value is needed, use js_idtovalue. the t...
... has been changed to jsid. many getters and setters simply ignore the id anyway; if the value is needed, use js_idtovalue. the type of setters has changed from jspropertyop to jsstrictpropertyop (to accomodate es5 strict mode). to migrate, simply add a jsbool strict parameter to each setter function. it is safe for the setter to ignore the value of the argument. the rooting apis (js_addroot, js_removeroot, etc.) have been replaced with a family of type-safe functions (js_addstringroot, js_removestringroot, etc.) that are easier to use correctly. js_newdouble, js_newdoublevalue, and js_newnumbervalue are gone. instead use double_to_jsval, int_to_jsval, and uint_to_jsval, which are faster and can't fail. js_getstringbytes and js_getstringchars are gone. there is no longer an infallible way ...
...And 13 more matches

Using XPCOM Components
components like the ones in this section are obtained and used by the mozilla browser. cookie manager cookie management is one of the many sets of functionality that is made available to the browser in the form of an xpcom component and that can be reused by developers who want similar functionality in their applications. whenever a user accesses the cookie manager dialog to view, organize, or remove cookies that have been stored on the system, they are using the cookiemanager component behind the scenes. the cookie manager dialog shows user interface[cookie-manager-ui] that is presented to the user in mozilla for working with the cookiemanager component. the cookie manager dialog this dialog is written in xul and javascript, and uses a part of xpcom called xpconnect to seamlessly conn...
... (see connecting to components from the interface below). xul is just one way to expose the functionality of the cookiemanager component-but it's a particularly useful one in the mozilla world. the functionality of the cookiemanager component is available through the nsicookiemanager interface, which is comprised of the public methods in the table below. the nsicookiemanager interface removeall remove all cookies from the cookie list. enumerator enumerate through the cookie list. remove remove a particular cookie from the list. in xpcom the interface is guaranteed to stay the same even if the underlying implementation changes. the interfaces are public, in other words, and the implementations are private[private-xpcom-interfaces]. when a user sele...
...rator enumerate through the cookie list. remove remove a particular cookie from the list. in xpcom the interface is guaranteed to stay the same even if the underlying implementation changes. the interfaces are public, in other words, and the implementations are private[private-xpcom-interfaces]. when a user selects one of the cookies displayed in the list and then clicks the remove button, the remove method in the nsicookiemanager interface is called. the function is carried out by the cookiemanager component, and the selected cookie is deleted from disk and removed from the displayed list. ...
...And 13 more matches

nsIDownloadManager
inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5 / thunderbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) implemented by: @mozilla.org/download-manager;1. ...
...tdownload(in unsigned long aid); void onclose(); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 void open(in nsidomwindow aparent, in nsidownload adownload); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 void openprogressdialogfor(in nsidownload adownload, in nsidomwindow aparent, in boolean acanceldownloadonclose); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 void pausedownload(in unsigned long aid); void removedownload(in unsigned long aid); void removedownloadsbytimeframe(in long long abegintime, in long long aendtime); void removelistener(in nsidownloadprogresslistener alistener); void resumedownload(in unsigned long aid); void retrydownload(in unsigned long aid); void savestate(); obsolete since gecko 1.8 void startbatchupdate(); obsolete si...
...tartbatchupdate(); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 attributes attribute type description activedownloadcount long the number of files currently being downloaded. read only. activedownloads nsisimpleenumerator an enumeration of active nsidownloads. read only. cancleanup boolean whether or not there are downloads that can be cleaned up (removed) that is downloads that have completed, have failed or have been canceled. read only. datasource nsirdfdatasource read only. obsolete since gecko 1.8 dbconnection mozistorageconnection the database connection to the downloads database. read only. defaultdownloadsdirectory nsilocalfile returns the platform default downloads directory. read only. ...
...And 13 more matches

nsIXULTemplateBuilder
of the query are processed by a separate component called a query processor. this query processor is expected to use this query to generate results when asked by the template builder. the template builder then generates output for each result based on the <rule> elements. this allows the query processor to be specific to a particular kind of input data or query syntax, while the template builder remains independent of the kind of data being used. due to this, the query processor will be supplied with the datasource and query which the template builder handles in an opaque way, while the query processor handles these more specifically. results implement the nsixultemplateresult interface and may be identified by an id which must be unique within a given set of query results. each query may be...
...e content within the rule's <action> body is inserted as a sibling of the <template>, assuming the template builder creates real dom content. only one rule will match a result. for a tree builder, for example, the content within the action body is used to create the tree rows instead. a matching result must have its rulematched() method called. when a result no longer matches, the result's hasbeenremoved() method must be called. optionally, the rule may have a <bindings> section which may be used to define additional variables to be used within an action body. each of these declared bindings must be supplied to the query processor via its addbinding() method. the bindings are evaluated after a rule has matched. templates may generate content recursively, using the previous iteration's results...
...he result objects from each iteration to be used directly as the reference points for the next iteration. when using multiple queries, each may generate results with the same id. more than one of these results may match one of the rules in their respective queries, however only the result for the earliest matching query in the template becomes the active match and generates output. the addresult, removeresult, replaceresult and resultbindingchanged methods may be called by the query processor to indicate that the set of valid results has changed, such that a different query may match. if a different match would become active, the content for the existing match is removed and the content for the new match is generated. a query processor is not required to provide any support for updating resul...
...And 13 more matches

EventTarget.addEventListener() - Web APIs
specifies characteristics about the event listener. the available options are: capture a boolean indicating that events of this type will be dispatched to the registered listener before being dispatched to any eventtarget beneath it in the dom tree. once a boolean indicating that the listener should be invoked at most once after being added. if true, the listener would be automatically removed when invoked. passive a boolean that, if true, indicates that the function specified by listener will never call preventdefault(). if a passive listener does call preventdefault(), the user agent will do nothing other than generate a console warning. see improving scrolling performance with passive listeners to learn more. mozsystemgroup a boolean indicating that the listener should...
...f addeventlistener() was a boolean value indicating whether or not to use capture. over time, it became clear that more options were needed. rather than adding more parameters to the function (complicating things enormously when dealing with optional values), the third parameter was changed to an object that can contain various properties defining the values of options to configure the process of removing the event listener. because older browsers (as well as some not-too-old browsers) still assume the third parameter is a boolean, you need to build your code to handle this scenario intelligently. you can do this by using feature detection for each of the options you're interested in. for example, if you want to check for the passive option: let passivesupported = false; try { const opt...
...ons you're interested in. for example, if you want to check for the passive option: let passivesupported = false; try { const options = { get passive() { // this function will be called when the browser // attempts to access the passive property. ...
...And 13 more matches

Array.prototype.splice() - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax let arrdeleteditems = array.splice(start[, deletecount[, item1[, item2[, ...]]]]) parameters start the index at which to start changing the array. if greater than the length of the array, start will be set to the length of the array. in this case, no element will be deleted but the method will behave as an adding function, adding as many element as item[n*] provided. ...
...y element as item[n*] provided. if negative, it will begin that many elements from the end of the array. (in this case, the origin -1, meaning -n is the index of the nth last element, and is therefore equivalent to the index of array.length - n.) if array.length + start is less than 0, it will begin from index 0. deletecount optional an integer indicating the number of elements in the array to remove from start. if deletecount is omitted, or if its value is equal to or larger than array.length - start (that is, if it is equal to or greater than the number of elements left in the array, starting at start), then all the elements from start to the end of the array will be deleted. note: in ie8, it won't delete all when deletecount is omitted. if deletecount is 0 or negative, no ele...
...tart. if deletecount is omitted, or if its value is equal to or larger than array.length - start (that is, if it is equal to or greater than the number of elements left in the array, starting at start), then all the elements from start to the end of the array will be deleted. note: in ie8, it won't delete all when deletecount is omitted. ...
...And 13 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
te (xul) xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 6 flexgroup "flexgroup" is used to group flexible elements together and should be set to an integer. elements with a lower flexgroup are flexed first. when those elements have reached their maximum sizes, the elements with the next higher flexgroup are flexed. this process continues until there are no more elements remaining. the same process occurs when decreasing the size, except in the other direction. 7 accelerated xul, xul attribute, xul reference no summary! 8 acceltext xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 9 accessible xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 10 accesskey reference, xul, xul attributes, xul reference, acce...
...y! 153 ignoreincolumnpicker xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 154 ignorekeys xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 155 image xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 156 image.onload no summary! 157 inactivetitlebarcolor xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 158 increment xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 159 index xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 160 inputtooltiptext xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 161 insertafter xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 162 insertbefore xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 163 instantapply ...
...rence, needsattention no summary! 258 ordinal xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 259 orient xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 260 pack xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 261 page no summary! 262 pageid xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 263 pageincrement xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 264 pagestep xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 265 panel.consumeoutsideclicks no summary! 266 panel.fade xul, xul attribute, xul reference no summary! 267 panel.flip reference, référence(2), xul, xul attribute, xul reference no summary! 268 ...
...And 12 more matches

scale - Archive of obsolete content
either horizontally or vertically allows the user to select a value by dragging a thumb on the bar. use the orient attribute to specify the orientation of the scale. the default value is horizontal which displays a horizontal scale. lower values are to the left and higher values are to the right. set the orient attribute to vertical to use a vertical scale. ...
...tally or vertically allows the user to select a value by dragging a thumb on the bar. use the orient attribute to specify the orientation of the scale. the default value is horizontal which displays a horizontal scale. lower values are to the left and higher values are to the right. set the orient attribute to vertical to use a vertical scale. ...
...umb on the bar. use the orient attribute to specify the orientation of the scale. the default value is horizontal which displays a horizontal scale. lower values are to the left and higher values are to the right. set the orient attribute to vertical to use a vertical scale. the user may use the arrow keys to increment and decrement the value by one unit, or the page up and page down keys to increment and decrement the value by one page, as specified by the pageincrement attribute. ...
...And 12 more matches

TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
g our svelte applications, further resources, and more. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then to get to the current app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/07-typescript-support or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/07-typescript-support remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl unfortunately, typescript support is not yet available in the repl. typescript: optional static typing for javascript typescript is a superset of javascript that provides features such as optional static typing, classes, interfaces, and generics. the goal of typescript is to help catch mistakes early through it...
...any typescript features even without declaring variable types. availability of new and future javascript features: typescript transpiles many recent es6 features to plain old-school javascript, allowing you to use them even on user-agents that don't support them natively yet. typescript also has some disadvantages: not true static typing: types are only checked at compile time, and they are removed from the generated code. steep learning curve: even though typescript is a superset of javascript and not a completely new language, there is a considerable learning curve, especially if you have no experience at all with static languages like java or c#. more code: you have to write and maintain more code. no replacement for automatic tests: even though types might help you catch several ...
...ting svelte project to add typescript support to an existing svelte project you can follow these instructions. alternatively, you can download the setuptypescript.js file to a scripts folder inside your project's root folder, and then run node scripts/setuptypescript.js. you can even use degit to download the script. that's what we will do to start porting our application to typescript. note: remember that you can run npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/07-typescript-support svelte-todo-typescript to get the complete to-do list application in javascript before you start porting it to typescript. go to the root directory of the project and enter these commands: npx degit sveltejs/template/scripts scripts # download script file to a scripts folder node scripts/setuptypescript.js...
...And 12 more matches

Styling Vue components with CSS - Learn web development
mal; -webkit-font-smoothing: inherit; -moz-osx-font-smoothing: inherit; -webkit-appearance: none; } button::-moz-focus-inner { border: 0; } button, input, optgroup, select, textarea { font-family: inherit; font-size: 100%; line-height: 1.15; margin: 0; } button, input { /* 1 */ overflow: visible; } input[type="text"] { border-radius: 0; } body { width: 100%; max-width: 68rem; margin: 0 auto; font: 1.6rem/1.25 "helvetica neue", helvetica, arial, sans-serif; background-color: #f5f5f5; color: #4d4d4d; -moz-osx-font-smoothing: grayscale; -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased; } @media screen and (min-width: 620px) { body { font-size: 1.9rem; line-height: 1.31579; } } /*end resets*/ next, in your src/main.js file, import the reset.css file like so: ...
... /*end resets*/ next, in your src/main.js file, import the reset.css file like so: import './assets/reset.css'; this will cause the file to get picked up during the build step and automatically added to our site. the reset styles should be applied to the app now. the images below show the look of the app before and after the reset is applied. before: after: noticeable changes include the removal of the list bullets, background color changes, and changes to the base button and input styles. adding global styles to single file components now that we've reset our css to be uniform across browsers, we need to customize the styles a bit more. there are some styles that we want to apply across components in our app. while adding these files directly to the reset.css stylesheet would work...
...ow that we've reset our css to be uniform across browsers, we need to customize the styles a bit more. there are some styles that we want to apply across components in our app. while adding these files directly to the reset.css stylesheet would work, we'll instead add them to the <style> tags in app.vue to demonstrate how this can be used. there are already some styles present in the file. ...
...And 12 more matches

nsIBrowserHistory
inherits from: nsiglobalhistory2 last changed in gecko 22.0 (firefox 22.0 / thunderbird 22.0 / seamonkey 2.19) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/nav-history-service;1. ...
...browserhistory); method overview void addpagewithdetails(in nsiuri auri, in wstring atitle, in long long alastvisited); obsolete since gecko 15.0 void markpageasfollowedlink(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 22.0 void markpageastyped(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 22.0 void registeropenpage(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 9.0 void removeallpages(); void removepage(in nsiuri auri); void removepages([array, size_is(alength)] in nsiuri auris, in unsigned long alength, in boolean adobatchnotify); void removepagesbytimeframe(in long long abegintime, in long long aendtime); void removepagesfromhost(in autf8string ahost, in boolean aentiredomain); void removevisitsbytimeframe(in long lon...
... attribute type description count obsolete since gecko 15.0 pruint32 indicates if there are entries in global history. for performance reasons this does not return the real number of entries. read only. lastpagevisited obsolete since gecko 10.0 autf8string the last page that was visited in a top-level window. read only. note: the count attribute was removed in gecko 15.0 because it was only used to determine if there were any entries at all anyway, so the nsinavhistoryservice.hashistoryentries attribute is better for this. methods addpagewithdetails() obsolete since gecko 15.0 (firefox 15.0 / thunderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) note: this method was removed in gecko 15.0. you should use moziasynchistory.updateplaces(...
...And 12 more matches

WebRTC connectivity - Web APIs
nother the information needed in order to exchange media data. this exchange is handled using interactive connectivity establishment (ice, a protocol which lets two devices use an intermediary to exchange offers and answers even if the two devices are separated by network address translation (nat). each peer, then, keeps two descriptions on hand: the local description, describing itself, and the remote description, describing the other end of the call. the offer/answer process is performed both when a call is first established, but also any time the call's format or other configuration needs to change. regardless of whether it's a new call, or reconfiguring an existing one, these are the basic steps which must occur to exchange the offer and answer, leaving out the ice layer for the moment:...
... rtcpeerconnection.setlocaldescription() to set that offer as the local description (that is, the description of the local end of the connection). after setlocaldescription(), the caller asks stun servers to generate the ice candidates the caller uses the signaling server to transmit the offer to the intended receiver of the call. the recipient receives the offer and calls rtcpeerconnection.setremotedescription() to record it as the remote description (the description of the other end of the connection). the recipient does any setup it needs to do for its end of the call: capture its local media, and attach each media tracks into the peer connection via rtcpeerconnection.addtrack() the recipient then creates an answer by calling rtcpeerconnection.createanswer(). the recipient calls rtcp...
...calling rtcpeerconnection.createanswer(). the recipient calls rtcpeerconnection.setlocaldescription(), passing in the created answer, to set the answer as its local description. the recipient now knows the configuration of both ends of the connection. the recipient uses the signaling server to send the answer to the caller. the caller receives the answer. the caller calls rtcpeerconnection.setremotedescription() to set the answer as the remote description for its end of the call. it now knows the configuration of both peers. media begins to flow as configured. pending and current descriptions taking one step deeper into the process, we find that localdescription and remotedescription, the properties which return these two descriptions, aren't as simple as they look. because during rene...
...And 12 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ed in conjunction min and max to define the range of acceptable values. <input type="range" name="range" min="0" max="25"/> html5 reset a button that resets the contents of the form to default values. not recommended. <input type="reset" name="reset"/> search a single-line text field for entering search strings. line-breaks are automatically removed from the input value. may include a delete icon in supporting browsers that can be used to clear the field. displays a search icon instead of enter key on some devices with dynamic keypads. <input type="search" name="search"/> html5 submit a button that submits the form. <input type="submit" name="submit"/> tel a control for entering a t...
...e="search"/> html5 submit a button that submits the form. <input type="submit" name="submit"/> tel a control for entering a telephone number. displays a telephone keypad in some devices with dynamic keypads. <input type="tel" name="tel"/> html5 text the default value. a single-line text field. line-breaks are automatically removed from the input value. <input type="text" name="text"/> time a control for entering a time value with no time zone. <input type="time" name="time"/> html5 url a field for entering a url. looks like a text input, but has validation parameters and relevant keyboard in supporting browsers and devices with dynamic keyboards. <input ty...
...trol when it has no value set readonly almost all boolean. the value is not editable required almost all boolean. a value is required or must be check for the form to be submittable size email, password, tel, text size of the control src image same as src attribute for <img>; address of image resource step numeric types incremental values that are valid. type all type of form control value all current value of the form control. submitted with the form as part of a name/value pair. width image same as width attribute for <img> a few additional non-standard attributes are listed following the descriptions of the standard attributes. individual attributes accept v...
...And 12 more matches

Web video codec guide - Web media technologies
ue; the speed of the rotation interferes with the frequency of the sampling performed during compression or encoding. color edging color edging is a type of visual artifact that presents as spurious colors introduced along the edges of colored objects within the scene. these colors have no intentional color relationship to the contents of the frame. loss of sharpness the act of removing data in the process of encoding video requires that some details be lost. if enough compression is applied, parts or potentially all of the image could lose sharpness, resulting in a slightly fuzzy or hazy appearance. lost sharpness can make text in the image difficult to read, as text—especially small text—is very detail-oriented content, where minor alterations can significantly impac...
...irection. then that shift is stored, along with a description of the pixels that have moved that can't be described just by that shift. in essence, the encoder finds the moving objects, then builds an internal frame of sorts that looks like the original but with all the objects translated to their new locations. in theory, this approximates the new frame's appearance. then, to finish the job, the remaining differences are found, then the set of object shifts and the set of pixel differences are stored in the data representing the new frame. this object that describes the shift and the pixel differences is called a residual frame. original frame inter-frame differences difference after motion compensation the first full frame as seen by the viewer...
...yback may be a negative factor, careful decision-making can result in a good end result. if a 1080p video is reduced to 720p prior to encoding, the resulting video can be much smaller while having much higher visual quality; even after scaling back up during playback, the result may be better than encoding the original video at full size and accepting the quality hit needed to meet your size requirements. reduced frame rate similarly, you can remove frames from the video entirely and decrease the frame rate to compensate. this has two benefits: it makes the overall video smaller, and that smaller size allows motion compensation to accomplish even more for you. for exmaple, instead of computing motion differences for two frames that are two pixels apart due to inter-frame motion, skipping ev...
...And 12 more matches

Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
as text and comment nodes, it will return their string value. for attribute nodes, the attribute value is returned. for all other nodes, null is returned. ownerdocument returns the document object containing the current node. parentnode returns the parent node of the current node. previoussibling returns the node immediately preceding the current one. removeattribute( aname ) removes the specified attribute from the current node. setattribute( aname, avalue ) sets the value of the specified attribute with the specified value. internet explorer has a nonstandard quirk, where many of these apis will skip white space text nodes that are generated, for example, by new line characters. mozilla will not skip these, so sometimes you...
... createelement( atagname ) creates and returns a new and parentless dom node of the type specified by atagname. createtextnode( atextvalue ) creates and returns a new and parentless dom textnode with the data value specified by atextvalue. insertbefore( anewnode, achildnode ) inserts anewnode before achildnode, which must be a child of the current node. removechild( achildnode ) removes achildnode and returns a reference to it. replacechild( anewnode, achildnode ) replaces achildnode with anewnode and returns a reference to the removed node. document fragments for performance reasons, you can create documents in memory, rather than working on the existing document's dom. dom level 1 core introduced document fragments, which ar...
...d with the text/css mimetype. mozilla will respect this and only load css files with that mimetype if the web page is in strict standards mode. internet explorer will always load the css file, no matter with which mimetype it is served. web pages are considered in strict standards mode when they start with a strict doctype. to solve this problem, you can make the server send the right mimetype or remove the doctype. i'll discuss more about doctypes in the next section. css and units many web applications do not use units with their css, especially when you use javascript to set the css. mozilla tolerates this, as long as the page is not rendered in strict mode. since internet explorer does not support true xhtml, it does not care if no units are specified. if the page is in strict standards...
...And 11 more matches

Space Manager Detailed Design - Archive of obsolete content
adeltawidth, nscoord adeltaheight, affectededge aedge = rightedge); /** * offset the region associated with aframe by the specified amount. * * returns ns_ok if successful, ns_error_invalid_arg if there is no region * tagged with aframe */ nsresult offsetregion(nsiframe* aframe, nscoord dx, nscoord dy); /** * remove the region associated with afrane. * * returns ns_ok if successful and ns_error_invalid_arg if there is no region * tagged with aframe */ nsresult removeregion(nsiframe* aframe); /** * clears the list of regions representing the unavailable space. */ void clearregions(); /** * methods for dealing with the propagation of float damage during * reflow. */ pr...
...coord abottom, nsvoidarray*); ~bandrect(); // list operations bandrect* next() const {return (bandrect*)pr_next_link(this);} bandrect* prev() const {return (bandrect*)pr_prev_link(this);} void insertbefore(bandrect* abandrect) {pr_insert_before(abandrect, this);} void insertafter(bandrect* abandrect) {pr_insert_after(abandrect, this);} void remove() {pr_remove_link(this);} // split the band rect into two vertically, with this band rect becoming // the top part, and a new band rect being allocated and returned for the // bottom part // // does not insert the new band rect into the linked list bandrect* splitvertically(nscoord abottom); // split the band rect into two horizontally, with this band rect becomin...
... rect into two horizontally, with this band rect becoming // the left part, and a new band rect being allocated and returned for the // right part // // does not insert the new band rect into the linked list bandrect* splithorizontally(nscoord aright); // accessor functions prbool isoccupiedby(const nsiframe*) const; void addframe(const nsiframe*); void removeframe(const nsiframe*); prbool hassameframelist(const bandrect* abandrect) const; print32 length() const; }; // circular linked list of band rects struct bandlist : bandrect { bandlist(); // accessors prbool isempty() const {return pr_clist_is_empty((prcliststr*)this);} bandrect* head() const {return (bandrect*)pr_list_head(this);} bandrect* tail() const ...
...And 11 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
gh traffic. 46 cia glossary, security cia (confidentiality, integrity, availability) (also called the cia triad or aic triad) is a model that guides an organization's policies for information security. 47 cms cms, composing, content management system, glossary a cms (content management system) is software that allows users to publish, organize, change, or remove various kinds of content, not only text but also embedded images, video, audio, and interactive code. 48 cors glossary, infrastructure, security cors (cross-origin resource sharing) is a system, consisting of transmitting http headers, that determines whether browsers block frontend javascript code from accessing responses for cross-origin requests. 49 cors-safe...
...e response is an http response that can be cached, that is stored to be retrieved and used later, saving a new request to the server. not all http responses can be cached, these are the following constraints for an http response to be cached: 61 caldav caldav, glossary, infrastructure caldav (calendaring extensions to webdav) is a protocol standardized by the ietf and used to remotely access calendar data from a server. 62 call stack call stack, codingscripting, glossary, javascript a call stack is a mechanism for an interpreter (like the javascript interpreter in a web browser) to keep track of its place in a script that calls multiple functions — what function is currently being run and what functions are called from within that function, etc. ...
...gs. this can be used for example to work out what should go on each page of a website. the name comes from the fact that often card sorting is carried out by literally writing the items to sort onto cards, and then arranging the cards into piles. 67 carddav carddav, glossary, infrastructure carddav (vcard extension to webdav) is a protocol standardized by the ietf and used to remote-access or share contact information over a server. 68 certificate authority cryptography, glossary, security a certificate authority (ca) is an organization that signs digital certificates and their associated public keys. this certifies that an organization that requested a digital certificate (e.g., mozilla corporation) is authorized to request a certificate for the subj...
...And 11 more matches

HTML text fundamentals - Learn web development
hort story i am a statistician and my name is trish. ...
...character).</p> <textarea id="code" class="input" style="min-height: 100px; width: 95%">milk eggs bread hummus</textarea> <div class="playable-buttons"> <input id="reset" type="button" value="reset"> <input id="solution" type="button" value="show solution"> </div> html { font-family: sans-serif; } h2 { font-size: 16px; } .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } var textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); var reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); var solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); var output = document.queryselector('.output'); var code = textarea.value; var userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addevent...
...the first two roundabouts turn left at the third roundabout the school is on your right, 300 meters up the road</textarea> <div class="playable-buttons"> <input id="reset" type="button" value="reset"> <input id="solution" type="button" value="show solution"> </div> html { font-family: sans-serif; } h2 { font-size: 16px; } .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } var textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); var reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); var solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); var output = document.queryselector('.output'); var code = textarea.value; var userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addevent...
...And 11 more matches

Dynamic behavior in Svelte: working with variables and props - Learn web development
ponents state and iterating over lists. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then to get to the current app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/03-adding-dynamic-behavior or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/03-adding-dynamic-behavior remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/c862d964d48d473ca63ab91709a0a5a0?version=3.23.2 working with todos our todos.svelte component is currently just displaying static markup; let's start making it a bit more dynamic. we'll take the tasks information from the markup and store i...
... doesn't have a way of expressing logic — like conditionals and loops. svelte does. in this case we use the {#each...} directive to iterate over the todos array. the second parameter, if provided, will contain the index of the current item. also, a key expression can be provided, which will uniquely identify each item. svelte will use it to diff the list when data changes, rather than adding or removing items at the end, and it's a good practice to always specify one. finally, an :else block can be provided, which will be rendered when the list is empty. let's give it a try. replace the existing <ul> element with the following simplified version to get an idea of how it works: <ul> {#each todos as todo, index (todo.id)} <li> <input type="checkbox" checked={todo.completed}/> ...
...] </script> <todos todos={todos} /> when the attribute and the variable have the same name, svelte allows you to just specify the variable as a handy shortcut, so we can rewrite our last line like this. try this now. <todos {todos} /> at this point your todos should render just like they did before, except that now we're passing them in from the app.svelte component. toggling and removing todos let's add some functionality to toggle the task status. svelte has the on:eventname directive for listening to dom events. let's add a handler to the on:click event of the checkbox input to toggle the completed value. update the <input type="checkbox"> element inside src/components/todos.svelte as follows: <input type="checkbox" id="todo-{todo.id}" on:click={() => todo.comp...
...And 11 more matches

OS.File for the main thread
in string destpath, [optional] in object options); promise<bool> exists(in string path); promise<string> getcurrentdirectory(); promise<void> makedir(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> move(in string sourcepath, in string destpath); promise<uint8array> read(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> remove(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> removeemptydir(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> removedir(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> setcurrentdirectory(in string path); promise<void> setdates(in string path, in date|number accessdate, in date|number modificationdate); promis...
... are given, the file will be opened for appending on unix/linux. however, the file is not opened for appending on windows. see bug 924858. starting with gecko 27, you may use the append flag instead. for an example using append see here. truncate | trunc if true, the file will be opened for writing. if the file does not exist, it will be created. if the file exists, its contents will be removed. cannot be used with create. create if true, file will be opened for writing. the file must not exist. if the file already exists, throw an error. cannot be used with truncate or existing. existing if true, the file must already exist. if the file does not exist, throw an error. cannot be used with create. append if true, the file will be opened for appending, meaning the equivale...
..., files are created with a default mode of 0600 (file is private to the user, the user can read and write). you can build this mode from values os.constants.libc.s_i*. winshare (ignored under non-windows platforms) if specified, a sharing policy, as per windows function createfile. if unspecified, files are opened with a default sharing policy (file is not protected against being read/written/removed by another process or another use in the same process). you can build this policy from constants os.constants.win.file_share_*. winsecurity (ignored under non-windows platforms) if specified, a security policy, as per windows function createfile. if unspecified, no security attributes. winaccess (ignored under non-windows platforms) if specified, access mode, as per windows function c...
...And 11 more matches

about:memory
it also lets you do other memory-related operations like trigger gc and cc, dump gc & cc logs, and dump dmd reports. it is present in all builds and does not require any preparation to be used. how to generate memory reports let's assume that you want to measure firefox's memory usage. perhaps you want to investigate it yourself, or perhaps someone has asked you to use about:memory to generate "memory reports" so they can investigate a problem you are having. follow these steps. at the moment of interest (e.g. ...
... you are using a communication channel where only text can be sent, such as a comment thread on a website, click on the "measure..." button. this will cause a tree-like structure to be generated text within about:memory. this structure is just text, so you can copy and paste some or all of this text into any kind of text buffer. (you don't need to take a screenshot.) this text contains fewer measurements than a memory reports file, but is often good enough to diagnose problems. don't click "measure..." repeatedly, because that will cause the memory usage of about:memory itself to rise, due to it discarding and regenerating large numbers of dom nodes. note that in both cases the generated data contains privacy-sensitive details such as the full list of the web pages you have open in other ta...
... this is most useful when loading memory reports files obtained from a firefox os device. memory reports are saved to file as gzipped json. these files can be loaded as is, but they can also be loaded after unzipping. interpreting memory reports almost everything you see in about:memory has an explanatory tool-tip. hover over any button to see a description of what it does. hover over any measurement to see a description of what it means. measurement basics most measurements use bytes as their unit, but some are counts or percentages. most measurements are presented within trees. for example: 585 (100.0%) -- preference-service └──585 (100.0%) -- referent ├──493 (84.27%) ── strong └───92 (15.73%) -- weak ├──92 (15.73%) ── alive ...
...And 11 more matches

GCIntegration - SpiderMonkey Redirect 1
the spidermonkey garbage collector (gc) will be changing a lot in the future. this page is intended to explain the changes that are happening, with a focus on how they will affect gecko code that uses jsapi. at a high level, there are three issues to be aware of: interactions between the garbage collector and the cycle collector incremental garbage collection moving garbage collection the apis for gc/cc interaction and incremental gc are already in place. development of moving gc (both generational and compacting) is under way, but only in the javascript shell so far. we're still thinking about how the apis for moving gc should work. overview before digging too deep, here are some quick rules of thumb for how to write code that will work smoothly with the gc regardless of cha...
...object is native. as much as possible, avoid trace hooks. if objects are structured as described above, there should be no need for them. this should be obvious by now, but never ever allow a gc thing point to a gc thing in a different compartment unless it's a wrapper that's registered in the cross-compartment wrapper map. now, on to the details... ...
.... as much as possible, avoid trace hooks. if objects are structured as described above, there should be no need for them. this should be obvious by now, but never ever allow a gc thing point to a gc thing in a different compartment unless it's a wrapper that's registered in the cross-compartment wrapper map. now, on to the details... ...
...And 11 more matches

Garbage collection
much of the gc work is performed on helper threads. principal data structures cell a cell is the unit of memory that is allocated and collected by the gc, as used externally. in other words, from the point of view of the rest of the engine, the job of the gc is to allocate cells and automatically collect them. cell is the base class for all classes that are allocated by the gc, e.g., jsobject. allocation kind cells are classified by allocation kind. the allocation kind determines the size of the object and the finalization behavior. ...
...ties of compartments are: every cell (js heap object) belongs to at most one compartment. (some cells are shared across all compartments in a zone.) an object may not hold a direct pointer to an object in another compartment. instead, it must store a wrapper for the other object. this allows compartments to be used for security checks: objects in the same compartment have the same access requirements, so no checks are needed, but checks may be done when traversing cross-compartment wrappers. the engine may gc a single compartment without gcing the others. the engine can also gc a set of compartments without gcing the rest. cross-compartment wrappers are used as roots for single- and multi-compartment gcs. compartments are a fundamental cross-cutting concept in spidermonkey (see also co...
... at the level of a zone, not an individual compartment. unlike compartments, zones have no special security properties. some properties of zones are: every compartment belongs to exactly one zone every js heap object belongs to exactly one zone. objects from the same zone but different compartments can share an arena. objects from different zones cannot be stored in the same arena. a zone remains alive as long as any js heap objects in the zone are alive. chunk a chunk is the largest internal unit of memory allocation. a chunk is 1mb and contains arenas, padding, the mark bitmap (chunkbitmap), a bitmap of decommitted arenas, and a chunk header (chunkinfo). the chunkinfo contains a list of unallocated arenas, starting at chunkinfo::freearenashead and linked through arenaheader::ne...
...And 11 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepUp() - Web APIs
the htmlinputelement.stepup() method increments the value of a numeric type of <input> element by the value of the step attribute, or the default step value if the step attribute is not explicitly set. the method, when invoked, increments the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. ...
...ement by the value of the step attribute, or the default step value if the step attribute is not explicitly set. the method, when invoked, increments the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. ...
...the method, when invoked, increments the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. ...
...And 11 more matches

Migrating from webkitAudioContext - Web APIs
the web audio api went through many iterations before reaching its current state. it was first implemented in webkit, and some of its older parts were not immediately removed as they were replaced in the specification, leading to many sites using non-compatible code. in this article, we cover the differences in web audio api since it was first implemented in webkit and how to update your code to use the modern web audio api. the web audio standard was first implemented in webkit, and the implementation was built in parallel with the work on the specification of the api. as the specification evolved and changes were made to the spec, some of the old implementation pieces were not removed from the webkit (and blink) implementations due to backwards compatibility reasons. new engines i...
... changes to starting and stopping nodes in webkitaudiocontext, there are two ways to start and stop audiobuffersourcenode and oscillatornode: the noteon() and noteoff() methods, and the start() and stop() methods. (audiobuffersourcenode has yet another way of starting output: the notegrainon() method.) the noteon()/notegrainon()/noteoff() methods were the o...
... the latter version of createbuffer() was potentially expensive, because it had to decode the aud...
...And 11 more matches

Border-image generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ab.png" data-stateid="border5"/> <img class="image" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/fb/c0b285d3da.svg" data-stateid="border6"/> </div> </div> <div id="load-actions" class="group section"> <div id="toggle-gallery" data-action="hide"> </div> <div id="load-image" class="button"> upload image </div> <input id="remote-url" type="text" placeholder="load an image from url"/> <div id="load-remote" class="button"> </div> </div> <div id="general-controls" class="group section"> <div class="name"> control box </div> <div class="separator"></div> <div class="property"> <div class="name">scale</div> <div class="ui-input...
...tion='hide'] { background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6005/arrow-up-white.png'); } .button { width: 100px; height: 25px; margin: 10px; color: #fff; text-align: center; font-size: 12px; line-height: 25px; background-color: #379b4a; border-radius: 2px; float: left; } .button:hover { cursor: pointer; background-color: #3380c4; } #load-image { float: left; } #load-remote { width: 30px; background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6003/arrow-right-white.png'); background-repeat: no-repeat; background-position: center center; } #remote-url { width: 200px; height: 23px; margin: 10px; padding: 0 5px; border: 1px solid #379b4a; border-radius: 2px; float: left; transition: width 0.5s; } #remote-url:focus { box-shadow: 0px 0px 3px -1px #3...
...ion(e) { var value = parsefloat(e.target.value); if (isnan(value) === true) setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value); else setvalue(obj.topic, value); }); return input; }; var slidercomponent = function slidercomponent(obj, sign) { var slider = document.createelement('div'); var startx = null; var start_value = 0; slider.addeventlistener("click", function(e) { document.removeeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value + obj.step * sign); }); slider.addeventlistener("mousedown", function(e) { startx = e.clientx; start_value = obj.value; document.body.style.cursor = "e-resize"; document.addeventlistener("mouseup", slideend); document.addeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); }); var slideend = function slide...
...And 11 more matches

Using CSS transitions - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
omplex transitions. as it doesn't make sense to animate some properties, the list of animatable properties is limited to a finite set. note: the set of properties that can be animated is changing as the specification develops. the auto value is often a very complex case. the specification recommends not animating from and to auto. some user agents, like those based on gecko, implement this requirement and others, like those based on webkit, are less strict. using animations with auto may lead to unpredictable results, depending on the browser and its version, and should be avoided. defining transitions css transitions are controlled using the shorthand transition property. this is the best way to configure transitions, as it makes it easier to avoid out of sync parameters, which can be ve...
...hanges to all other properties occur instantaneously as usual. transition-duration specifies the duration over which transitions should occur. you can specify a single duration that applies to all properties during the transition, or multiple values to allow each property to transition over a different period of time. ...
...n-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 1s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .box { width: 100px; height: 100px; background-color: red; font-size: 20px; left: 0px; top: 0px; position: absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration: 1s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; ...
...And 11 more matches

Event reference
s chargingchange chargingtimechange dischargingtimechange levelchange call events alerting busy callschanged cfstatechange connecting dialing disconnected disconnecting error held, holding incoming resuming statechange voicechange sensor events compassneedscalibration devicemotion deviceorientation orientationchange smartcard events icccardlockerror iccinfochange smartcard-insert smartcard-remove stkcommand stksessionend cardstatechange sms and ussd events delivered received sent ussdreceived frame events mozbrowserclose mozbrowsercontextmenu mozbrowsererror mozbrowsericonchange mozbrowserlocationchange mozbrowserloadend mozbrowserloadstart mozbrowseropenwindow mozbrowsersecuritychange mozbrowsershowmodalprompt mozbrowsertitlechange dom mutation events domattributenamechanged dom...
...each event is listed along w...
...each event is listed along with the interfa...
...And 11 more matches

Web audio codec guide - Web media technologies
joint stereo can reduce the size of the encoded audio to some extent the parameters availabl...
... joint stereo can reduce the size of the encoded audio to some extent the parameters available—and the range of possible values—varies from codec to codec, and ev...
...lossy codecs work compared to lossless ones, especially the fact that lossless ones have to be much more conservative with their compression, lossy codecs nearly always result in significantly smaller compressed audio than lossless codecs do. generally speaking, the most common reasons to choose lossless audio are because you require archival-quality storage, or because the audio samples will be remixed and recompressed, and you wish to avoid the amplification of artifacts in the audio due to recompression. for real-time streaming of audio, a lossy codec is usually required in order to ensure the flow of data can keep up with the audio playback rate regardless of network performance. maximum number of channels the audio delivered to each speaker in a sound system is provided by one audio c...
...And 11 more matches

Creating Event Targets - Archive of obsolete content
modules as event targets we can adapt this code into a separate module that exposes the sdk's standard event interface. to do this we'll use the event/core module. create a new file in "lib" called "bookmarks.js", and add the following code: var { emit, on, once,...
...it duplicates the previous code, but with a few changes: import emit(), on(), once(), and off() from event/core replace listener functions with calls to emit(), passing the appropriate event type export its own event api. this cons...
...it duplicates the previous code, but with a few changes: import emit(), on(), once(), and off() from event/core replace listener functions with calls to emit(), passing the appropriate event type export its own event api. this consists of three functions: ...
...And 10 more matches

jspage - Archive of obsolete content
rsion");})||"0 r0").match(/\d+/g);return{version:parseint(a[0]||0+"."+a[1],10)||0,build:parseint(a[2],10)||0}; })();function $exec(b){if(!b){return b;}if(window.execscript){window.execscript(b);}else{var a=document.createelement("script");a.setattribute("type","text/javascript"); a[(browser.engine.webkit&&browser.engine.version<420)?"innertext":"text"]=b;document.head.appendchild(a);document.head.removechild(a);}return b;}native.uid=1; var $uid=(browser.engine.trident)?function(a){return(a.uid||(a.uid=[native.uid++]))[0];}:function(a){return a.uid||(a.uid=native.uid++);};var window=new native({name:"window",legacy:(browser.engine.trident)?null:window.window,initialize:function(a){$uid(a); if(!a.element){a.element=$empty;if(browser.engine.webkit){a.document.createelement("iframe");}a.element.p...
...ceof function){b=class.instantiate(b);}this.implement(b); },this);}};var chain=new class({$chain:[],chain:function(){this.$chain.extend(array.flatten(arguments));return this;},callchain:function(){return(this.$chain.length)?this.$chain.shift().apply(this,arguments):false; },clearchain:function(){this.$chain.empty();return this;}});var events=new class({$events:{},addevent:function(c,b,a){c=events.removeon(c);if(b!=$empty){this.$events[c]=this.$events[c]||[]; this.$events[c].include(b);if(a){b.internal=true;}}return this;},addevents:function(a){for(var b in a){this.addevent(b,a[b]);}return this;},fireevent:function(c,b,a){c=events.removeon(c); if(!this.$events||!this.$events[c]){return this;}this.$events[c].each(function(d){d.create({bind:this,delay:a,"arguments":b})();},this);return this;},re...
...ts[c]=this.$events[c]||[]; this.$events[c].include(b);if(a){b.internal=true;}}return this;},addevents:function(a){for(var b in a){this.addevent(b,a[b]);}return this;},fireevent:function(c,b,a){c=events.removeon(c); if(!this.$events||!this.$events[c]){return this;}this.$events[c].each(function(d){d.create({bind:this,delay:a,"arguments":b})();},this);return this;},removeevent:function(b,a){b=events.removeon(b); if(!this.$events[b]){return this;}if(!a.internal){this.$events[b].erase(a);}return this;},removeevents:function(c){var d;if($type(c)=="object"){for(d in c){this.removeevent(d,c[d]); }return this;}if(c){c=events.removeon(c);}for(d in this.$events){if(c&&c!=d){continue;}var b=this.$events[d];for(var a=b.length;a--;a){this.removeevent(d,b[a]); }}return this;}});events.removeon=function(a){r...
...And 10 more matches

RDF Modifications - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » one of the most useful aspects of using templates with rdf datasources is that when the rdf datasource changes, for instance a new triple is added, or a triple is removed, the template updates accordingly, adding or removing result output as needed. no extra code needs to be written to do this; it happens automatically. this involves a third type of observer involved in a template builder, an nsirdfobserver, used to listen for modifications to the rdf datasource. naturally, this only applies to rdf queries. when the datasource is modified, the datasource will notify any observers of the change. the template builder uses these notifcations to update the template as necessary based on the new or removed information. you don't need to implement this observer yo...
... rdf datasources. however, as it is possible to use and/or implement other query types with templates, these additional types may support automatic updating. there are two main situations when the notifications are made. the first is when the modification functions on the datasource are called. there are four such functions: 'assert', to add a new triple (or arrow) to the rdf graph, 'unassert' to remove a triple, 'change' to adjust the target of a triple, and 'move' to adjust the source of a 'triple'. for mozilla's datasources, the latter two just unassert the old triple and add a new one, creating the effect of changing the value. however, only one notification is made. for instance, an assert call looks like the following: var source = rdf.getresource("http://www.xulplanet.com/ndeakin/imag...
...tions, but it is worth discussing separately. when the rdf parser loads rdf/xml, it starts with a new empty datasource, and as the parser parses the input data, it calls the datasource's assert function to add each found triple. in effect, this isn't any different than adding the same set of triples yourself using the assert method. when reloading a datasource, you might think that the rdf parser removes all the existing data, loads the new data, and adds it to the datasource. or, you might think that it creates a fresh datasource with the new data. actually, the parser does something smarter. when reloading a datasource, it keeps the existing rdf triples intact, and only modifies the datasource based on what has changed. when parsing, any triples that already exist are not added again. if a ...
...And 10 more matches

notificationbox - Archive of obsolete content
they are different) of global object gbrowser: notifybox = gbrowser.getnotificationbox() examples <notificationbox flex="1"> <browser src="http://www.mozilla.org"/> </notificationbox> there is a more complex code available in the code snippets area. ...
...lobal object gbrowser: notifybox = gbrowser.getnotificationbox() examples <notificationbox flex="1"> <browser src="http://www.mozilla.org"/> </notificationbox> there is a more complex code available in the code snippets area. ...
...ifybox = gbrowser.getnotificationbox() examples <notificationbox flex="1"> <browser src="http://www.mozilla.org"/> </notificationbox> there is a more complex code available in the code snippets area. ...
...And 10 more matches

Introduction to CSS layout - Learn web development
y property. this property allows us to change the default way something displays. everything in normal flow has a value of display, used as the default way that elements they are set on behave. for example, the fact that paragraphs in english display one below the other is due to the fact that they are styled with display: block. if you create a link around some text inside a paragraph, that link remains inline with the rest of the text, and doesn’t break onto a new line. this is because the <a> element is display: inline by default. you can change this default display behavior. for example, the <li> element is display: block by default, meaning that list items display one below the other in our english document. if we change the display value to inline they now display next to each other,...
...an still help you achieve specific tasks. by understanding the nature of each layout task, you will soon find that when you look at a particular component of your design the type of layout best suited to it will often be clear. floats floating an element changes the behavior of that element and the block level elements that follow it in normal flow. the element is moved to the left or right and removed from normal flow, and the surrounding content floats around the floated item. the float property has four possible values: left — floats the element to the left. right — floats the element to the right. none — specifies no floating at all. this is the default value. inherit — specifies that the value of the float property should be inherited from the element's parent element. ...
... element. in the example below we float a <div> left, and give it a margin on the right to push the text away from the element. this gives us the effect of text wrapped around that box, and is most of what you need to know about floats as used in modern web design. floats example body { width: 90%; max-width: 900px; margin: 0 auto; } p { line-height: 2; word-spacing: 0.1rem; } .box { background-color: rgb(207,232,220); border: 2px solid rgb(79,185,227); padding: 10px; border-radius: 5px; } <h1>simple float example</h1> <div class="box">float</div> <p> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. nulla luctus aliquam dolor, eu lacinia lorem placerat vulputate. duis felis orci, pulvinar id metus ut, rutrum luctus orci. cras porttitor ...
...And 10 more matches

Advanced form styling - Learn web development
input { -webkit-appearance: none; appearance: none; } note: it is a good idea to always include both declarations — prefixed and unprefixed — when using a prefixed property. prefixed usually means "work in progress", so in the future browser vendors may come to a consensus to drop the prefix. the above code is good for future-proofing against such an eventuali...
... progress", so in the future browser vendors may come to a consensus to drop the prefix. the above code is good for future-proofing against such an eventuality. the following live example shows you what they look like in your system — default on the left, and with the above css applied on the right (find it here also if you want to test it on other systems). in most cases, the effect is to remove the stylized border, which makes css styling a bit easier, but isn't really essential. in a couple of cases — search and radio buttons/checkboxes, it becomes way more useful. we'll look at those now. taming search boxes <input type="search"> is basically just a text input, so why is appearance: none; useful here? the answer is that in chromium-based browsers on macos, search boxes have som...
... field also fixes this problem, as it disables or "breaks" the aqua appearance too. the following styled search doesn't have appearance: none; applied, but it doesn't suffer from the same problem in macos chrome as the previous example. note: you may have noticed that in the search field, the "x" delete icon disappears when the input loses focus in edge and chrome, but stays put in safari. to remove via css, you can use input[type="search"]::-webkit-search-cancel-button { display: none; }. however, this seems to get rid of the icon with focus too, with no apparent way to get it back. styling checkboxes and radio buttons styling a checkbox or a radio button is tricky by default. the sizes of check boxes and radio buttons are not meant to be changed with their default designs, and browse...
...And 10 more matches

How to build custom form controls - Learn web development
ls such as the <select> element or if you want to provide custom behaviors, you may consider building your own controls. in this article, we will discuss how to build a custom control. to that end, we will work with an example: rebuilding the <select> element. we will also discuss how, when, and whether building your own control makes sense, and what to consider when building a control is a requirement. note: we'll focus on building the control, not on how to make the code generic and reusable; that would involve some non-trival javascript code and dom manipulation in an unknown context, and that is out of the scope of this article. design, structure, and semantics before building a custom control, you should start by figuring out exactly what you want. this will save you some precious ...
...t, the value may change but the option will definitely not be highlighted accordingly, once again because we did not define any keyboard interactions over options when the control is in its opened state (we have only defined what should happen when the control is opened, but nothing after that). we have to think a little further: what about the escape key? pressing esc key closes an open select. remember, if you want to provide the same functionality as the existing native <select>, it should behave the exact same way as the select for all users, from keyboard to mouse to touch to screen reader, and any other input device. in our example, the missing specifications are obvious so we will handle them, but it can be a real problem for exotic new controls. when it comes to standardized element...
... our design and structure are ready, we can write the javascript code to make the control actually work. warning: the following is educational code, not production code, and should not be used as-is. it is neither future-proof nor will not work on legacy browsers. it also has redundant parts that should be optimized in production code. why isn't it working? before starting, it's important to remember javascript in the browser is an unreliable technology. custom controls rely on javascript to tie everything together. however, there are cases in which javascript isn't able to run in the browser: the user has turned off javascript: this is unusual; very few people turn off javascript nowadays. the script did not load: this is one of the most common cases, especially in the mobile world ...
...And 10 more matches

Looping code - Learn web development
with a certain value — this is the starting point of the loop ("start: i have no food", above). a condition, which is a true/false test to determine whether the loop continues to run, or stops — usually when the counter reaches a certain value. this is illustrated by "have i got enough food?", above. let's say he needs 10 portions of food to feed his family. an iterator, which generally increments the counter by a small amount on each successive loop, until the condition is no longer true. we haven't explicitly illustrated this above, but we could think about the farmer being able to collect say 2 portions of food per hour. after each hour, the amount of food he has collected is incremented by two, and he checks whether he has enough food. if he has reached 10 portions (the point where...
...loop constructs. the first, which you'll use most of the time, is the for loop — this has the following syntax: for (initializer; condition; final-expression) { // code to run } here we have: the keyword for, followed by some parentheses. inside the parentheses we have three items, separated by semi-colons: an initializer — this is usually a variable set to a number, which is incremented to count the number of times the loop has run. it is also sometimes referred to as a counter variable. a condition — as mentioned before, this defines when the loop should stop looping. this is generally an expression featuring a comparison operator, a test to see if the exit condition has been met. a final-expression — this is always evaluated (or run) each time the loop has gone ...
...n. it is also sometimes referred to as a counter variable. a condition — as mentioned before, this defines when the loop should stop looping. this is generally an expression featuring a comparison operator, a test to see if the exit condition has been met. a final-expression — this is always evaluated (or run) each time the loop has gone through a full iteration. it usually serves to increment (or in some cases decrement) the counter variable, to bring it closer to the point where the condition is no longer true. some curly braces that contain a block of code — this code will be run each time the loop iterates. let's look at a real example so we can visualize what these do more clearly. const cats = ['bill', 'jeff', 'pete', 'biggles', 'jasmin']; let info = 'my cats are ca...
...And 10 more matches

Arrays - Learn web development
prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, an understanding of what javascript is. ...
... in the same way that you accessed the letters in a string. enter the following into your console: shopping[0]; // returns "bread" you can also modify an item in an array by simply giving a single array item a new value. try this: shopping[0] = 'tahini'; shopping; // shopping will now return [ "tahini", "milk", "cheese", "hummus", "noodles" ] note: we've said it before, but just as a reminder — computers start counting from 0! note that an array inside an array is called a multidimensional array. you can access an item inside an array that is itself inside another array by chaining two sets of square brackets together. for example, to access one of the items inside the array that is the third item inside the random array (see previous section), we could do something like thi...
...is to use the tostring() method. tostring() is arguably simpler than join() as it doesn't take a parameter, but more limiting. with join() you can specify different separators, whereas tostring() always uses a comma. ...
...And 10 more matches

source-editor.jsm
the source-editor.jsm javascript code module implements an editor specifically tailored for editing source code; its primary purpose is to provide support for web developer tools to display and edit web site code. the editor provided is eclipse orion. to use it, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource:///modules/source-editor.jsm"); warning: much of the functionality of the source editor is implemented by a secondary code module (by default, source-editor-orion.jsm). you must not directly import that code module; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. ...
...struction void destroy(); void init(element aelement, object aconfig, function acallback); search operations number find(string astring, [optional] object options); number findnext(boolean awrap); number findprevious(boolean awrap); event management void addeventlistener(string aeventtype, function acallback); void removeeventlistener(string aeventtype, function acallback); undo stack operations boolean canredo(); boolean canundo(); void endcompoundchange(); boolean redo(); void resetundo(); void startcompoundchange(); boolean undo(); display management operations void focus(); number gettopindex(); boolea...
...you can then use this value to detect when the contents of the text are different from your most recent save. in addition, when this value changes, the "dirtych...
...And 10 more matches

NSS_3.12_release_notes.html
h/ocsp.h) cert_setusepkixforvalidation (see cert.h) cert_pkixverifycert (see cert.h) hash_gettype (see sechash.h) nss_initwithmerge (see nss.h) pk11_createmergelog (see pk11pub.h) pk11_creategenericobject (see pk11pub.h) pk11_createpbev2algorithmid (see pk11pub.h) pk11_destroymergelog (see pk11pub.h) pk11_generatekeypairwithopflags (see pk11pub.h) pk11_getpbecryptomechanism (see pk11pub.h) pk11_isremovable (see pk11pub.h) pk11_mergetokens (see pk11pub.h) pk11_writerawattribute (see pk11pub.h) seckey_ecparamstobasepointorderlen (see keyhi.h) seckey_ecparamstokeysize (see keyhi.h) secmod_deletemoduleex (see secmod.h) sec_getregisteredhttpclient (see ocsp.h) sec_pkcs5isalgorithmpbealgtag (see secpkcs5.h) vfy_createcontextdirect (see cryptohi.h) vfy_createcontextwithalgorithmid (see cryptohi.h) v...
... in pkcs11n.h, all the _netscape_ macros are renamed with _nss_ for example, cko_netscape_crl becomes cko_nss_crl. ne...
..._destroy bug 421870: strsclnt crashed in pkix tests. ...
...And 10 more matches

Color picker tool - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
'hs...
...ion(e) { var value = parsefloat(e.target.value); if (isnan(value) === true) setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value); else setvalue(obj.topic, value); }); return input; }; var slidercomponent = function slidercomponent(obj, sign) { var slider = document.createelement('div'); var startx = null; var start_value = 0; slider.addeventlistener("click", function(e) { document.removeeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value + obj.step * sign); }); slider.addeventlistener("mousedown", function(e) { startx = e.clientx; start_value = obj.value; document.body.style.cursor = "e-resize"; document.addeventlistener("mouseup", slideend); document.addeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); }); var slideend = function slide...
...semove", slidermotion); setvalue(obj.topic, obj.value + obj.step * sign); }); slider.addeventlistener("mousedown", function(e) { startx = e.clientx; start_value = obj.value; document.body.style.cursor = "e-resize"; document.addeventlistener("mouseup", slideend); document.addeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); }); var slideend = function slideend(e) { document.removeeventlistener("mousemove", slidermotion); document.body.style.cursor = "auto"; slider.style.cursor = "pointer"; }; var slidermotion = function slidermotion(e) { slider.style.cursor = "e-resize"; var delta = (e.clientx - startx) / obj.sensivity | 0; var value = delta * obj.step + start_value; setvalue(obj.topic, value); }; return slider; }; var inputslider = functi...
...And 10 more matches

Codecs used by WebRTC - Web media technologies
e web, it's of additional importance when videoconferencing in order to ensure that the participants are able to communicate without lag or interruptions. of secondary importance is the need to keep the video and audio synchronized, so that the movements and any ancillary information (such as slides or a projection) are presented at the same time as the audio that corresponds. general codec requirements before looking at codec-specific capabilities and requirements, there are a few overall requirements that must be met by any codec configuration used with webrtc. unless the sdp specifically signals otherwise, the web browser receiving a webrtc video stream must be able to handle video at at least 20 fps at a minimum resolution of 320 pixels wide by 240 pixels tall. it's encouraged that vid...
...ays to ask for specific media configurations. supported video codecs webrtc establishes a baseline set of codecs which all compliant browsers are required to support. some browsers may choose to allow other codecs as well. ...
...see this article on sumo for details. for details on webrtc-related considerations for each codec, see the sub-sections below by following the links on each codec's name. ...
...And 10 more matches

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
es | attributes | properties | methods | related ] an input field where the user can enter text. it is similar to the html input element. only one line of text is displayed by default. the multiline attribute can be specified to display a field with multiple rows. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...ls, decimalplaces, disabled, emptytext, hidespinbuttons, increment, label, max, maxlength, min, multiline, newlines, onblur, onchange, onfocus, oninput, placeholder, preference, readonly, rows, searchbutton, size, spellcheck, tabindex, timeout, type, value, wrap, wraparound properties accessibletype, clickselectsall, decimalplaces, decimalsymbol, defaultvalue, disabled, editor, emptytext, increment, inputfield, label, max, maxlength, min, placeholder, readonly, searchbutton, selectionend, selectionstart, size, spinbuttons, tabindex, textlength, timeout, type, value, valuenumber, wraparound methods decrease, increase, reset, select, setselectionrange style classes plain examples <vbox> <label control="your-name" value="enter your name:"/> <textbox id="your-name" value="jo...
...xtbox when it has no value. this is superseded by the placeholder attribute in gecko 2.0. the old name is retained for compatibility, but you should update your code. hidespinbuttons type: boolean if true, the number box does not have arrow buttons next to it to allow the user to adjust the value. the value may still be adjusted with the keyboard. the default value is false. increment type: integer the amount by which the curpos (for scroll bars) or value (for number boxes and scale) attribute changes when the arrows are clicked(or scales are dragged). the default value is 1. label type: string if present and not empty, this will be exposed to screen readers through the label property. type: integer the maximum value that the scale o...
...And 9 more matches

Theme changes in Firefox 2 - Archive of obsolete content
do! browser changes requiring theme updates there are a number of changed and deleted files in the browser that may require you to make changes to your theme. the table lists both the changed xul file and the theme's corresponding css file that you might need to update. filename css file details browser/base/searchdialog.xul browser/base/content/searchdialog.css removed from firefox 2. feeds/addfeedreader.xul feeds/addfeedreader.css new file that presents ui for adding a new feed reader. feeds/subscribe.xhtml feeds/subscribe.css new file that presents the ui for subscribing to an rss feed. preferences/downloads.xul - removed from firefox 2. preferences/general.xul - removed from firefox 2. ...
... changes to the default theme the table below lists all the changes made in the default theme for firefox 2; you can use this information as a starting point for figuring out the changes you need to make. file description of change browser/bookmarks/addbookmark.css updated to include microsummary-related css changes. ...
...n the safe browsing warning window is displayed. browser/safebrowsing/warning24x24.png new file; this is the warning icon that's displayed inside the safe browsing warning window. browser/search-bar-background-mid.png new file; the background for the middle part of the search bar. the ends of the bar are now skinned separately. browser/search-bar-background.png removed file. browser/search-bar.png removed file. browser/search-go-rtl.png new file; the go button displayed when it's at the left end of the search bar. browser/search-go.png new file; the go button displayed when it's located at the right end of the search bar. browser/search-provider-bkgnd-rtl.png new file; the background drawn behind the search pr...
...And 9 more matches

Starting our Svelte Todo list app - Learn web development
ta into it using props, and save its state. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial.git then to get to the current app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/02-starting-our-todo-app or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/02-starting-our-todo-app remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/b7b831ea3a354d3789cefbc31e2ca495?version=3.23.2 todo list app features this is how our todo list app wil look like once it's ready: using this ui our user will be able to: browse their tasks. mark tasks as completed/pending without d...
...m install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/b7b831ea3a354d3789cefbc31e2ca495?version=3.23.2 todo list app features this is how our todo list app wil look like once it's ready: using this ui our user will be able to: browse their tasks. mark tasks as completed/pending without deleting them. remove tasks. add new tasks. filter tasks by status: all tasks, active tasks, or completed tasks. edit tasks. mark all tasks as active/completed. remove all completed tasks. building our first component let's create a todos.svelte component — this will contain our list of todos. create a new folder — src/components. note: you can put your components anywhere inside the src fol...
...n development mode, svelte will issue a warning in the browser console when specifying a prop that doesn't exist in the component; in this case we have a name prop being specified when we instantiate the app component inside src/main.js, which isn't used inside app. the console should currently give you a message along the lines of "<app> was created with unknown prop 'name'". ...
...And 9 more matches

Localizing with Koala
earch bar is next to the right of the location bar, and by default points to the google search. if you click on the highlighted arrow pointing down while reading this tutorial on mdc, you will see two string that need to be translated: add "mdc search" manage search engines... there is also a tooltip that appears when you hover over the magnifying glass icon on the right side of the bar. requirements mercurial, linux, windows or mac os x. instructions preparation install komodo edit. install koala extension. go to tools > add-ons. search for "koala". click add to komodo edit... restart komodo when the installation is complete. you should see a new button in komodo's toolbar, with two options: startpage and management. before you can use them, you need to create a new koala project. ...
...cd c:\mozilla\l10n\application\firefox c:\mozilla\l10n\application\firefox> rmdir 3.6 c:\mozilla\l10n\application\firefox> hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla-1.9.2 3.6 requesting all changes adding changesets adding manifests adding file changes added 33099 changesets with 158636 changes to 50664 files (+9 heads) updating working directory 40357 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved configure the locale locale id: x-testing (put your locale's code) version: 3.6 location: choose the folder where you want to keep the localized files or leave empty for now check "mercurial" if you wish to use mercurial to keep the revision history of your files (very recommended) existing localizations: url: if you're editing an existing localization or you already...
...it ...
...And 9 more matches

SpiderMonkey 1.8.7
, file bugs at bugzilla.mozilla.org under product: core, component: javascript engine. —22 march 2011 platform support spidermonkey 1.8.7 is supported on all the platforms where firefox 10 runs. spidermonkey 1.8.7 includes type inference, which boosts the speed of the jägermonkey jit by about 30% over version 1.8.5. type inference largely obviates tracemonkey, so the tracemonkey jit has been removed. the jit is supported only on x86, x86_64 and arm architectures. on other platforms, the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 1.8.7 this covers migrating from version 1.8.5. see the 1.8.5 release notes for information on migrating from earlier versions. the following feature...
... 1.8.5. this is not a bug, and, any embedding which depends upon deterministic finalization is fatally flawed. typed rooting api the rooting api has been changed from an error-prone void ** interface to an interface which accepts pointers to specific types. js_addroot has been replaced by js_addobjectroot, js_addvalueroot and js_addstringroot; similar changes were made for js_addnamedroot and js_removeroot. since jsdoubles are now stored in the jsval, instead of on the heap, we no longer need to define roots for them. compartments spidermonkey 1.8.5 introduces the concept of compartments. a compartment is a global object, a context, and a set of related objects with no outside references (crosscompartment wrappers excepted). the new garbage collector can perform per-container garbage collec...
...l_is_int was true. while this was never specified behaviour, it is no longer true; numeric values which are integers are frequently encoded as jsdouble inside the jsval. embedders must be careful when converting numbers from jsvals into c. note also that spidermonkey can now fit a full 32-bit integer (jsint) inside a jsval without promoting to a jsdouble. jsextendedclass jsextendedclass has been removed from the api entirely. jsid previous spidermonkey versions could freely interchange jsid and jsval. they are no longer compatible; using js_valuetoid and js_idtovalue to convert between the two is mandatory. jsnative, jsfastnative previous versions of jsapi supported two types of native functions -- jsnative and jsfastnative. the so-called "slow natives" are no longer supported; as such jsf...
...And 9 more matches

Places Developer Guide
the item. this is mainly for use by extensions that sync bookmark data between different profiles. moveitem (afolderid, anewparentid, aindex) - move an item from one folder to another. for bookmarks: changebookmarkuri(aitemid, auri) - change a bookmark's uri. setkeywordforbookmark(aitemid, akeyword) - set the keyword for a bookmark. deleting bookmark items with the bookmarks service: removeitem(aitemid) - works for all types removefolder(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks removefolderchildren(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks observing bookmark events the nsinavbookmarkobserver interface is used for observing bookmarks activity such as item additions, changes and deletions. // create a bookmark observer var observer = { onbeginupdatebatch: function() { ...
... bookmark observer var observer = { onbeginupdatebatch: function() { // this method is notified when a batch of changes are about to occur. // observers can use this to suspend updates to the user-interface, for example // while a batch change is occurring. }, onendupdatebatch: function() { this._inbatch = false; }, onitemadded: function(id, folder, index) { }, onitemremoved: function(id, folder, index) { }, onitemchanged: function(id, property, isannotationproperty, value) { // isannotationproperty is a boolean value that is true of the changed property is an annotation. // you can access a bookmark item's annotations with the <code>nsiannotationservice</code>. }, onitemvisited: function(id, visitid, time) { // the visit id can be used with t...
... (iid.equals(ci.nsinavbookmarkobserver) || iid.equals(ci.nsisupports)) { return this; } throw cr.ns_error_no_interface; }, }; // register the observer with the bookmarks service var bmsvc = cc["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1"] .getservice(ci.nsinavbookmarksservice); bmsvc.addobserver(observer, false); // un-register the observer when done. bmsvc.removeobserver(observer); html import/export the nsiplacesimportexportservice service is used for import and export of bookmarks in the netscape bookmarks html format. note that this service is only currently available for firefox, not other toolkit-based applications. importing: importhtmlfromfile (nsilocalfile afile, boolean aisinitialimport) - this imports all the bookmarks in the specified f...
...And 9 more matches

Starting WebLock
reate a component. since the component hasn't been created yet, there are no instantiated nsiobserver objects that can be passed into the nsiobserverservice, nor can the component code do anything until it is loaded. registering for notifications the nsiobserverservice interface has methods for registering and unregistering an nsiobserver object. these two methods are used to dynamically add or remove an observer to a notification topic. but weblock needs to be instantiated and added to the observer service automatically, which also implies some sort of persistent data (after all, we want to have the component start up every time the application does). this is where a new service that manages sets of related data comes in handy. this service, the nsicategoryservice, is what xpcom and gecko...
... manager, service manager, category manager, and the component registrar to register itself properly with xpcom. the next step is to expose additional functionality to gecko applications and other clients to query and control the weblock component. for example, the user interface needs to be able to enable and disable the web locking functionality, see what sites are in the whitelist, and add or remove sites from that list. weblock needs to provide an api, and it needs to hook into gecko in order to implement the actual locking functionality. the weblock user interface the weblock component in this tutorial uses xul to define the additional browser ui in a cross-platform way, and xul uses javascript to access and control xpcom components, but gecko's pluggable ui allows any user interface...
...general, the weblock service interface needs to include the following functionality: lock - enable web locking so that any browser in the gecko application is restricted to the white list of website domains. unlock - disable web locking. this should allow any browser in the gecko application to browse any website regardless of the white list. addsite - add the current url to the white list. removesite - remove the current url from the white list. enumeratesites - allows the enumeration of all sites in the white list. enumeratesites might be used in the user interface to provide something like an editable listbox of all sites in the white list. even this simple outline presents some ambiguity, however. it's certainly not enough to spell out the interface for the weblock component in t...
...And 9 more matches

nsIPermissionManager
rbird 16 / seamonkey 2.13) inherits from: nsisupports method overview void add(in nsiuri uri, in string type, in pruint32 permission, [optional] in pruint32 expiretype, [optional] in print64 expiretime); void addfromprincipal(in nsiprincipal principal, in string type, in pruint32 permission, [optional] in pruint32 expiretype, [optional] in print64 expiretime); void remove(in autf8string host, in string type); void removefromprincipal(in nsiprincipal principal, in string type); void removepermission(in nsipermission perm); void removeallsince(in int64_t since); void removeall(); pruint32 testexactpermission(in nsiuri uri, in string type); pruint32 testexactpermissionfromprincipal(...
... consumers should choose this string to be unique, with respect to other consumers. permission an integer specifying the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_type_constants. expiretype expiration type of the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_expiration_constants. expiretime time (in milliseconds since jan 1 1970 0:00:00) representing expiration of this permission. ...
... should choose this string to be unique, with respect to other consumers. permission an integer specifying the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_type_constants. expiretype expiration type of the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_expiration_constants. expiretime time (in milliseconds since jan 1 1970 0:00:00) representing expiration of this permission. ...
...And 9 more matches

Element.classList - Web APIs
tring via element.classname. syntax const elementclasses = elementnodereference.classlist; returns a domtokenlist representing the contents of the element's class attribute. if the class attribute is not set or empty, it returns an empty domtokenlist, i.e. a domtokenlist with the length property equal to 0. ...
...e is not set or empty, it returns an empty domtokenlist, i.e. a domtokenlist with the length property equal to 0. the domtokenlist itself is read-only, although you can modify it using the add() and remove() methods. ...
...empty domtokenlist, i.e. a domtokenlist with the length property equal to 0. the domtokenlist itself is read-only, although you can modify it using the add() and remove() methods. ...
...And 9 more matches

Introduction to the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) - Web APIs
ontexts, it's useful to have a general idea of what rtp does and does not offer. rtp is a data transport protocol, whose mission is to move data between two endpoints as efficiently as possible under current conditions. those conditions may be affected by everything from the underlying layers of the network stack to the physical network connection, the intervening networks, the performance of the remote endpoint, noise levels, traffic levels, and so forth. since rtp is simply a data transport, it is augmented by the closely-related rtp control protocol (rtcp), which is defined in rfc 3550, section 6. rtcp adds features including quality of service (qos) monitoring, participant information sharing, and the like. it isn't adequate for the purposes of fully managing users, memberships, permissi...
...m features. rtp supports multicast; while this isn't yet important for webrtc, it's likely to matter in the future, when webrtc is (hopefully) enhanced to support multi-user conversations. rtp isn't limited to use in audiovisual communication. it can be used for any form of continuous or active data transfer, including data streaming, active badges or status display updates, or control and measurement information transport. things rtp doesn't do rtp itself doesn't provide every possible feature, which is why other protocols are also used by webrtc. some of the more noteworthy things rtp doesn't include: editor's note: we should add information about where these deficiencies are compensated for, if they are at all. rtp does not guarantee quality-of-service (qos). while rtp is intende...
...brtc infrastructure. for example, rtcp handles qos monitoring. rtcpeerconnection and rtp each rtcpeerconnection has methods which provide access to the list of rtp transports that service the peer connection. these correspond to the following three types of transport supported by rtcpeerconnection: rtcrtpsender rtcrtpsenders handle the encoding and transmission of mediastreamtrack data to a remote peer. the senders for a given connection can be obtained by calling rtcpeerconnection.getsenders(). rtcrtpreceiver rtcrtpreceivers provide the ability to inspect and obtain information about incoming mediastreamtrack data. a connection's receivers can be obtained by calling rtcpeerconnection.getreceivers(). rtcrtptransceiver an rtcrtptransceiver is a pair of one rtp sender and one rtp rece...
...And 9 more matches

window.location - Web APIs
nullam ultrices dolor ac dolor imperdiet ullamcorper. suspendisse quam libero, luctus auctor mollis sed, malesuada condimentum magna. quisque in ante tellus, in placerat est. pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. donec a mi magna, quis mattis dolor. etiam sit amet ligula quis urna auctor imp...
...cilisis nisi fringilla. in tincidunt tincidunt tincidunt. nulla vitae tempor nisl. etiam congue, elit vitae egestas mollis, ipsum nisi malesuada turpis, a volutpat arcu arcu id risus.</p> <p>nam faucibus, ligula eu fringilla pulvinar, lectus tellus iaculis nunc, vitae scelerisque metus leo non metus. proin mattis lobortis lobortis. quisque accumsan faucibus erat, vel varius tortor ultricies ac. lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. sed nec libero nunc. nullam tortor nunc, elementum a consectetur et, ultrices eu orci. lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. pellentesque a nisl eu sem vehicula egestas.</p> <p>aenean viverra varius mauris, sed elementum lacus interdum non. phasellus sit amet lectus vitae eros egestas pellentesque fermentum eget magna. quisque ...
...t. pellentesque vitae sollicitudin nunc. donec neque magna, lobortis id egestas nec, sodales quis lectus. fusce cursus sollicitudin porta. suspendisse ut tortor in mauris tincidunt rhoncus. maecenas tincidunt fermentum facilisis. pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas.</p> <p>suspendisse turpis nisl, consectetur in lacinia ut, ornare vel mi. lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. proin non lectus eu turpis vulputate cursus. mauris interdum tincidunt erat id pharetra. nullam in libero elit, sed consequat lectus. morbi odio nisi, porta vitae molestie ut, gravida ut nunc. ut non est dui, id ullamcorper orci. praesent vel elementum felis. maecenas ornare, dui quis auctor hendrerit, turpis sem ullamcorper odio, in auctor magna...
...And 9 more matches

Canvas code snippets - Archive of obsolete content
this method gets a reference to the iframe's window and draws this window to a canvas object. note that this only works if you are running the page from chrome. if you try running the code a...
...blob); yield new promise(accept => { reader.onloadend = accept }); return yield os.file.writeatomic(path, new uint8array(reader.result), { tmppath: path + '.tmp' }); }); } loading a remote page onto a canvas element the following class first creates a hidden iframe element and attaches a listener to the frame's load event. once the remote page has loaded, the remotepageloaded method fires. this method gets a reference to the iframe's window and draws this window to a canvas object. ...
...en iframe element and attaches a listener to the frame's load event. once the remote page has loaded, the remotepageloaded method fires. this method gets a reference to the iframe's window and draws this window to a canvas object. note that this only works if you are running the page from chrome. if you try running the code as a plain webpage, you will get a 'security error" code: "1000' error. ...
...And 8 more matches

How to convert an overlay extension to restartless - Archive of obsolete content
some of that will have to be replaced and the rest will need to be loaded differently. ...
....jsm, you'll do so via privileged javascript code like this: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/services.jsm"); from here on out, it is assumed you've imported services.jsm somewhere at the top of whatever file you're in and will be using it in all code examples. the examples will also assume that you know how to properly add instructions to your add-on's chrome.manifest to add and remove resource, chrome, locale, & etc. mappings, so that you can access your files with custom paths such as: resource://myaddon/filename.ext chrome://myaddon/content/filename.ext step 2: no more resource:// uris for files internal to your bundle unfortunately, resource mappings in your chrome.manifest were not usable in restartless add-ons until mozilla finally fixed this bug in firefox 38, whic...
...ust the static file contents, not any loaded script/data). step 2a: load your jsm from chrome:// now with that preface out of the way, this part is easy: drop support for firefox 3.x if you haven't already, move your jsm files to wherever you've got your chrome mapping to for your xul overlay and/or windows, import your files from that new chrome mapped path instead of the old resource one, and remove your "resource" line from your chrome.manifest file. it's probably a good idea to do this even if you aren't going fully restartless / extractionless due to the previously mentioned exposure to content of resource mappings. also, drop support for firefox 4 through 9 while you're at it. prior to firefox 10, the chrome.manifest file you rely on wasn't loaded automatically for restartless add-on...
...And 8 more matches

Tabbed browser - Archive of obsolete content
yz"); // focus tab tabbrowser.selectedtab = newtab; // focus *this* browser window in case another one is currently focused tabbrowser.ownerdocument.defaultview.focus(); } } the function can be called like so: openandreuseonetabperattribute("myextension-myattribute", "http://developer.mozilla.org/"). closing a tab this example closes the currently selected tab. gbrowser.removecurrenttab(); there is also a more generic removetab method, which accepts a xul tab element as its single parameter. changing active tab this moves one tab forward (to the right). gbrowser.tabcontainer.advanceselectedtab(1, true); this moves one tab to the left. gbrowser.tabcontainer.advanceselectedtab(-1, true); detecting page load see also code snippets:on page load function exam...
...rowser window has // been initialised. we add a callback to the tabbed browser // when the browser's window gets loaded. window.addeventlistener("load", function () { // add a callback to be run every time a document loads. // note that this includes frames/iframes within the document gbrowser.addeventlistener("load", examplepageload, true); }, false); ... ...
...wser's window gets loaded. window.addeventlistener("load", function () { // add a callback to be run every time a document loads. // note that this includes frames/iframes within the document gbrowser.addeventlistener("load", examplepageload, true); }, false); ... // when no longer needed gbrowser.removeeventlistener("load", examplepageload, true); ... ...
...And 8 more matches

Introduction to SSL - Archive of obsolete content
n enable or disable any of the supported cipher suites for both clients and servers. when a particular client and server exchange information during the ssl handshake, they identify the strongest enabled cipher suites they have in common and use those for the ssl session. note: firefox 2 ships with ssl 2.0 support disabled by default, in favor of ssl 3.0. in addition, ssl 2.0 support is entirely removed in firefox 8. decisions about which cipher suites a particular organization decides to enable depend on trade-offs among the sensitivity of the data involved, the speed of the cipher, and the applicability of export rules. some organizations may want to disable the weaker ciphers to prevent ssl connections with weaker encryption. however, due to u.s. government restrictions on products that...
...uthentication"). if the server cannot be authenticated, the user is warned of the problem and informed that an encrypted and authenticated connection cannot be established. if the server can be successfully authenticated, the client goes on to step 4. using all data generated in the handshake so far, the client (with the cooperation of the server, depending on the cipher being used) creates the premaster secret for the session, encrypts it with the server's public key (obtained from the server's certificate, sent in step 2), and sends the encrypted premaster secret to the server. if the server has requested client authentication (an optional step in the handshake), the client also signs another piece of data that is unique to this handshake and known by both the client and server. in this c...
...t in step 2), and sends the encrypted premaster secret to the server. if the server has requested client authentication (an optional step in the handshake), the client also signs another piece of data that is unique to this handshake and known by both the client and server. in this case the client sends both the signed data and the client's own certificate to the server along with the encrypted premaster secret. if the server has requested client authentication, the server attempts to authenticate the client (for details, see "client authentication"). if the client cannot be authenticated, the session is terminated. ...
...And 8 more matches

Common causes of memory leaks in extensions - Extensions
this page explains coding patterns that cause extension to cause memory leaks. causes of zombie compartments zombie compartments are a particular kind of memory leak. all zombie compartments in extensions are caused by a failure to release resources appropriately in certain circumstances, such as when a window is closed, a page unloads, or an extension is disabled or removed. while bug 695480 should prevent most of these compartment leaks, add-ons still need to be aware of the practices that caused these leaks, as the fix causes many add-ons which would have otherwise caused a leak to instead throw errors when attempting to access nodes from documents which no longer exist. storing references to window objects and dom nodes the most common problem is extensions holding onto refer...
...ction modifydocument2(document) { // the "body" dom node holding a reference to leakref will prevent // that function object from being garbage collected and hence // will leak the whole bootstrap compartment. document.body.someproperty = leakref; } see also kris maglione's guide to cleaning up bootstrapped extensions. failing to clean up event listeners extensions can be disabled and removed by user actions, but it also happens when an add-on is updated. if a bootstrapped (restartless) extension fails to clean up event listeners when disabled or removed, the listeners will still reference the enclosing scope — usually the bootstrap.js sandbox — and therefore keep that scope (and its enclosing compartment) alive until the window is unloaded. if the window in question is browse...
..., the leaked compartment might survive for quite some time. function leakref() {} function main(window) { // this is a potential leak, as the window (e.g. browser.xul) will hold on to // the leakref function and the enclosing compartment via the listener. ...
...And 8 more matches

Client-side form validation - Learn web development
this article leads you through basic concepts and examples of client-side form validation. prerequisites: computer literacy, a reasonable understanding of html, css, and javascript. ...
...umber" name="amount" value="1" min="1" max="10"> </div> <div> <button>submit</button> </div> </form> here you'll see that we've given the text field a minlength and maxlength of six, which is the same length as banana and cherry. we've also given the number field a min of one and a max of ten. entered numbers outside this range will show as invalid; users won't be able to use the increment/decrement arrows to move the value outside of this range. if the user manually enters a number outside of this range, the data is invalid. the number is not required, so removing the value will still result in a valid value. input:invalid { border: 2px dashed red; } input:valid { border: 2px solid black; } div { margin-bottom: 10px; } here is the example running live: note: yo...
...alid value. input:invalid { border: 2px dashed red; } input:valid { border: 2px solid black; } div { margin-bottom: 10px; } here is the example running live: note: you can find this example live on github as fruit-length.html (see also the source code.) note: <input type="number"> (and other types, such as range and date) can also take a step attribute, which specifies what increment the value will go up or down by when the input controls are used (such as the up and down number buttons). in the above example we've not included a step attribute, so the value defaults to 1. this means that floats, like 3.2, will also show as invalid. full example here is a full example to show usage of html's built-in validation features. first, some html: <form> <p> <fieldset> ...
...And 8 more matches

Video and Audio APIs - Learn web development
ack controls: this is not as immediately useful for video playback, but it does have advantages. one big issue with the native browser controls is that they are different in each browser — not very good for cross-browser support! another big issue is that the native controls in most browsers aren't very keyboard-accessible. you can solve both these problems by hiding the native controls (by removing the controls attribute), and programming your own with html, css, and javascript. in the next section we'll look at the basic tools we have available to do this. the htmlmediaelement api part of the html5 spec, the htmlmediaelement api provides features to allow you to control video and audio players programmatically — for example htmlmediaelement.play(), htmlmediaelement.pause(), etc. t...
...radius: 10px; position: absolute; bottom: 20px; left: 50%; margin-left: -200px; background-color: black; box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px black; transition: 1s all; display: flex; } .player:hover .controls, player:focus .controls { opacity: 1; } we start off with the visibility of the custom controls set to hidden. in our javascript later on, we will set the controls to visible, and remove the controls attribute from the <video> element. this is so that, if the javascript doesn't load for some reason, users can still use the video with the native controls. we give the controls an opacity of 0.5 by default, so that they are less distracting when you are trying to watch the video. only when you are hovering/focusing over the player do the controls appear at full opacity. we lay ...
...constants to hold references to all the objects we want to manipulate. we have three groups: the <video> element, and the controls bar. the play/pause, stop, rewind, and fast forward buttons. the outer timer wrapper <div>, the digital timer readout <span>, and the inner <div> that gets wider as the time elapses. next, insert the following at the bottom of your code: media.removeattribute('controls'); controls.style.visibility = 'visible'; these two lines remove the default browser controls from the video, and make the custom controls visible. playing and pausing the video let's implement probably the most important control — the play/pause button. first of all, add the following to the bottom of your code, so that the playpausemedia() function is invok...
...And 8 more matches

Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
im the test is passed. webdriver will then close down the firefox instance and stop. testing in multiple browsers at once there is also nothing to stop you running the test on multiple browsers simultaneously. let's try this! create another new file inside your project directory called google_test_multiple.js. you can feel free to change the references to some of the other browsers we added, remove them, etc., depending on what browsers you have available to test on your operating system. you'll need to make sure you have the right browser drivers set up on your system. in terms of what string to use inside the .forbrowser() method for other browsers, see the browser enum reference page. give it the following contents, then save it: const webdriver = require('selenium-webdriver'), ...
... so here we've done the test as before, except that this time we've wrapped it inside a function, searchtest(). we've created new browser instances for multiple browsers, then passed each one to the function so the test is performed on all three browsers! ...
...s reference for details of the features in this section and the ones below it. you can use any url to point to your resource, including a file:// url to test a local document: driver.get('file:///users/chrismills/git/learning-area/tools-testing/cross-browser-testing/accessibility/fake-div-buttons.html'); or driver.get('http://localhost:8888/fake-div-buttons.html'); but it is better to use a remote server location so the code is more flexible — when you start using a remote server to run your tests (see later on), your code will break if you try to use local paths. add this line to the bottom of quick_test.js now: driver.get('http://mdn.github.io/learning-area/tools-testing/cross-browser-testing/accessibility/native-keyboard-accessibility.html'); interacting with the document now ...
...And 8 more matches

AddonManager
lcallback? callback, in string mimetype) promise? getallinstalls(in installlistcallback? callback) promise? getinstallsbytypes(in string types[], in installlistcallback? callback) void installaddonsfromwebpage(in string mimetype, in nsidomwindow source, in nsiuri uri, in addoninstall installs[]) void addinstalllistener(in installlistener listener) void removeinstalllistener(in installlistener listener) promise? getalladdons(in addonlistcallback? callback) promise? getaddonbyid(in string id, in addoncallback? callback) promise? getaddonbysyncguid(in string id, in addoncallback? callback) promise? getaddonsbyids(in string ids[], in addonlistcallback? callback) promise? getaddonsbytypes(in string types[], ...
... autou...
... autoupdatedefault boolean whether add-ons should auto-update by default (overrideable per add-on). corresponds to th...
...And 8 more matches

NSS 3.46 release notes
s/nss_3_46_rtm/src/ other releases are available in nss releases. new in nss 3.46 this release contains no significant new functionality, but concentrates on providing improved performance, stability, and security. of particular note are significant improvements to aes-gcm performance on arm. ...
...leases are available in nss releases. new in nss 3.46 this release contains no significant new functionality, but concentrates on providing improved performance, stability, and security. of particular note are significant improvements to aes-gcm performance on arm. ...
...ty, and security. of particular note are significant improvements to aes-gcm performance on arm. ...
...And 8 more matches

nsIFaviconService
ko 22.0 astring getfavicondataasdataurl(in nsiuri afaviconuri); obsolete since gecko 22.0 nsiuri getfaviconforpage(in nsiuri apageuri); obsolete since gecko 22.0 nsiuri getfaviconimageforpage(in nsiuri apageuri); obsolete since gecko 22.0 nsiuri getfaviconlinkforicon(in nsiuri afaviconuri); boolean isfailedfavicon(in nsiuri afaviconuri); void removefailedfavicon(in nsiuri afaviconuri); void setandloadfaviconforpage(in nsiuri apageuri, in nsiuri afaviconuri, in boolean aforcereload, in unsigned long afaviconloadtype, [optional] in nsifavicondatacallback acallback); obsolete since gecko 22.0 void setfavicondata(in nsiuri afaviconuri, [const,array,size_is(adatalen)] in octet adata, in unsigned long adatalen, in autf8string ...
...ed favicon cache. the lifespan of the favicon cache is up to the caching system. this cache will also be written to if you use setandloadfaviconforpage() method and it encounters an error while fetching an icon. void addfailedfavicon( in nsiuri afaviconuri ); parameters afaviconuri the uri of an icon in the favicon service. can be null. expireallfavicons() expires all known favicons, removing them from the database. note: this is an asynchronous operation; when it completes, a "places-favicons-expired" notification is dispatched through the observer's service. void expireallfavicons(); parameters none. getfavicondata() obsolete since gecko 22.0 (firefox 22.0 / thunderbird 22.0 / seamonkey 2.19) note: this method was removed in gecko 22.0. you should u...
... output parameter where the binary favicon data will be placed. this will be null if we have this uri but have no data associated with it. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available thrown when we have never heard of this favicon url. getfavicondataasdataurl() obsolete since gecko 22.0 (firefox 22.0 / thunderbird 22.0 / seamonkey 2.19) note: this method was removed in gecko 22.0. you should use the new async api moziasyncfavicons.getfavicondataforpage() instead. this method retrieves the given favicon data, returning it as a data url throws an exception if we don't have data. if there is no data but we have an entry for this favicon, returns null. astring getfavicondataasdataurl( in nsiuri afaviconuri ); parameters afaviconuri uri of the fa...
...And 8 more matches

nsIHTMLEditor
undselection(in nsidomelement aanchorelement); boolean isanonymouselement(in nsidomelement aelement); void makeorchangelist(in astring alisttype, in boolean entirelist, in astring abullettype); boolean nodeisblock(in nsidomnode node); void pastenoformatting(in long aselectiontype); void rebuilddocumentfromsource(in astring asourcestring); void removealldefaultproperties(); void removeallinlineproperties(); void removedefaultproperty(in nsiatom aproperty, in astring aattribute, in astring avalue); void removeinlineproperty(in nsiatom aproperty, in astring aattribute); void removeinsertionlistener(in nsicontentfilter infilter); void removelist(in astring alisttype); void replaceheadconten...
...added to the created anonymous element. return value a dom element. createelementwithdefaults() return a new element with default attribute values. this does not rely on the selection, and is not sensitive to context. used primarily to supply new element for various insert element dialogs (image, link, table, and horizontalrule are the only returned elements as of 9/12/18); namedanchor was removed in firefox 63. nsidomelement createelementwithdefaults( in astring atagname ); parameters atagname the html tagname. special input value for links: use "href" to get a link node (an "a" tag with the "href" attribute set) return value the new element created. decreasefontsize() decrease font size for text in selection by 1 html unit all existing text is scanned for existing <font...
... suppress spurious drag/drop events to workaround bug 50703. do not use this method! it will go away after first release! void ignorespuriousdragevent( in boolean aignorespuriousdragevent ); parameters aignorespuriousdragevent increasefontsize() increase font size for text in selection by 1 html unit all existing text is scanned for existing <font size> attributes so they will be incremented instead of inserting new <font> tag. void increasefontsize(); parameters none. indent() document me! void indent( in astring aindent ); parameters aindent insertelementatselection() insert an element, which may have child nodes, at the selection used primarily to insert a new element for various insert element dialogs, but it enforces the html 4.0 dtd "cancontain" rules, ...
...And 8 more matches

nsIWindowMediator
in wstring awindowtype); pruint32 getzlevel(in nsixulwindow awindow); native code only! nsisimpleenumerator getzorderdomwindowenumerator(in wstring awindowtype, in boolean afronttoback); nsisimpleenumerator getzorderxulwindowenumerator(in wstring awindowtype, in boolean afronttoback); void registerwindow(in nsixulwindow awindow); native code only! void removelistener(in nsiwindowmediatorlistener alistener); void setzlevel(in nsixulwindow awindow, in pruint32 azlevel); native code only! void setzposition(in nsixulwindow inwindow, in unsigned long inposition, in nsixulwindow inbelow); native code only! void unregisterwindow(in nsixulwindow awindow); native code only! void updatewindowtimestamp(in nsixulwindow awind...
...ng tabs will fire the alert. ...
...s} = components; var windowlistener = { onopenwindow: function (awindow) { // wait for the window to finish loading let domwindow = awindow.queryinterface(ci.nsiinterfacerequestor).getinterface(ci.nsidomwindowinternal || ci.nsidomwindow); domwindow.addeventlistener("load", function () { domwindow.removeeventlistener("load", arguments.callee, false); //this removes this load function from the window //window has now loaded now do stuff to it //as example this will add a function to listen to tab select and will fire alert in that window if (domwindow.gbrowser && domwindow.gbrowser.tabcontainer) { domwindow.gbrowser.tabcontainer.addeventlistener('tabselect', function () { domwindow.a...
...And 8 more matches

Background Tasks API - Web APIs
round its event loop. this code draws any pending updates to the document currently being displayed, runs any javascript code the page needs to run, accepts events from input devices, and dispatches those events to the elements that should receive them. in addition, the event loop handles interactions with the operating system, updates to the browser's own user interface, and so forth. it's an extremely busy chunk of code, and your main javascript code may run right inside this thread along with all of this. certainly most if not all code that is capable of making changes to the dom is running in the main thread, since it's common for user interface changes to only be available to the main thread. because event handling and screen updates are two of the most obvious ways users notice perform...
...otted. while the browser, your code, and the web in general will continue to run normally if you go over the specified time limit (even if you go way over it), the time restriction is intended to ensure that you leave the system enough time to finish the current pass through the event loop and get on to the next one without causing other code to stutter or animation effects to lag. currently, timeremaining() has an upper limit of 50 milliseconds, but in reality you will often have less time than that, since the event loop may already be eating into that time on complex sites, with browser extensions needing processor time, and so forth. avoid making changes to the dom within your idle callback. by the time your callback is run, the current frame has already finished drawing, and all layout u...
...ionally identical; settimeout() doesn't let you make use of idle periods, but instead runs your code when possible, leaving us to do the best we can to avoid causing the user to experience performance lag. window.requestidlecallback = window.requestidlecallback || function(handler) { let starttime = date.now(); return settimeout(function() { handler({ didtimeout: false, timeremaining: function() { return math.max(0, 50.0 - (date.now() - starttime)); } }); }, 1); } if window.requestidlecallback is undefined, we create it here. the function begins by recording the time at which our implementation was called. we'll be using that to compute the value returned by our shim for timeremaining(). then we call settimeout(), passing into it a function which r...
...And 8 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepDown() - Web APIs
the htmlinputelement.stepdown([n]) method decrements the value of a numeric type of <input> element by the value of the step attribute or up to n multiples of the step attribute if a number is passed as the parameter. the method, when invoked, decrements the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. valid on all numeric, date, and time input types that support the step attribute, includingdate, month, week, time, datetime-local, number, and range. given <input id="mytime" type="time" max="17:00" step="900" value="17:00">, invoking mytime.step(3) will change the value to 16:15, decrementing the time by 3 * 900, or 45 minutes. mytime.step(), with no parameter, would have resulted in 16:45, as n defaults to...
... and time input types that support the step attribute, includingdate, month, week, time, datetime-local, number, and range. given <input id="mytime" type="time" max="17:00" step="900" value="17:00">, invoking mytime.step(3) will change the value to 16:15, decrementing the time by 3 * 900, or 45 minutes. mytime.step(), with no parameter, would have resulted in 16:45, as n defaults to 1. ...
... number, and range. given <input id="mytime" type="time" max="17:00" step="900" value="17:00">, invoking mytime.step(3) will change the value to 16:15, decrementing the time by 3 * 900, or 45 minutes. mytime.step(), with no parameter, would have resulted in 16:45, as n defaults to 1. <!-- decrements by intervals of 900 seconds (15 minute) --> <input type="time" max="17:00" step="900"> <!-- decrements by intervals of 7 days (one week) --> <input type="date" max="2019-12-25" step="7"> <!-- decrements by intervals of 12 months (one year) --> <input type="month" max="2019-12" step="12"> the method, when invoked, changes the form control's value by the value given in the step attribute, multiplied by the parameter, within the constraints set within the form control. the default value for the...
...And 8 more matches

Web audio spatialization basics - Web APIs
es, or have some kind of surround sound system to plug your computer into. creating an audio listener so let's begin! the baseaudiocontext (the interface the audiocontext is extended from) has a listener property that returns an audiolistener object. this represents the listener of the scene, usually your user. you can define where they are in space and in which direction they are facing. they remain static. the pannernode can then calculate its sound position relative to the position of the listener. let's create our context and listener and set the listener's position to emulate a person looking into our room: const audiocontext = window.audiocontext || window.webkitaudiocontext; const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const listener = audioctx.listener; const posx = window.innerwidth/2;...
...eed math.sin and math.cos to help us draw that circle. let's set up a rotation rate, which we'll convert into a radian range value for use in math.sin and math.cos later, when we want to figure out the new coordinates when we're rotating our boombox: // set up rotation constants const rotationrate = 60; // bigger number equals slower sound rotation const q = math.pi/rotationrate; //rotation increment in radians we can also use this to work out degrees rotated, which will help with the css transforms we will have to create (note we need both an x and y-axis for the css transforms): // get degrees for css const degreesx = (q * 180)/math.pi; const degreesy = (q * 180)/math.pi; let's take a look at our left rotation as an example. we need to change the x orientation and the z orientation ...
...// get degrees for css const degreesx = (q * 180)/math.pi; const degreesy = (q * 180)/math.pi; let's take a look at our left rotation as an example. ...
...And 8 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
content is built from the list of currently open tabs: panels are useful for presenting temporary interfaces to users in a way that is easier for users to ignore and dismiss than a modal dialog, since panels are hidden the moment users interact with parts of the application interface outside them. a panel's content is loaded as soon as it is created, before the panel is shown, and the content remains loaded when a panel is hidden, so it is possible to keep a panel around in the background, updating its content as appropriate in preparation for the next time it is shown. your add-on can receive notifications when a panel is shown or hidden by listening to its show and hide events. opening a panel will close any panel created by the panel() constructor that is already open, even if that p...
...y the panel() constructor that is already open, even if that panel was opened by a different add-on sdk based extension. if you want to close an existing panel without opening a new one, you can call the hide() or the destroy() method. panel content the panel's content is specified as html, which is loaded from the url supplied in the contenturl option to the panel's constructor. you can load remote html into the panel: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ width: 180, height: 180, contenturl: "https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=jetpack&useformat=mobile" }); mypanel.show(); you can also load html that's been packaged with your add-on, and this is most probably how you will create dialogs. to do this, save the html in your add-on's data directory and load it using t...
...ww.bbc.co.uk/mobile/index.html", contentscript: myscript }); mypanel.port.on("click-link", function(url) { console.log(url); }); mypanel.show(); this example uses contentscript to supply the script as a string. it's usually better practice to use contentscriptfile, which is a url pointing to a script file saved under your add-on's data directory. warning: unless your content script is extremely simple and consists only of a static string, don't use contentscript: if you do, you may have problems getting your add-on approved on amo. instead, keep the script in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. getting user input note: this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox ...
...And 7 more matches

widget - Archive of obsolete content
the widget api is deprecated from firefox 29 onwards. please see the ui module for replacements. in particular, for a simple button, try the action button or toggle button apis, and for a more complex widget try the toolbar or sidebar apis. create a simple user interface for an add-on in firefox's add-on bar. usage "widgets" are small pieces of content that live in the firefox 4 add-on bar. they can be simple icons or complex web pages. you can attach panels to them that open when they're clicked, or you can define a custom click handler to perform some other action, like opening a web page in a tab. there are a few advantages to using widgets over an ad hoc user interface. ...
...ally means you have to send messages between the content script and the main add-on code. you can specify one or more content scripts to load into the widget using the contentscript or contentscriptfile options to the widget() constructor. you can communicate with the script using either the postmessage() api or (preferably, usually) the port api. unless your content script is extremely simple and consists only of a static string, don't use contentscript: if you do, you may have problems getting your add-on approved on amo. instead, keep the script in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. for example, suppose we want to implement a media player as an add-on. we could implement the main user i...
... = function() { addon.port.emit("stop"); } } next, add a script tag to reference "button-script.js", and call its init() function on load: <html> <head> <script src="button-script.js"></script> </head> <body onload="init()"> <img src="play.png" id="play-button"> <img src="pause.png" id="pause-button"> <img src="stop.png" id="stop-button"> </body> </html> finally, remove the line attaching the content script from "main.js": const widgets = require("sdk/widget"); const data = require("sdk/self").data; var player = widgets.widget({ id: "player", width: 72, label: "player", contenturl: data.url("buttons.html") }); player.port.emit("init"); player.port.on("play", function() { console.log("playing"); }); player.port.on("pause", function() { console...
...And 7 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
try to avoid using it. draft this page is not complete. « previousnext » this document was authored by taiga (gomita) gomibuchi and was originally published in japanese for the firefox developers conference summer 2007. gomita-san won "most useful upgraded extension" award in mozilla's 2006 "extend firefox" competition for scrapbook, and was runner-up in the "extend firefox 2" contest for firegestures. the chapters so far have each focused on technologies in isolation—xul, javascript, css, and xpcom. ...
...efox. in the following you will find a brief description how to do so; a more detailed one can be found under setting up an extension development environment. create a development profile if you want to partition your everyday browsing environment from your development environment in firefox, set up a second profile for development. ...
...e for development. to create this dev profile start firefox with firefox.exe -no-remote -p dev on the first start the profile manager will appear, where you can create the dev profile and configure its home-path. change your preferences for more efficient development before you get to work developing your extension, you’ll want to change some of your firefox preferences. this isn’t a requirement for extension development, but i recommend it as a way to work more efficiently. preference description value nglayout.debug.disable_xul_cache (not present in firefox 3.5+) ordinarily, firefox will cache xul documents after they have been read in once, to speed subsequent displays. disabling this cache forces xul documents to be reloaded any every time ...
...And 7 more matches

Layout System Overview - Archive of obsolete content
presentation formatting is also required to provide compatibility with legacy browsers (microsoft internet explorer and netscape navigator 4.x). the decision about when to apply css-specified formatting and when to apply legacy formatting is controlled by the document's doctype specification. ...
...n a paged presentation to a printer, or even an aural presentation to a speech-synthesizer. to date the only real use of this multiple presentation ability is seen in printing, where multiple presentations are managed, all connected to the same content model. (note: it is unclear if this is really a benefit - it may have been better to use a copy of the content model for each presentation, and to remove the complexity of managing separate presentations - analysis is needed here). the idea of supporting a non-visual presentation is interesting. layout's support for aural presentations is undeveloped, though conceptually, it is possible and supported by the architecture. how layout does its job: frames and reflow so, layout is concerned with providing a presentation, in galley or paged mode. gi...
...or many other computations during the formatting of the frames. once a frame is created for a content element, it must be formatted. we refer to this as 'laying out' the frame, or as 'reflowing' the frame. each frame implements a reflow method to compute its position and size, among other things. for more details on the reflow mechanism, see the reflow overview document... the css formatting requirements present two distinct layout models: 1) the in-flow model, where the geometry of an element is influenced by the geometry of the elements that precede it, and 2) the positioned model, where the geometry of an element is not influenced by the geometry of the elements that precede it, or in any case, is influenced more locally. the in-flow case is considered the 'normal' case, and corresponds to...
...And 7 more matches

Modularization techniques - Archive of obsolete content
queryinterface() method. the caller passes in an id and a pointer to a address to place the resulting interface. if the query is successful, queryinterface() will return ns_ok. if the object does not support the given interface, it will return ns_nointerface. reference counting is performed using the addref() and release() methods. an objects reference count generally starts at zero. addref() increments that reference count, and release() decrements it. if a call to release() causes the reference count to hit zero, the object will generally free itself. a successful queryinterface() will call addref() on the requested interface before returning. both addref() and release() return the resulting reference count. the convenience macros ns_addref() and ns_release() are preferred over calling ad...
...s_imethod lockfactory(prbool alock) = 0; the reason for using factories is that it provides a mechanism for creating an object without having access to the class declaration for that object. calling new foo() requires that at compile time you have access to the class declaration of foo(). a factory allows an implementor to hide both the class declaration and creation details of an object, an extremely important step for allowing maximum flexibility in the implementation of a class and reducing compile time dependencies. it can even be used to eliminate all link time dependencies on the class and its factory entirely. the component manager one of the major goals of our modularization is to remove link time dependencies. so how do you find a module if you've never linked with it? we've crea...
...ytes is probably a footnote somewhere. on windows you can use the programs uuidgen and guidgen, which ship with visual c++, to generate ids. a simple example it is recommended that you use xpidl to define your interfaces. this sample code should be updated to reflect this, but it gives you a good basic understanding of com from the c++ perspective. file nsisample.h nsisample.h defines an extremely simple interface and its interface id (iid). the important things to notice are that the interface inherits from nsisupports, and all member functions are pure virtual methods. #include "nsisupports.h" // {57ecad90-ae1a-11d1-b66c-00805f8a2676} #define ns_isample_iid \ {0x57ecad90, 0xae1a, 0x11d1, \ {0xb6, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x26, 0x76}} /* * nsisample interface declaration */...
...And 7 more matches

Practical positioning examples - Learn web development
ave this somewhere sensible on your local computer, and open it up in your text editor. let's look at the html contained within the body: <section class="info-box"> <ul> <li><a href="#" class="active">tab 1</a></li> <li><a href="#">tab 2</a></li> <li><a href="#">tab 3</a></li> </ul> <div class="panels"> <article class="active-panel"> <h2>the first tab</h2> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. pellentesque turpis nibh, porttitor nec venenatis eu, pulvinar in augue. vestibulum et orci scelerisque, vulputate tellus quis, lobortis dui. vivamus varius libero at ipsum mattis efficitur ut nec nisl. nullam eget tincidunt metus. donec ultrices, urna maximus consequat aliquet, dui neque eleifend lorem, a auctor libero turpis at sem. aliquam ut ...
...ulum et orci scelerisque, vulputate tellus quis, lobortis dui. vivamus varius libero at ipsum mattis efficitur ut nec nisl. nullam eget tincidunt metus. donec ultrices, urna maximus consequat aliquet, dui neque eleifend lorem, a auctor libero turpis at sem. aliquam ut porttitor urna. nulla facilisi.</p> </article> <article> <h2>the second tab</h2> <p>this tab hasn't got any lorem ipsum in it. ...
...dunt metus. donec ultrices, urna maximus consequat aliquet, dui neque eleifend lorem, a auctor libero turpis at sem. aliquam ut porttitor urna. nulla facilisi.</p> </article> <article> <h2>the second tab</h2> <p>this tab hasn't got any lorem ipsum in it. but the content isn't very exciting all the same.</p> </article> <article> <h2>the third tab</h2> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. pellentesque turpis nibh, porttitor nec venenatis eu, pulvinar in augue. ...
...And 7 more matches

Beginning our React todo list - Learn web development
c subset of tasks: all tasks, only the active task, or only the completed tasks. we'll tackle these stories one-by-one. pre-project housekeeping create-react-app has made a few files we won't be using at all for our project. we're not going to write per-component stylesheets, so first delete the app.css import from the top of app.js. we are also not going to be using the logo.svg file, so remove that import too. then, copy and paste the following commands into your terminal to delete some unneeded files. make sure you’re starting in the app's root directory! # move into the src directory of your project cd src # delete a few files rm -- app.test.js app.css logo.svg serviceworker.js setuptests.js # move back up to the root of the project cd .. notes: two of the files we’re d...
... <span>active</span> <span classname="visually-hidden"> tasks</span> </button> <button type="button" classname="btn toggle-btn" aria-pressed="false"> <span classname="visually-hidden">show </span> <span>completed</span> <span classname="visually-hidden"> tasks</span> </button> </div> <h2 id="list-heading"> 3 tasks remaining </h2> <ul role="list" classname="todo-list stack-large stack-exception" aria-labelledby="list-heading" > <li classname="todo stack-small"> <div classname="c-cb"> <input id="todo-0" type="checkbox" defaultchecked={true} /> <label classname="todo-label" htmlfor="todo-0"> eat </label> ...
... it's ugly, and doesn’t function yet, but that's okay — we'll style it in a moment. first, consider the jsx we have, and how it corresponds to our user stories: we have a <form> element, with an <input type="text"> for writing out a new task, and a button to submit the form. we have an array of buttons that will be used to filter our tasks. we have a heading that tells us how many tasks remain. we have our 3 tasks, arranged in an un-ordered list. each task is a list item (<li>), and has buttons to edit and delete it and a checkbox to check it off as done. the form will allow us to make tasks; the buttons will let us filter them; the heading and list are our way to read them. the ui for editing a task is conspicuously absent for now. that's okay – we'll write that later. access...
...And 7 more matches

Introducing a complete toolchain - Learn web development
o be. all web projects will be different, and you need to consider what parts of your toolchain are necessary and consider each part carefully. the smallest toolchain is one that has no links at all. you would handcode the html, use "vanilla javascript" (meaning no frameworks or intermediary languages), and manually upload it all to a server for hosting. however, more complicated software requirements will likely benefit from the usage of tools to help simplify the development process. in addition, you should include tests before you deploy to your production server to ensure your software works as intended — this already sounds like a necessary toolchain. for our sample project, we'll be using a toolchain specifically designed to aid our software development and support the technical c...
... to the project. npm will be used to install subsequent parts of our toolchain. first of all, however, we'll install git to help with revision control. code revision control it's possible you've heard of "git" before. git is currently the most popular source code revision control tool available to developers — revision control provides many advantages, such as a way to backup your work in a remote place, and a mechanism to work in a team on the same project without fear of overwriting each other's code. it might be obvious to some, but it bears repeating: git is not the same thing as github. git is the revision control tool, whereas github is an online store for git repositories (plus a number of useful tools for working with them). note that, although we're using github in this chapte...
...wn html element or invalid css property is used, due to the resilient nature of these two languages nothing is likely to break. javascript is a lot more fragile — mistakenly calling a function that doesn't exist for example causes your javascript to break; linting javascript is therefore very important, especially for larger projects. the go to tool for javascript linting is eslint. it's an extremely powerful and versatile tool but can be tricky to configure correctly and you could easily consume many hours trying to get a configuration just right! out of the box, eslint is going to complain that it can't find the configuration file if you run it. the configuration file supports multiple formats but for this project we'll use .eslintrc.json (the leading period means the file is hidden by ...
...And 7 more matches

HTTP Cache
the cache api is completely thread-safe and non-blocking. there is no ipc support. it's only accessible on the default chrome process. when there is no profile the new http cache works, but everything is stored only in memory not obeying any particular limits. it is strongly encoraged to not use the old cache api any more - nsicacheservice et al. it will soon be completely obsoleted and removed (bug 913828). nsicachestorageservice the http cache entry-point. accessible as a service only, fully thread-safe, scriptable. //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/netwerk/cache2/nsicachestorageservice.idl "@mozilla.org/netwerk/cache-storage-service;1" provides methods accessing “storage” objects – see nsicachestorage below – giving further access to ca...
... mandatory argument to *storage methods of nsicachestorageservice. //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/netwerk/base/public/nsiloadcontextinfo.idl it is a...
... mandatory argument to *storage methods of nsicachestorageservice. //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/netwerk/base/public/nsiloadcontextinfo.idl it is a helper interface wrap...
...And 7 more matches

How to implement a custom autocomplete search component
* @return {string} the uri to the image to display */ getimageat : function (index) { return ''; }, /** * get the final value that should be completed when the user confirms * the match at the given index. ...
...tion (index) { return ''; }, /** * get the final value that should be completed when the user confirms * the match at the given index. * @return {string} the final value of the result at the given index */ getfinalcompletevalueat: function(index) { return this.getvalueat(index); }, /** * removes the value at the given index from the autocomplete results. ...
...t the final value that should be completed when the user confirms * the match at the given index. * @return {string} the final value of the result at the given index */ getfinalcompletevalueat: function(index) { return this.getvalueat(index); }, /** * removes the value at the given index from the autocomplete results. * if removefromdb is set to true, the value should be removed from * persistent storage as well. ...
...And 7 more matches

Python binding for NSS
cated elements of the python-nss api are marked with python deprecation warnings as well as being documented in the nss module documentation. as of python 2.7 deprecation warnings are no longer reported by default. it is suggested python developers using python-nss periodically run their code with deprecation warnings enabled. depercated elements will persist for a least two releases before being removed from the api entirely. project history red hat utilizes both nss and python in many of it's projects, however it was not previously possible to call nss directly from python. to solve this problem red hat generously funded the initial development of python-nss as well as it's continued maintenance. red hat following it's open source philosophy has contributed the source to the mozilla secu...
...se date 2016-09-01 scm tag pynss_release_1_0_0 source download https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/python-nss/releases/pynss_release_1_0_0/src/ change log official 1.0.0 release, only minor tweaks from the 1.0.0beta1 release. allow custom include root in setup.py as command line arg. add tls chacha20 poly1305 constants. remove checks for whether a socket is open for reading. it's not possible for the binding to know in all cases, especially if the socket is created from an xternal socket passed in. the following module functions were added: nss.get_all_tokens the following constants were added: ssl.tls_ecdhe_rsa_with_chacha20_poly1305_sha256 ssl.tls_ecdhe_ecd...
...ssl_version_from_major_minor ssl.get_default_ssl_version_range ssl.get_supported_ssl_version_range ssl.set_default_ssl_version_range ssl.ssl_library_version_from_name ssl.ssl_library_version_name ssl.get_cipher_suite_info ssl.ssl_cipher_suite_name ssl.ssl_cipher_suite_from_name the following deprecated module functions were removed: ssl.nssinit ssl.nss_ini ssl.nss_shutdown the following classes were added: sslciphersuiteinfo sslchannelinfo the following class methods were added: certificate.trust_flags certificate.set_trust_attributes sslsocket.set_ssl_version_range sslsocket.get_ssl_version_range ...
...And 7 more matches

JSAPI reference
since jsapi 32 high-level type-conversion routines for packing and unpacking function arguments. js_convertarguments obsolete since jsapi 38 js_convertargumentsva obsolete since jsapi 38 js_pusharguments obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_pushargumentsva obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_poparguments obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_addargumentformatter obsolete since jsapi 18 js_removeargumentformatter obsolete since jsapi 18 the following functions convert js values to various types. they can be safely applied to jsvals of any type. they may return new objects. for example, js_valuetoobject(cx, s) where s is a string creates a new string wrapper object. these functions may call javascript methods. for example, js_valuetostring(cx, obj) may call obj.tostring(). js::tobo...
...egc js_getgcparameter js_setgcparameter js_getgcparameterforthread added in spidermonkey 17 js_setgcparameterforthread added in spidermonkey 17 js_setgcparametersbasedonavailablememory added in spidermonkey 31 enum jsgcparamkey js_setgccallback enum jsgcstatus js_addfinalizecallback added in spidermonkey 38 enum jsfinalizestatus added in spidermonkey 17 js_removefinalizecallback added in spidermonkey 38 js_setgczeal added in spidermonkey 1.8 js_schedulegc added in spidermonkey 17 js_dumpheap added in spidermonkey 1.8 js_setgccallbackrt obsolete since jsapi 13 js_setfinalizecallback added in spidermonkey 17 obsolete since jsapi 32 js_markgcthing obsolete since jsapi 5 js_isabouttobefinalized obsolete since jsapi 35 js_clearnewbornroots obsole...
...since jsapi 38 js::addnamedvalueroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::addnamedvaluerootrt added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::addnamedscriptroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::addnamedstringroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::addnamedobjectroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::remove*root added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::removevalueroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::removestringroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::removeobjectroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::removescriptroot added in spidermonkey 31 obsolete since jsapi 38 js::removevaluerootrt added in spidermonkey 3...
...And 7 more matches

XPCOM array guide
bes the available arrays as well as the enumerator classes that can be used to get to them. in this document the term array refers to a container for multiple objects with a numeric, zero-based index. the standard array classes are: nsiarray - a scriptable container for scriptable xpcom objects. this array is read-only, and the interface does not provide any methods that will allow adding and removing members. nsimutablearray - a scriptable container for scriptable xpcom objects, which allows addition and removal of member objects. this interface actually derives from nsiarray. nstarray<t> - a c++ class which provides a typesafe container for objects or primitive types (pointers, integers, and so on). the objects must define a default constructor and a copy constructor. to use indexof w...
...ay xpcom object yes no yes* no reference counted, strong (*) note: concrete c++ arrays can be made read-only by declaring them const. for example: // handlelist cannot modify the array because of const void handlelist(const nstarray<t>&); in-place enumeration most of the arrays presented here provide callback-style means to enumerate members of an array. instead of incrementally accessing each element of the array by its index, the arrays provide a way to pass in a callback function that will be called for each element in the array. for most concrete c++ classes like nstarray<t> and nscomarray<t>, indexing should be faster than the callback-style enumeration, because accessing an indexed member of such an array is usually very fast, while enumeration has slight f...
... nsiarray or nsimutablearray as appropriate. when the array can or should be modified, then use nsimutablearray: // array is read-only because it uses nsiarray void printsize(nsiarray* elements) { pruint32 count; elements->getlength(&count); printf("there are %d elements.\n", count); } // using nsimutablearray, so callee may modify void tweakarray(nsimutablearray* elements) { elements->removeelementat(0); elements->appendelement(newelement, pr_false); } while it is usually possible to call queryinterface on an nsiarray to get access to the nsimutablearray interface, this is against convention and it should be avoided. // no need for the double-pointer, and this violates xpcom rules // which expect acess to a new object void tweakarray(nsimutablearray** elements) { // ugh, ex...
...And 7 more matches

nsIMsgFolder
sgthread thread); void setlabelformessages(in nsisupportsarray messages, in nsmsglabelvalue label); nsimsgdatabase getmsgdatabase(in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void setmsgdatabase(in nsimsgdatabase msgdatabase); nsimsgdatabase getdbfolderinfoanddb(out nsidbfolderinfo folderinfo); nsimsgdbhdr getmessageheader(in nsmsgkey msgkey); boolean shouldstoremsgoffline(in nsmsgkey msgkey); boolean hasmsgoffline(in nsmsgkey msgkey); nsiinputstream getofflinefilestream(in nsmsgkey msgkey, out pruint32 offset, out pruint32 size); void downloadmessagesforoffline(in nsisupportsarray messages, in nsimsgwindow window); nsimsgfolder getchildwithuri(in acstring uri, in boolean deep, in boolean caseinsensitive); void ...
...); void setstringproperty(in string propertyname, in acstring propertyvalue); boolean isancestorof(in nsimsgfolder folder); boolean containschildnamed(in astring name); nsimsgfolder getchildnamed(in astring aname); nsimsgfolder findsubfolder(in acstring escapedsubfoldername); void addfolderlistener(in nsifolderlistener listener); void removefolderlistener(in nsifolderlistener listener); void notifypropertychanged(in nsiatom property, in acstring oldvalue, in acstring newvalue); void notifyintpropertychanged(in nsiatom property, in long oldvalue, in long newvalue); void notifyboolpropertychanged(in nsiatom property, in boolean oldvalue, in boolean newvalue); void notifypropertyflagchanged(in nsim...
...propertychanged(in nsiatom property, in boolean oldvalue, in boolean newvalue); void notifypropertyflagchanged(in nsimsgdbhdr item, in nsiatom property, in unsigned long oldvalue, in unsigned long newvalue); void notifyunicharpropertychanged(in nsiatom property, in astring oldvalue, in astring newvalue); void notifyitemadded(in nsisupports item); void notifyitemremoved(in nsisupports item); void notifyfolderevent(in nsiatom event); void listdescendents(in nsisupportsarray descendents); void shutdown(in boolean shutdownchildren); void setinvfeditsearchscope(in boolean asearchthisfolder, in boolean asetonsubfolders); void copydatatooutputstreamforappend(in nsiinputstream aistream, in long alength, in nsioutputstrea...
...And 7 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
his tutorial walks you through using the asynchronous api of indexeddb. if you are not familiar with indexeddb, you should first read basic concepts about indexeddb. for the reference documentation on the indexeddb api, see the indexeddb article and its subpages. this article documents the types of objects used by indexeddb, as well as the methods of the asynchronous api (the synchronous api was removed from spec). basic pattern the basic pattern that indexeddb encourages is the following: open a database. create an object store in the database. start a transaction and make a request to do some database operation, like adding or retrieving data. wait for the operation to complete by listening to the right kind of dom event. do something with the results (which can be foun...
...es, and a single database can contain any number of object stores. whenever a value is stored in an object store, it is associated with a key. there are several different ways that a key can be supplied depending on whether the object store uses a key path or a key generator. the following table shows the different ways the keys are supplied: key path (keypath) key generator (autoincrement) description no no this object store can hold any kind of value, even primitive values like numbers and strings. you must supply a separate key argument whenever you want to add a new value. yes no this object store can only hold javascript objects. the objects must have a property with the same name as the key path. no yes this object store ...
...newly created objectstore. var customerobjectstore = db.transaction("customers", "readwrite").objectstore("customers"); customerdata.foreach(function(customer) { customerobjectstore.add(customer); }); }; }; as indicated previously, onupgradeneeded is the only place where you can alter the structure of the database. in it, you can create and delete object stores and build and remove indices. object stores are created with a single call to createobjectstore(). the method takes a name of the store, and a parameter object. even though the parameter object is optional, it is very important, because it lets you define important optional properties and refine the type of object store you want to create. in our case, we've asked for an object store named "customers" and defined...
...And 7 more matches

RTCPeerConnection.addTrack() - Web APIs
ream objects to which the track should be added. the specified track doesn't necessarily have to already be part of any of the specified streams. instead, the streams are simply a way to group tracks together on the receiving end of the connection, making sure they are synchronized. any tracks that are added to the same stream on the local end of the connection will be on the same stream on the remote end. return value the rtcrtpsender object which will be used to transmit the media data. note: every rtcrtpsender is paired with an rtcrtpreceiver to make up an rtcrtptransceiver. the associated receiver is muted (indicating that it is not able to deliver packets) until and unless one or more streams are added to the receiver by the remote peer. exceptions invalidaccesserror the spec...
... since streams are specific to each peer, specifying one or more streams means the other peer will create a corresponding stream (or streams) automatically on the other end of the connection, and will then automatically add the received track to those streams. streamless tracks if no streams are specified, then the track is streamless. ...
...rack to those streams. streamless tracks if no streams are specified, then the track is streamless. this is perfectly acceptable, although it will be up to the remote peer to decide what stream to insert the track into, if any. this is a very common way to use addtrack() when building many types of simple applications, where only one stream is needed. for example, if all you're sharing with the remote peer is a single stream with an audio track and a video track, you don't need to deal with managing what track is in what stream, so you might as well just let the transceiver handle it for you. here's an example showing a function that uses getusermedia() to obtain a stream from a user's camera and microphone, then adds each track from the stream to the peer connection, without specifying a ...
...And 7 more matches

Box-shadow generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
; this.pointer = pointer; setmousetracking(node, updateslider.bind(this)); sliders[topic] = this; setvalue(topic, this.value); } var setbuttoncomponent = function setbuttoncomponent(node) { var type = node.getattribute('data-type'); var topic = node.getattribute('data-topic'); if (type === "sub") { node.textcontent = '-'; node.addeventlistener("click", function() { decrement(topic); }); } if (type === "add") { node.textcontent = '+'; node.addeventlistener("click", function() { increment(topic); }); } } var setinputcomponent = function setinputcomponent(node) { var topic = node.getattribute('data-topic'); var unit_type = node.getattribute('data-unit'); var input = document.createelement('input'); var unit = document.createelement(...
...lement('span'); unit.textcontent = unit_type; input.setattribute('type', 'text'); node.appendchild(input); node.appendchild(unit); input.addeventlistener('click', function(e) { this.select(); }); input.addeventlistener('change', function(e) { setvalue(topic, e.target.value | 0); }); subscribe(topic, function(value) { node.children[0].value = value; }); } var increment = function increment(topic) { var slider = sliders[topic]; if (slider === null || slider === undefined) return; if (slider.value + slider.step <= slider.max) { slider.value += slider.step; setvalue(slider.topic, slider.value) notify.call(slider); } }; var decrement = function decrement(topic) { var slider = sliders[topic]; if (slider === null || slider === undefined...
...= value; slider.pointer.style.left = pos - offset / 2 + "px"; slider.node.setattribute('data-value', value); notify.call(slider); } var setmousetracking = function setmousetracking(elem, callback) { elem.addeventlistener("mousedown", function(e) { callback(e); document.addeventlistener("mousemove", callback); }); document.addeventlistener("mouseup", function(e) { document.removeeventlistener("mousemove", callback); }); } var subscribe = function subscribe(topic, callback) { if (subscribers[topic] === undefined) subscribers[topic] = []; subscribers[topic].push(callback); } var unsubscribe = function unsubscribe(topic, callback) { subscribers[topic].indexof(callback); subscribers[topic].splice(index, 1); } var notify = function notify() { if (sub...
...And 7 more matches

The building blocks of responsive design - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
t mobile/tablet friendly, can be a lot more effort than just creating a separate mobile site or app, especially if it is a sprawling enterprise site. read more about responsive design advantages and disadvantages. you can also read our discussion on the basics of responsive design, if you need some more background information and basics. fluid grids the best place to start is with fluid measurements for our application layout — essentially, this means using a combination of percentages and ems/rems to size your containers and text, not fixed widths such as pixels. this has a lot of advantages in that the layout will adapt to different viewport dimensions. let's look at an example. we've written a simple-but-fun prototype for an application called snapshot, which takes a video stream f...
...: these weird x- elements may be unfamiliar; they are part of brick, mozilla's ui element library for mobile web apps. we have used brick to create the mobile layout for snapshot, which you will read more about below. to get these sitting side-by-side we have used the following rules: x-card { width: 100%; } x-card:nth-child(1), x-card:nth-child(2) { width: 30%; float: left; padding: 2rem; } x-card:nth-child(3) { width: 40%; float: left; height: 100%; overflow: auto; padding: 2rem; } so we're giving the first two columns a width of 30%, and the third a width of 40%, floating the columns all left. this way they end up side-by-side, and their proportions remain the same as the browser window size varies. this is just a simple grid example, but you can apply this principl...
...ns, naked and unstyled. because the size of replaced elements is dictated by the size of the media inserted into them, and the media is a fixed size, they explode out of their containing elements and make a mess of the layout. this is pretty horrible, but generally this kind of problem is easily fixed with some simple css: img, video { max-width: 100%; } this tells the replaced elements to remain constrained inside their container's widths, no matter what. however, if they aren't as wide as their containers, they will not stretch to fill them. in the snapshot example, we ended up with slightly different code: x-card:nth-child(1) video, x-card:nth-child(2) img { width: 100%; … } this is because in our case, we do in fact want the video and image to stretch to always fill their...
...And 7 more matches

passwords - Archive of obsolete content
interact with firefox's password manager to add, retrieve and remove stored credentials. usage a credential is the set of information a user supplies to authenticate herself with a service. typically a credential consists of a username and a password. using this module you can: search for credentials which have been stored in the password manager. you can then use the credentials to access their related service (for example, by logging into a web site). store credentials in the password manager. you can store different sorts of credentials, as outlined in the "credentials" section below. remove stored credentials from the password manager. credentials in this api, credentials are represented by objects. you create credential objects to pass into the api, and the ...
...word input in a form. omitted for add-on credentials and http authentication credentials. oncomplete function the callback function that is called once the function completes successfully. onerror function the callback function that is called if the function failed. the callback is passed an error argument: this is an nsiexception object. ...
...orm. omitted for add-on credentials and http authentication credentials. oncomplete function the callback function that is called once the function completes successfully. onerror function the callback function that is called if the function failed. the callback is passed an error argument: this is an nsiexception object. ...
...And 6 more matches

Enhanced Extension Installation - Archive of obsolete content
folder which tells the startup system that something has changed on the next restart. a copy of the xpi file the item was installed from is set aside since the xpinstall system cleans up the temporary file it hands to the extension system. if the item is not compatible, the extension system asks the appropriate update service (either the one specified by the item, or the default one) if there is remote compatibility information that supercedes the compatibility information held by the item. if there is, and this remote information makes it so that the item is now compatible with the running version of the application, the item is configured in the manner described above (metadata written, added to container). finalization for themes, the item is immediately installed fully, rather than awa...
...nts, defaults and chrome manifests. uninstallation, disabling, enabling these functions work on the same principle as installation - the user requests an action through the ui while the application is running and metadata is written (tobeuninstalled, tobedisabled, tobeenabled) and a .autoreg file created in the profile so that on the subsequent startup the extension system's startup routine can remove files (in the uninstall case) and write a new extensions.ini file listing the directories for the currently "active" items. ("active" items are items that are enabled.) a whole new world install locations we have several targets for where items can be installed. these include: the application profile directory <profile>/extensions/ the application install directory <application>/extensi...
... is written from the current state of the cache. the pending operations list is used by the install operation finalization routine (|_finishoperations|) to get a list of items that are to be operated on. since all metadata is now stored in the profile directory, there is no longer any need for special extension system handling of the -register command line flag, so support for that has been removed. datasource structure since there is now only a single rdf/xml datasource for storage of all installed items, the staggered datasource structure used by firefox 1.0 and the use of an internal composite datasource is no longer required. the extension system retains an object implementing nsirdfdatasource (so that it can supply special properties in addition to the set stored simply in the xm...
...And 6 more matches

Template Logging - Archive of obsolete content
g error, or simply that there shouldn't be any data anyway. fortunately, some debugging and logging support is provided with templates that may help. logging template results there are two main ways in which template errors may be detected. the first debugging method involves logging all new results that apply to the template due to the data changing as well as logging results that are changed or removed. in addition, each result generated when the template is first created and initialized is logged. this logging of result changes is not done by default; it must be enabled with a flag. <vbox datasources="..." flags="logging"/> the flags attribute on the root element of the template should include the logging flag. if other flags are used as well, separate them with spaces. enabling logging w...
...with a flag. <vbox datasources="..." flags="logging"/> the flags attribute on the root element of the template should include the logging flag. if other flags are used as well, separate them with spaces. enabling logging will output details to the error console for each result. the error console can be found on the firefox tools menu. this logging of results can be very useful for debugging, but remember to remove this flag when you have finished and the template works correctly, as the logging can take up extra time that is not necessary when the template is working. each result is logged in a form much like the following: in template with id root using ref http://www.some-fictitious-zoo.com/birds new active result for query 2 matching rule 1: http://www.some-fictitious-zoo.com/birds/empero...
...ddition, this result matches the first <rule> of query 2. this information may be used to determine if results are not matching the correct rules. if you, for example, were expecting rule 2 to match, examine the rules and ensure that the logic is correct. the final piece of information is the phrase 'new active result'. this indicates first, that this is a new result, as opposed to a result being removed, and second, that this result is 'active'. being active means that the result is not being overridden by an earlier query. as this example implies multiple queries are being used, we can determine that the first query did not provide a result with the given id, and that the result from the second query is used instead. this allows us to narrow down what query and rule is being used to generat...
...And 6 more matches

Textbox (XPFE autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
this should be one of the characters that appears in the label attribute for the element. alwaysopenpopup obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 type: boolean note: applies to: thunderbird and seamonkeyif...
...ears. for an editable menuitem element the value of this attribute is copied to the menulist.value property upon user selection of the menuitem. maxlength type: integer the maximum number of characters that the textbox allows to be entered. maxrows type: integer the number of rows to show in the results list at a time. a scrollbar will appear so the user can scroll through the remaining items. minresultsforpopup obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 type: integer the minimum number of results that must be returned for the popup to be displayed. the default value is 1. a zero value will always open the popup unless the textbox is empty. this can be used to display additional items that are not autocomplete results. as of gecko 1.9.1, this attribute is now alw...
... for more information about autocomplete textboxes, see the autocomplete documentation (xpfe [thunderbird/seamonkey]) (firefox) number a textbox that only allows the user to enter numbers. in addition, arrow buttons appear next to the textbox to let the user step through values. there are several attributes that allow the number textbox to be configured, including decimalplaces, min, max, increment, wraparound, hidespinbuttons, and textbox.value. password a textbox that hides what is typed, used for entering passwords. search a textbox intended for searching. the command event will fire as the user modifies the value. a listener for the command event should update search results. if the searchbutton attribute is set to true, the command event is only fired if the user presses th...
...And 6 more matches

Tree View Details - Archive of obsolete content
the same level. this function is used, specifically, to draw the nesting lines along the side of the tree. the getparentindex method is expected to return the parent row of a given row, that is, the row before it with a lower nesting value. all of these methods must be implemented by the view for children to be handled properly. containers there are also three functions, iscontainer, iscontainerempty and iscontaineropen that are used to handle a parent item in the tree. the iscontainer method should return true if a row is a container and might contain children. the iscontainerempty method should return true if a row is an empty container, for instance, a directory with no files in it. the iscontaineropen method is used to determine which items are opened and closed. the view is requi...
... a container may be rendered differently than a non-container. for instance, a container may have a folder icon beside it. a style sheet may be used to style items based on various properties such as whether a row is open. this is described in a later section. ...
...ecko 2.0), custom nsitreeview implementations must be prepared to handle a call to toggleopenstate for any row index which returns true for a call to iscontainer, regardless of whether the container is empty. review of the methods here is a review of the methods needed to implement hierarchical views: getlevel(row) hasnextsibling(row, afterindex) getparentindex(row) iscontainer(row) iscontainerempty(row) iscontaineropen(row) toggleopenstate(row) the afterindex argument to hasnextsibling function is used as optimization to only start looking for the next sibling after that point. for instance, the caller might already know where the next sibling might possibly be. imagine a situation where a row had subrows and those subrows had child rows of their own and several are open. it could take...
...And 6 more matches

Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
presents its certificate to the client to authenticate the server's identity. the authentication process uses public-key encryption and digital signatures to confirm that the server is in fact the server it claims to be. once the server has been authenticated, the client and server use techniques of symmetric-key encryption, which is very fast, to encrypt all the information they exchange for the remainder of the session and to detect any tampering that may have occurred. servers may optionally be configured to require client authentication as well as server authentication. in this case, after server authentication is successfully completed, the client must also present its certificate to the server to authenticate the client's identity before the encrypted ssl session can be established. f...
...kes it possible to encrypt email messages. this is also important for some business users. however, using encryption for email requires careful planning. if the recipient of encrypted email messages loses his or her private key and does not have access to a backup copy of the key, for example, the encrypted messages can never be decrypted. single sign-on network users are frequently required to remember multiple passwords for the various services they use. for example, a user might have to type a different password to log into the network, collect email, use directory services, use the corporate calendar program, and access various servers. multiple passwords are an ongoing headache for both users and system administrators. users have difficulty keeping track of different passwords, tend to...
... to the customer's accounts. a company might give a new employee a client ssl certificate that allows the company's servers to identify that employee and authorize access to the company's servers. server ssl certificates. used to identify servers to clients via ssl (server authentication). server authentication may be used with or without client authentication. server authentication is a requirement for an encrypted ssl session. for more information, see "ssl protocol". example: internet sites that engage in electronic commerce (commonly known as e-commerce) usually support certificate-based server authentication, at a minimum, to establish an encrypted ssl session and to assure customers that they are dealing with a web site identified with a particular company. the encrypted ssl ses...
...And 6 more matches

Archived JavaScript Reference - Archive of obsolete content
obsolete javascript features and unmaintained docs arguments.callerthe obsolete arguments.caller property used to provide the function that invoked the currently executing function. this property has been removed and no longer works.array comprehensionsthe array comprehension syntax was a javascript expression which allowed you to quickly assemble a new array based on an existing one. however, it has been removed from the standard and the firefox implementation. do not use it!array.observe()the array.observe() method was used for asynchronously observing changes to arrays, similar to object.observe() for objects. it provided a stream of changes in order of occurrence. it's equivalent to object.observe() invoked with the accept type list ["add", "update", "delete", "splice"]. however, this...
...andard and the firefox implementation. do not use it!array.observe()the array.observe() method was used for asynchronously observing changes to arrays, similar to object.observe() for objects. it provided a stream of changes in order of occurrence. it's equivalent to object.observe() invoked with the accept type list ["add", "update", "delete", "splice"]. however, this api has been deprecated and removed from browsers. you can use the more general proxy object instead.array.unobserve()the array.unobserve() method was used to remove observers set by array.observe(), but has been deprecated and removed from browsers. you can use the more general proxy object instead.arraybuffer.transfer()the static arraybuffer.transfer() method returns a new arraybuffer whose contents have been taken from the o...
... function syntax for writing simple functions.for each...inthe for each...in statement iterates a specified variable over all values of object's properties. for each distinct property, a specified statement is executed.function.aritynot part of any standard.function.prototype.isgenerator()the non-standard isgenerator() method used to determine whether or not a function is a generator. it has been removed from firefox starting with version 58.generator comprehensionsthe generator comprehension syntax was a javascript expression which allowed you to quickly assemble a new generator function based on an existing iterable object. however, it has been removed from the standard and the firefox implementation. do not use it!handler.enumerate()the handler.enumerate() method used to be a trap for for.
...And 6 more matches

Styling links - Learn web development
mlelement.focus()) — this is styled using the :focus pseudo class. active: a link when it is being activated (e.g. clicked on), styled using the :active pseudo class. default styles the following example illustrates what a link will behave like by default (the css is simply enlarging and centering the text to make it stand out more.) <p><a href="#">a simple link</a></p> p { font-size: 2rem; text-align: center; } note: all the links in the examples in this page are fake links — a # (hash, or pound sign) is put in place of the real url. this is because if the real links were included, clicking on them would break the examples (you'd end up with an error, or a page loaded in the embedded example that you couldn't get back from.) # just links to the current page. you'll notic...
...ll write out our empty rulesets: a { } a:link { } a:visited { } a:focus { } a:hover { } a:active { } this order is important because the link styles build on one another, for example the styles in the first rule will apply to all the subsequent ones, and when a link is being activated, it is also being hovered over. if you put these in the wrong order, things won't work properly. ...
...the styles in the first rule will apply to all the subsequent ones, and when a link is being activated, it is also being hovered over. if you put these in the wrong order, things won't work properly. to remember the order, you could try using a mnemonic like love fears hate. ...
...And 6 more matches

Index - Learn web development
we'll probably add to this resource as time goes on. 51 cooperative asynchronous javascript: timeouts and intervals animation, beginner, codingscripting, guide, intervals, javascript, loops, asynchronous, requestanimationframe, setinterval, settimeout, timeouts this tutorial looks at the traditional methods javascript has available ...
..., you are expected to use the bouncing balls demo from the previous article as a starting point, and add some new and interesting features to it. 66 inheritance in javascript article, beginner, codingscripting, constructor, function, getter, inheritance, javascript, learn, oojs, oop, object, object member, prototype, extends, l10n:priority, setter this article has covered the remainder of the core oojs theory and syntax that we think you should know now. at this point you should understand javascript object and oop basics, prototypes and prototypal inheritance, how to create classes (constructors) and object instances, add features to classes, and create subclasses that inherit from other classes. 67 javascript object basics api, article, beginner, codingsc...
...ber" game, step by step. 77 arrays arrays, article, beginner, codingscripting, javascript, join, learn, pop, push, l10n:priority, shift, split, unshift in the final article of this module, we'll look at arrays — a neat way of storing a list of data items under a single variable name. here we look at why this is useful, then explore how to create an array, retrieve, add, and remove items stored in an array, and more besides. 78 basic math in javascript — numbers and operators article, beginner, codingscripting, guide, javascript, learn, math, operators, augmented, increment, l10n:priority, maths, modulo in this article we have covered the fundamental information you need to know about numbers in javascript, for now. you'll see numbers used again an...
...And 6 more matches

Introduction to automated testing - Learn web development
piling nascent javascript features for maximum cross-browser reach, and so on. use a browser automation system like selenium to run specific tests on installed browsers and return results, alerting you to failures in browsers as they crop up. commercial cross-browser testing apps like lambdatest, sauce labs, browserstack, and testingbot are based on selenium, but allow you to access their set up remotely using a simple interface, saving you the hassle of setting up your own testing system. we will look at how to set up your own selenium-based testing system in the next article. in this article, we'll look at how to set up a task runner, and use the basic functionality of commercial systems like the ones mentioned above. note: the above two categories are not mutually exclusive. it is pos...
...e() function to pass that source to another command to do something else with. we can chain as many of these together as we want. we first run htmltidy() on the source, which goes through and fixes errors in our file. the second pipe() function writes the output html file to the build directory. in the input version of the file, you may have noticed that we put an empty <p> element; htmltidy has removed this by the time the output file has been created. autoprefixer and css-lint install using the following lines: npm install --save-dev gulp-autoprefixer npm install --save-dev gulp-csslint add the following dependencies to gulpfile.js: const autoprefixer = require('gulp-autoprefixer'); const csslint = require('gulp-csslint'); add the following test to the bottom of gulpfile.js: ...
...(); } here we grab our style.css file, run csslint on it (which outputs a list of any errors in your css to the terminal), then runs it through autoprefixer to add any prefixes needed to make nascent css features run in older browsers. at the end of the pipe chain, we output our modified prefixed css to the build directory. ...
...And 6 more matches

Mozilla’s UAAG evaluation report
ation report covers nightly builds of the mozilla web browser itself, running on windows 2000, as of february 20, 2002. we are claiming to support html 4, css 2, png, jpg and gif. this evaluation does not cover mailnews or composer. there may be accessibility and customizability features not listed here. a very good resource is the customizing document. ...
...e accessibility and customizability features not listed here. a very good resource is the customizing document. when filing mozilla bugs based on uaag requirements, please use bug 24413 as the uaag meta bug. checkpoint information (same scaled used on w3c's uaag implementation reports pages) rating scale c: complete implementation vg: very good implementation, almost all requirements satisfied g: good implementation, most important requirements satisfied p: poor implementation, some requirements satisfied and/or difficult for user to access feature ni: not implemented nr: not rated na: not applicable document under construction guideline 1. support input and output device-independence. checkpoint title status notes/plans...
... most browsers do not allow the user to select text with the keyboard alone. we intend to do this with a caret browsing feature. 1.2 activate event handlers. ...
...And 6 more matches

Eclipse CDT
introduction eclipse cdt (c/c++ development tools) is an open-source ide for c and c++ development with advanced code assistance (inheritance/call graph explorer, jump to definition, refactoring, autocomplete, syntax highlighting, and so on). system requirements eclipse will use a lot of memory to fully index the mozilla source tree to provide code assistance features (easily 4 gb of ram, although this will drop to just over 1 gb if you restart after indexing is complete). therefore, it is not recommended for use if your machine only has 4 gb of ram. installing eclipse regarding llvm4eclipsecdt, do not install or select this toolchain for mozilla development. this plugin is intended mainly for managed projects but we use an unmanaged project for mozilla (since it has its own bui...
...nd that any changes you make may be ignored if they conflict with existing bindings, or if they are overridden by a binding for a more specific context. for example, changing the find next command to cmd-g/ctrl-g is not sufficient. for that to work you also either need to find the existing bindings for that key combination (using the bindings column to sort by key combination helps with this) and remove them, or else you need to make your binding very specific by setting the "when" field to "c/c++ editor" instead of the more general "editing text". opening files you can quickly open a file by name using cmd-shift-r/ctrl-shift-r. although eclipse doesn't do fuzzy matching when you type a file name, it does allow you to use wildcards. to quickly switch between a source file and its header fi...
...thod you searched for will be highlighted (you may need to scroll to it) - double click to see its definition. the results for "quick type hierarchy" will only show those classes in the inheritance tree that override the method. double click on a class to go straight to its override's definition. building from eclipse in short, don't do this. eclipse doesn't have good facilities for building incrementally in individual directories in the way that mozilla developers generally require. more importantly, unless you're willing to screw up eclipse's code assistance (in which case why bother using eclipse) you're going to have to set eclipse's "build" step to do a very slow, non-parallel, full rebuild. (see the "code assistance" section above for why.) nevertheless, if you understand the above w...
...And 6 more matches

Release phase
here, we'll continue to stay true to the original intent of this guide and only present you with the technical information you need to become an official release. we'll primarily focus on getting your release repository setup and the mercurial commands you'll need to know to use that repository. for more information on the release part of the l10n process, visit the mozilla wiki here. ...
...ing your connection protocols. configuration before you try pushing, you need to tell ssh which username you wish to use for connecting with hg.mozilla.org. this should be your mozilla ldap account name. add the following lines to your ~/.ssh/config file, replacing user@host.domain with your mozilla ldap account name: host hg.mozilla.org user user@host.domain if you have already cloned the remote repository using the http protocol using this command: $ hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/l10n-central/x-testing then you will need to edit the .hg/hgrc file (inside the x-testing local clone) to tell mercurial to push using ssh. your .hg/hgrc file shoud look like this (add the emphasized line): [paths] default = hg.mozilla.org/releases/l10n-central/x-testing default-push = ssh://hg.mo...
...mozilla.org/releases/l10n-central/x-testing then you will need to edit the .hg/hgrc file (inside the x-testing local clone) to tell mercurial to push using ssh. ...
...And 6 more matches

Memory reporting
g a memory reporter. and please ask nnethercote to co-review any memory reporter patch. mozilla code has infrastructure that lets different parts of the code report on their memory usage. this is most obviously used in about:memory and telemetry. this document describes things that you should know when writing a memory reporter. memory reporters a memory reporter makes one or more memory measurements (a.k.a. reports). each reporter implements a collectreports function which takes a nsimemoryreportercallback argument; for each measurement the reporter must pass in several values, including: a path (which identifies the report); an amount (the most important thing); a unit (most commonly bytes, but sometimes a unitless count or percentage); a description of what is measured. see ...
... two ways to measure memory reporters can be divided into the two following kinds. ...
...fies the report); an amount (the most important thing); a unit (most commonly bytes, but sometimes a unitless count or percentage); a description of what is measured. see the nsimemoryreporter documentation and nsimemoryreporter.idl for full details. making measurements nsimemoryreporter provides the high-level interface for a memory reporter, but the heart of a memory reporter is the measurement of the "amount". two ways to measure memory reporters can be divided into the two following kinds. traversal-based reporters traverse one or more data structures and measure the size of all the allocated blocks in the data structure. counter-based reporters maintain a counter that is incremented on each relevant allocation and decremented on each relevant deallocation. traversal-based ...
...And 6 more matches

NSS API Guidelines
some data from the arena; this may overlap the chunk thread b has. boom! threadmark code notes the thread id, whenever an arena is marked, and disallows any allocations or marks by any other thread. (frees are allowed.) the arena_destructor_list preprocessor definition, and the code it encloses, are an effort to make the following work together: arenas, letting you allocate stuff and then removing them all at once lazy creation of pure-memory objects from asn.1 blobs, for example use of nsspkixcertificate doesn't drag all the code in for all constituent objects, unless they're actually being used our agressive pointer-tracking facility all these are useful, but they don't combine well. now some of the pointer-tracking pressure has eased off, we can drop its use when it becomes too...
...ept classname can be used in other object files. secport_add_pointer(classname, pointer) - add pointer as a valid pointer for classclassname. this is usually called by a create function. secport_verify_pointer(classname, pointer, secerror, returnvalue)- check if a given pointer really belongs to the requested class. if it doesn't set the error secerror and return the value returnvalue. secport_remove_pointer(classname, pointer) - remove a pointer from the valid list. usually called by a destroy function. finally, error logging should be added an documented when debug is turned on. interfaces for these are in nspr. thread safety code developed using the nss apis needs to make use of thread safety features. first to examine is object creation and deletion. object creation is usually n...
...reated. exceptions to this include objects which are created on the fly, or as global objects. deletion, on the other hand, may be trickier. threads may be referencing the object at the same time a another thread tries to delete it. the semantics depend on the way the application uses the object, also how and when the application wants to destroy it. for some data structures, this problem can be removed by protected reference counting. the object does not disappear until all users have released it. next we examine global data, including function local static structures. just initialized, and never to be changed global data, does not need to protection from mutexes. we should also determine if global data should be moved to a session context (see session context and global effects below). ...
...And 6 more matches

JSAPI User Guide
all of these functions, classes, and variables are stored as properties of the global object. a minimal example each of the three key elements described in the previous section requires a few jsapi calls: the runtime: use js_newruntime to create it and js_destroyruntime to clean it up when you're done. when your application is done with spidermonkey altogether, use js_shutdown to free any remaining cached resources. (this is a mere nicety if the process is about to exit anyway. but as that is not always the case, calling js_shutdown is a good habit to get into.) the context: use js_newcontext and js_destroycontext. for maximum ecmascript standard compliance, applications should also use js_setoptions to enable jsoption_varobjfix. to get the latest javascript language features, a...
...is likely due to a gc-related error. the application must ensure that the garbage collector can reach all the objects, numbers, and strings that are still being used. otherwise, the gc will free the memory occupied by those values, leading to a probable crash the next time your program tries to use them. there are many ways to ensure that a value is gc-reachable. ...
...if these values must not be accessible from javascript, use reserved slots instead. ...
...And 6 more matches

SpiderMonkey 1.8.8
platforms the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 1.8.8 the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. the jsresolve_classname and jsresolve_with resolve flags (passed to jsclass.resolve when jsclass.flags contains jsclass_new_resolve) have been removed. spidermonkey 1.8.8 is not binary-compatible with previous releases, nor is it source-code compatible. many jsapi types, functions, and callback signatures have changed, though most of them still have the same names and do the same things. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are easy to detect and updating the ...
... them still have the same names and do the same things. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are easy to detect and updating the code is a fairly straightforward job. here is a list of the most significant changes. a significant number of typedefs of built-in types, or of types which are now standardized, have been removed. these and other changes are explained in detail below. new javascript language features javascript 1.8.8 includes significant updates to language features, yo. typedef changes many types have been removed from the jsapi and replaced with simpler alternatives. including jsapi.h provides all these types, but more-specific headers also provide these types if you wish to use them in other code...
...studio 2010 and later) is only invoked for those compilers. otherwise <stdint.h> is used. the environment variable is provided as a solution for embedders whose code requires particular definitions of those types, and those particular definitions are incompatible with the standard definitions or the custom implementation needed for older versions of visual studio. ...
...And 6 more matches

Observer Notifications
y for a while. the notification is not repeated during a continuous inactivity period. windows these topics indicate points of interest during the lifetime of a window. topic subject description dom-window-destroyed nsidomwindow called just before a dom window is destroyed. inner-window-destroyed nsidomwindow called when an inner window is removed from the backward/forward cache. see working with bfcache for information about the bfcache, and inner and outer windows for details about how the window hierarchy works. extensions that cache information about windows may wish to observe this so they can release information when the window is destroyed. the window id can be obtained from subject.queryinterface(components.interfaces.nsisuppo...
...after a top level xul window is registered with the window mediator service. xul-window-visible nsiappwindow called just after a xul window is made visible. browsing-context-discarded browsingcontext called while a browsingcontext is being discarded. by this point, the browsingcontext will have been detached from its browsingcontextgroup and parent windowcontext, and removed from any browsingcontext tree it was a part of. this is sent before browsingcontext::closed() is updated. window-global-created windowglobalparent called just after a windowglobalparent is initialized. a windowglobal actor has a lifetime matching that of an nsglobalwindowinner. window-global-destroyed windowglobalparent called just before a windowglobalparent is ...
...ter a windowglobalparent is initialized. a windowglobal actor has a lifetime matching that of an nsglobalwindowinner. window-global-destroyed windowglobalparent called just before a windowglobalparent is destroyed. by this point, the wgp being destroyed will have cleaned up most of its state, including its browsingcontext children and jswindowactors. additionally, it will have been removed from any windowcontext tree it was part of. io notifications these topics can be used to watch the io service for useful information. topic description offline-requested called to query whether the application can go offline. the attempt to go offline can be canceled. note: if your code chooses to cancel the attempt to go offline, it must notify the user. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsICommandLine
1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) components may implement the nsicommandlinehandler interface to add custom command line handling behavior. ...
... form, these are preceded by a single dash. some flags may take parameters; for example: "-url <param>" or "-install-xpi <param>". method overview long findflag(in astring aflag, in boolean acasesensitive); astring getargument(in long aindex); boolean handleflag(in astring aflag, in boolean acasesensitive); astring handleflagwithparam(in astring aflag, in boolean acasesensitive); void removearguments(in long astart, in long aend); nsifile resolvefile(in astring aargument); nsiuri resolveuri(in astring aargument); attributes attribute type description length long number of arguments in the command line. the application name is not part of the command line. read only. preventdefault boolean there may be a command-line handler which performs a default action if there wa...
... handler which performs a default action if there was no explicit action on the command line (open a default browser window, for example). this flag allows the default action to be prevented. state unsigned long the type of command line being processed. see state constants. read only. windowcontext nsidomwindow a window to be targeted by this command line. in most cases, this will be null (xremote will sometimes set this attribute). read only. workingdirectory nsifile the working directory for this command line. use this property instead of the working directory for the current process, since a redirected command line may have had a different working directory. read only. constants state constants constant value description state_initial_launch 0 the first launch of the applic...
...And 6 more matches

nsIDOMWindowUtils
t aleftsize, in boolean aignorerootscrollframe, in boolean aflushlayout); void processupdates(); obsolete since gecko 13.0 void purgepccounts(); unsigned long redraw([optional] in unsigned long acount); void renderdocument(in nsconstrect arect, in pruint32 aflags, in nscolor abackgroundcolor, in gfxcontext athebescontext); native code only! ...
...this state is not the same as ime-mode: disabled. ime_status_enabled 1 users can use all functions of ime. this state is same as ime-mode: normal. ime_status_password 2 users cannot use most ime functions. on gtk2, users can use "simple ime" which only suppo...
...s set, the selection is set from aoffset + alength to aoffset. select_character 0 select_cluster 1 select_word 2 select_line 3 select_beginline 4 select_endline 5 select_paragraph 6 select_wordnospace 7 agent_sheet 0 a possible type of a style sheet loaded/removed with loadsheet()/removesheet(). see css2 specification for details. user_sheet 1 a possible type of a style sheet loaded/removed with loadsheet()/removesheet(). see css2 specification for details. author_sheet 2 a possible type of a style sheet loaded/removed with loadsheet()/removesheet(). see css2 specification for details. methods activatenativemenu...
...And 6 more matches

nsINavHistoryResultViewer
toolkit/components/places/public/nsinavhistoryservice.idlscriptable lets nsinavhistoryresult instances notify places views of changes in the results. removed in gecko 2.0 and replaced with the nsinavhistoryresultobserver interface, which is similar but allows multiple clients to observe the result at once. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 obsolete gecko 2.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. note: most methods in this interface were renamed in gecko 1.9.2,...
...eywordchanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewkeyword); void nodemoved(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode aoldparent, in unsigned long aoldindex, in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode anewparent, in unsigned long anewindex); void nodetitlechanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewtitle); void noderemoved(in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode aparent, in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in unsigned long aoldindex); void nodetagschanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode); void nodeurichanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewuri); void nodereplaced(in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode parent, in nsinavhistoryresultnode olditem, in nsinavhistoryresultnod...
...inavhistoryresultnode anode, in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode aoldparent, in unsigned long aoldindex, in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode anewparent, in unsigned long anewindex ); parameters anode the moved item. aoldparent the item's old parent. aoldindex the item's index in the old parent. anewparent the item's new parent. anewindex the item's index in the new parent. remarks at the moment, this method is called only when an item is moved within the same container. when an item is moved between containers, a new node is created for the item, and the itemremoved/itemadded methods are used. nodetitlechanged() called right after the title of a node has changed. void nodetitlechanged( in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewtitle ); parameters ...
...And 6 more matches

Component; nsIPrefBranch
n string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, [iid_is(atype), retval] out nsqiresult avalue); long getintpref(in string aprefname,requires gecko 54 [optional] in long adefaultvalue); long getpreftype(in string aprefname); void lockpref(in string aprefname); boolean prefhasuservalue(in string aprefname); boolean prefislocked(in string aprefname); void removeobserver(in string adomain, in nsiobserver aobserver); void resetbranch(in string astartingat); void setboolpref(in string aprefname, in long avalue); void setcharpref(in string aprefname, in string avalue); requires gecko 58 void setstringpref(in string aprefname, in utf8string avalue); void setcomplexvalue(in string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, i...
...ver. clearuserpref() called to clear a user set value from a specific preference. this will, in effect, reset the value to the default value. if no default value exists the preference will cease to exist. note: this method does nothing if the prefbranch it is called on is a default branch. void clearuserpref( in string aprefname ); parameters aprefname the preference to be cleared. remarks note: prior to gecko 6.0, this method would throw an exception if there was no user value set for the specified preference. now, this method never throws. instead, it simply does nothing. deletebranch() called to remove all of the preferences referenced by this branch. note: this method can be called on either a default or user branch but, in effect, always operates on both. void delet...
... getboolpref() called to get the state of an individual boolean preference. boolean getboolpref( in string aprefname, [optional] in boolean adefaultvalue ); parameters aprefname the boolean preference to get the state of. ...
...And 6 more matches

Deprecated tools - Firefox Developer Tools
over the course of devtools development, we have added several experimental panels to try out new ideas. not all of these have had wide adoption, and due to the cost of maintenance, seldom used panels are eventually removed. we have created this list of deprecated or removed panels. this page documents the deprecated panels and the bugs that track their removal. although these panels have been removed, you still have access to the old code, and there are alternative webextensions that you can try to get similar functionality. when we deprecate a panel, we begin by getting feedback from the community to determine the impact of removing that panel. once we have decided to remove the panel, we will provide a warning message, and finally, we will remove the panel from the codebase. you may se...
... description scratchpad provided an environment for experimenting with javascript code. you can write, run, and examine the result of code that interacts with the web page. ...
... description scratchpad provided an environment for experimenting with javascript code. you can write, run, and examine the result of code that interacts with the web page. ...
...And 6 more matches

RTCConfiguration - Web APIs
instantiating a connection, or used with the rtcpeerconnection.getconfiguration() and rtcpeerconnection.setconfiguration() methods, which allow inspecting and changing the configuration while a connection is established. the options include ice server and transport settings and identity information. properties bundlepolicy optional specifies how to handle negotiation of candidates when the remote peer is not compatible with the sdp bundle standard. this must be one of the values from the enum rtcbundlepolicy. if this value isn't included in the dictionary, "balanced" is assumed. certificates optional an array of objects of type rtccertificate which are used by the connection for authentication. if this property isn't specified, a set of certificates is generated automatically for eac...
...the policy isn't specified, all is assumed by default, allowing all candidates to be considered. a value of relay limits the candidates to those relayed through another server, such as a stun or turn server. peeridentity optional a domstring which specifies the target peer identity for the rtcpeerconnection. if this value is set (it defaults to null), the rtcpeerconnection will not connect to a remote peer unless it can successfully authenticate with the given name. rtcpmuxpolicy optional the rtcp mux policy to use when gathering ice candidates, in order to support non-multiplexed rtcp. the value must be one of those from the rtcrtcpmuxpolicy enum. the default is "require". constants rtcbundlepolicy enum the rtcbundlepolicy enum defines string constants which are used to request a spe...
...with the given name. rtcpmuxpolicy optional the rtcp mux policy to use when gathering ice candidates, in order to support non-multiplexed rtcp. the value must be one of those from the rtcrtcpmuxpolicy enum. the default is "require". ...
...And 6 more matches

Video player styling basics - Developer guides
. note: in some cases some basic css is omitted from the code examples here as its use is either obvious or not specifically relevant to styling the video player. ...
...s omitted from the code examples here as its use is either obvious or not specifically relevant to styling the video player. ...
...re as its use is either obvious or not specifically relevant to styling the video player. ...
...And 6 more matches

A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
for stuff like: 0.1 + 0.2 == 0.30000000000000004; in practice, integer values are treated as 32-bit ints, and some implementations even store it that way until they are asked to perform an instruction that's valid on a number but not on a 32-bit integer. this can be important for bit-wise operations. the standard arithmetic operators are supported, including addition, subtraction, modulus (or remainder) arithmetic, and so forth. there's also a built-in object that we did not mention earlier called math that provides advanced mathematical functions and constants: math.sin(3.5); var circumference = 2 * math.pi * r; you can convert a string to an integer using the built-in parseint() function. this takes the base for the conversion as an optional second argument, which you should always p...
...een the case since 2013 or so. unless you're certain of your string format, you can get surprising results on those older browsers: parseint('010'); // 8 parseint('0x10'); // 16 here, we see the parseint() function treat the first string as octal due to the leading 0, and the second string as hexadecimal due to the leading "0x". the hexadecimal notation is still in place; only octal has been removed. if you want to convert a binary number to an integer, just change the base: parseint('11', 2); // 3 similarly, you can parse floating point numbers using the built-in parsefloat() function. unlike its parseint() cousin, parsefloat() always uses base 10. you can also use the unary + operator to convert values to numbers: + '42'; // 42 + '010'; // 10 + '0x10'; // 16 a special value ...
...ript, blocks do not have scope; only functions have a scope. so if a variable is defined using var in a compound statement (for example inside an if control structure), it will be visible to the entire function. however, starting with ecmascript 2015, let and const declarations allow you to create block-scoped variables. operators javascript's numeric operators are +, -, *, / and % which is the remainder operator (which is the same as modulo.) values are assigned using =, and there are also compound assignment statements such as += and -=. these extend out to x = x operator y. x += 5; x = x + 5; you can use ++ and -- to increment and decrement respectively. these can be used as a prefix or postfix operators. the + operator also does string concatenation: 'hello' + ' world'; // "hello w...
...And 6 more matches

Intercepting Page Loads - Archive of obsolete content
browser window. it is full of useful functions, so you should always keep it in mind when you want to handle tabs and web content windows. attaching the load event handler to gbrowser allows us to listen to these events for all tabs, without having to worry how many tabs are open. gbrowser exists in every browser window. we store the handler function in a private variable because later we want to remove it when we do not need it anymore. gbrowser.removeeventlistener("load", this._loadhandler, true); finally, the actual code for the handler, which is very simple: _onpageload : function(event) { // this is the content document of the loaded page. let doc = event.originaltarget; if (doc instanceof htmldocument) { // is this an inner frame? if (doc.defaultview.frameelement) { ...
... get and modify the response text before it gets to the original requester. you won't be able to make dom modifications like with the load events, since these notifications are triggered before the response arrives and is parsed into dom tree, so this is not the best approach for the typical greasemonkey-style extensions. notes on usage: efficiency is very important when adding http observers. remember that your observe method will be called for every http request made by firefox, usually several dozen per page visit. in the previous example, one of the first things we do is check if the url is of interest to us, otherwise we let it go. avoid heavy, time-consuming operations, or the user's browsing experience will become exasperating. . you have to take into account that a page load may ...
... or the user's browsing experience will become exasperating. . you have to take into account that a page load may involve several http requests, specially when redirects are involved. if you enter gmail.com in your browser, you will probably be redirected a few times before reaching the page that actually displays any content. all of these "hops" will involve a call to your observer. . the aforementioned observer notifications page has more information about these notifications and links to other useful documentation. webprogresslisteners when used in the chrome, this is a more sophisticated way of intercepting and modifying the various stages in page loads. but of course, there's always a price to pay: web progress listeners in the chrome are attached to specific instances of the brows...
...And 5 more matches

Setting up an extension development environment - Archive of obsolete content
xtended guide on how to set up even more user profiles, take a look at multiple firefox profiles. this particularly comes in handy for the use of all currently available firefox versions. it even allows the running of simultaneous versions, at the same time. to quickly achieve our task of creating just a developer profile, we will start the application with the parameters: /path/to/firefox -no-remote -p profilename without these parameters, the default behavior of your mozilla applications is to only open the everyday user profile: named default. as we are specifically defining the user profile dev, if you don't have the dev profile already created, the profile selection window opens, where you can create it. in the following example, the described command starts a new instance of firefo...
.... as we are specifically defining the user profile dev, if you don't have the dev profile already created, the profile selection window opens, where you can create it. in the following example, the described command starts a new instance of firefox, with a profile called dev; even if an instance of firefox is already running. ...
... profile already created, the profile selection window opens, where you can create it. in the following example, the described command starts a new instance of firefox, with a profile called dev; even if an instance of firefox is already running. ...
...And 5 more matches

Search Extension Tutorial (Draft) - Archive of obsolete content
adverse user experience. due to the large volume of user complaints regarding hidden settings being changed against their will, and not being restored after the add-ons responsible are disabled, mozilla will take any steps necessary to mitigate the impact of offending add-ons. in particular, changing the location bar search keyword url in a way which is not automatically reset when the add-on is removed will result in a reset prompt for users. other settings violations designed to restrict user choice will result in stronger action, such as blacklisting of the add-ons in question. the most technically sound method of achieving this, and the only acceptable way of changing preferences such that they are automatically restored on add-on uninstall, is to make such changes in the default prefere...
...es if the values have not been changed // in the meantime. for (let [name, [origvalue, value]] in iterator(savedprefs)) { if (defaultprefs.getcharpref(name) == value) defaultprefs.setcharpref(name, origvalue); } } function install() {} function uninstall() {} changing the default search engine this change comes in two parts: 1) installing a new search engine (and removing it when your extension is disabled), and 2) setting it as a default (and restoring the previous default when your extension is uninstalled). adding a new search engine search engines may be added either directly via an api call, or indirectly via an xml description file. while the former is the simpler method, it does not support complex descriptions containing suggestion urls or separate ke...
...t it if (selectsearch && !engine.hidden) { services.search.moveengine(engine, 0); services.search.currentengine = engine; } } function shutdown(data, reason) { // clean up the search engine on uninstall or disabled. if (reason == addon_uninstall || reason == addon_disable) { let engine = services.search.getenginebyname(engine_details.name); // only remove the engine if it appears to be the same one we // added. if (engine && engine.getsubmission("_searchterms_").uri.spec == engine_details.url) services.search.removeengine(engine); } } function install() {} function uninstall() {} the complex method requires two files, an xml search description file and a javascript file to register the engine. in non-restartles...
...And 5 more matches

textbox (Toolkit autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablekeynavigation type: boolean if this attribute is not used, the user can navigate to specific items within the element by pressing keys corresponding to letters in the item's label. this is done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. note: for seamonkey 2.0 and all versions of thunderbird prior to 3.0 you also need to provide the disablehistory attribute. enablehistory new in thunderbird 1requires seamonkey 2.0 type: boolean if true, an arrow button will appear on the end of...
...ears. for an editable menuitem element the value of this attribute is copied to the menulist.value property upon user selection of the menuitem. maxlength type: integer the maximum number of characters that the textbox allows to be entered. maxrows type: integer the number of rows to show in the results list at a time. a scrollbar will appear so the user can scroll through the remaining items. minresultsforpopup new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 type: integer the minimum number of results that must be returned for the popup to be displayed. the default value is 1. new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 a zero value will always open the popup. this can be used to display additional items that are not autocomplete results. nomatc...
... for more information about autocomplete textboxes, see the autocomplete documentation (xpfe [thunderbird/seamonkey]) (firefox) number a textbox that only allows the user to enter numbers. in addition, arrow buttons appear next to the textbox to let the user step through values. there are several attributes that allow the number textbox to be configured, including decimalplaces, min, max, increment, wraparound, hidespinbuttons, and textbox.value. password a textbox that hides what is typed, used for entering passwords. search a textbox intended for searching. the command event will fire as the user modifies the value. a listener for the command event should update search results. if the searchbutton attribute is set to true, the command event is only fired if the user presses th...
...And 5 more matches

XUL Structure - Archive of obsolete content
style both html and xul, and many of the features can be shared between both. however, there are some features that are specific to html, such as forms, and others which are specific to xul, such as overlays. since xul and html are handled in the same way, you can load both from either your local file system, from a web page, or from an extension or standalone xulrunner application. content from remote sources (e.g. http://localhost/~username/ ), regardless of whether they are html or xul or another document type, are limited in the type of operations they can perform, for security reasons. for this reason, mozilla provides a method of installing content locally and registering the installed files as part of its chrome system. this allows a special url form, called a chrome:// url, to be use...
...arger and more sophisticated than most extensions. firefox and thunderbird, as well as number of other components are all written in xul and are all accessible via chrome urls. you can examine these packages by looking in the chrome directory where firefox or another xul application is built. the chrome url always begins with 'chrome://'. in much the same way as an 'http://' url always refers to remote web sites accessed using http, and the 'file://' url always refers to local files, the 'chrome://' url always refers to installed packages and extensions. we'll look more at the syntax of a chrome url in the next section. it is important to note that when accessing content through a chrome url, it gains the enhanced privileges described above that other kinds of urls do not. for instance, an h...
...nsion. this distinction is important. this means that there are certain things that content of web pages cannot do, such as read the user's bookmarks. this distinction is not based on the kind of content being displayed; only on the type of url used. both html and xul placed on a web site have no extra permissions; however both html and xul loaded through a chrome url have enhanced permissions. remote xul was disabled in firefox 8, so the following is of historic interest only. if you are going to use xul on a web site, you can just put the xul file on the web site as you would an html file, and then load its url in a browser http://localhost/xul.php. ensure that your web server is configured to send xul files with the content type of application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml (eg with php header('co...
...And 5 more matches

listbox - Archive of obsolete content
ation, itemcount, listboxobject, selectedcount, selectedindex, selecteditem, selecteditems, seltype, suppressonselect, tabindex, value methods additemtoselection, appenditem, clearselection, ensureelementisvisible, ensureindexisvisible, getindexoffirstvisiblerow, getindexofitem, getitematindex, getnumberofvisiblerows, getrowcount, getselecteditem, insertitemat, invertselection, movebyoffset, removeitemat, removeitemfromselection, scrolltoindex, selectall, selectitem, selectitemrange, timedselect, toggleitemselection examples <listbox id="thelist"> <listitem label="ruby"/> <listitem label="emerald"/> <listitem label="sapphire" selected="true"/> <listitem label="diamond"/> </listbox> <listbox id="thelist" rows="10" width="400"> <listhead> <listheader label="1ct gem" ...
...t entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablekeynavigation type: boolean if this attribute is not used, the user can navigate to specific items within the element by pressing keys corresponding to letters in the item's label. this is done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. preference type: id connects the element to a corresponding preference. this attribute only has any effect when used inside a prefwindow. more information is available in the preferences system article. rows type: integer the number of ro...
... appenditem( label, value ) re...
...And 5 more matches

menuitem - Archive of obsolete content
r this attribute to have any effect. note: if the checked attribute is set to true, and you persist its value via the persist attribute, mozilla will fail to persist its value when the menuitem is unchecked because of bug 15232. a workaround is to set the autocheck attribute to false, then programmatically set the checked attribute when the user selects the item, and set it to false instead of removing the attribute (i.e. do menuitem.setattribute("checked", "false") instead of menuitem.removeattribute("checked")) when the user unchecks the menuitem, as a value of false will both correctly hide the checkmark and persist its hidden state. command type: id set to the id of a command element that is being observed by the element. closemenu type: one of the values below indica...
... type: id set to the id of a command element that is being observed by the element. closemenu type: one of the values below indicates if the menu closes when the menuitem is activated. auto this, the default value if the closemenu attribute is not specified, closes up the menu and all parent menus. single the menu the item is contained within is closed, but the parent menus remain open. none no menus are closed. crop type: one of the values below if the label of the element is too big to fit in its given space, the text will be cropped on the side specified by the crop attribute. an ellipsis will be used in place of the cropped text. if the box direction is reversed, the cropping is reversed. start t...
...menuitems that have the same value for their name attributes are part of the same radio group. only one menuitem in the same radio group can be checked at once. more information on adding checkmarks to menus in the xul tutorial validate type: one of the values below this attribute indicates whether to load the image from the cache or not. this would be useful if the images are stored remotely or you plan on swapping the image frequently. the following values are accepted, or leave out the attribute entirely for default handling: always the image is always checked to see whether it should be reloaded. never the image will be loaded from the cache if possible. value type: string the string attribute allows you to associate a data value with an element. it is...
...And 5 more matches

menulist - Archive of obsolete content
this should b...
...this should be one of the cha...
...you may optionally set a value and description. the functi...
...And 5 more matches

richlistbox - Archive of obsolete content
ion, itemcount, scrollboxobject, selectedcount, selectedindex, selecteditem, selecteditems, seltype, suppressonselect, tabindex, value methods additemtoselection, appenditem, clearselection, ensureelementisvisible, ensureindexisvisible, getindexoffirstvisiblerow, getindexofitem, getitematindex, getnumberofvisiblerows, getrowcount, getselecteditem, insertitemat, invertselection, movebyoffset, removeitemat, removeitemfromselection, scrolltoindex, selectall, selectitem, selectitemrange, timedselect, toggleitemselection examples <richlistbox> <richlistitem> <description>a xul description!</description> </richlistitem> <richlistitem> <button label="a xul button"/> </richlistitem> </richlistbox> the richlistbox element contains multiple richlistitem elements, which can con...
... entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablekeynavigation type: boolean if this attribute is not used, the user can navigate to specific items within the element by pressing keys corresponding to letters in the item's label. this is done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. preference type: id connects the element to a corresponding preference. this attribute only has any effect when used inside a prefwindow. more information is available in the preferences system article. seltype type: one of the values below used to ind...
... appenditem( label, value ) ...
...And 5 more matches

tree - Archive of obsolete content
t entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablekeynavigation type: boolean if this attribute is not used, the user can navigate to specific items within the element by pressing keys corresponding to letters in the item's label. this is done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. editable type: boolean indicates that the cells of the tree may be edited. enablecolumndrag type: boolean when set to true, the user may drag the column headers around to change the order in which they are displayed. flags type: space-separated lis...
...which the user may use to show and hide columns. when set to true, the column picker will be hidden. the default value is false. onselect type: script code this event is sent to a tree when a row is selected, or whenever the selection changes. the user can select multiple rows by holding down shift or control and clicking on a row. the onselect event will be sent for each item added to or removed from the selection. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether mult...
...ls can be selected text rows are selected; however, the selection highlight appears only over the text of the primary column. for richlistbox, this is new in firefox 3.5. statedatasource type: uri chrome xul may specify an rdf datasource to use to store tree state information. this is used to hold which tree items are open and which items are collapsed. this information will be remembered for the next time the xul file is opened. if you do not specify this attribute, state information will be stored in the local store (rdf:local-store). tabindex type: integer the tab order of the element. the tab order is the order in which the focus is moved when the user presses the "tab" key. elements with a higher tabindex are later in the tab sequence. treelines type: boo...
...And 5 more matches

WAI-ARIA basics - Learn web development
via javascript, accessibility can suffer — screenreader users will find it difficult to work out what the feature does if there are no semantics or other clues. in these situations, aria can help to provide what's missing with a combination of roles like button, listbox, or tabgroup, and properties like aria-required or aria-posinset to provide further clues as to functionality. one thing to remember though — you should only use wai-aria when you need to! ideally, you should always use native html features to provide the semantics required by screenreaders to tell their users what is going on. sometimes this isn't possible, either because you have limited control over the code, or because you are creating something complex that doesn't have an easy html element to implement it. in such...
...ou just load the file by loading it directly into the browser (via double clicking, etc.). to get it to run, you will need to upload it to a web server, for example using github, or a local web server like python's simplehttpserver. there is an additional consideration here — only the bit of text that updates is read out. it might be nice if we always read out the heading too, so the user can remember what is being read out. to do this, we can add the aria-atomic property to the section. update your <section> tag again, like so: <section aria-live="assertive" aria-atomic="true"> the aria-atomic="true" attribute tells screenreaders to read out the entire element contents as one atomic unit, not just the bits that were updated. note: you can see the finished example at aria-live.html (s...
...ria-atomic="true" attribute tells screenreaders to read out the entire element contents as one atomic unit, not just the bits that were updated. note: you can see the finished example at aria-live.html (see it running live). note: the aria-relevant property is also quite useful for controlling what gets read out when a live region is updated. you can for example only get content additions or removals read out. enhancing keyboard accessibility as discussed in a few other places in the module, one of the key strengths of html with respect to accessibility is the built-in keyboard accessibility of features such as buttons, form controls, and links. generally, you are able to use the tab key to move between controls, the enter/return key to select or activate controls, and occasionally ot...
...And 5 more matches

CSS values and units - Learn web development
or web development are listed in the table below. unit relative to em font size of the parent, in the case of typographical properties like font-size, and font size of the element itself, in the case of other properties like width. ex x-height of the element's font. ch the advance measure (width) of the glyph "0" of the element's font. rem font size of the root element. lh line height of the element. vw 1% of the viewport's width. vh 1% of the viewport's height. vmin 1% of the viewport's smaller dimension. vmax 1% of the viewport's larger dimension. exploring an example in the example below you can see how some relative and absolute length units behave. the firs...
...element. vw 1% of the viewport's width. vh 1% of the viewport's height. vmin 1% of the viewport's smaller dimension. vmax 1% of the viewport's larger dimension. exploring an example in the example below you can see how some relative and absolute length units behave. the first box has a width set in pixels. as an absolute unit this width will remain the same no matter what else changes. the second box has a width set in vw (viewport width) units. this value is relative to the viewport width, and so 10vw is 10 percent of the width of the viewport. if you change the width of your browser window, the size of the box should change, however this example is embedded into the page using an <iframe>, so this won't work. to see this in action you...
...tive to the font size. i've set a font size of 1em on the containing <div>, which has a class of .wrapper. change this value to 1.5em and you will see that the font size of all the elements increases, but only the last item will get wider, as the width is relative to that font size. after following the instructions above, try playing with the values in other ways, to see what you get. ems and rems em and rem are the two relative lengths you are likely to encounter most frequently when sizing anything from boxes to text. it's worth understanding how these work, and the differences between them, especially when you start getting on to more complex subjects like styling text or css layout. the below example provides a demonstration. the html is a set of nested lists — we have three lists...
...And 5 more matches

UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
iv { margin-bottom: 20px; display: flex; flex-flow: row wrap; } the effect this has is that the label and input sit on separate lines because they are both width: 100%, but the <span> has a width of 0 so can sit on the same line as the input. now onto the generated content. ...
...ple to provide out-of-range messages for the numeric inputs, as well as saying whether they are required. ...
.... when you've typed in a valid age (i.e. in the range of 12-120), the input turns valid. if however, you then change the age entry to one that is out of range, the "outside allowable value range" message then pops up in place of "required". note: to enter an invalid/out-of-range value, you'll have to actually focus the form and type it in using the keyboard. the spinner buttons won't let you increment/decrement the value outside the allowable range. styling enabled and disabled inputs, and read-only and read-write an enabled element is an element that can be activated; it can be selected, clicked on, typed into, etc. a disabled element on the other hand cannot be interacted with in any way, and its data isn't even sent to the server these two states can be targeted using :enabled and :...
...And 5 more matches

Introduction to events - Learn web development
n'); for (let i = 0; i < buttons.length; i++) { buttons[i].onclick = bgchange; } note that another option here would be to use the foreach() built-in method available on nodelist objects: buttons.foreach(function(button) { button.onclick = bgchange; }); note: separating your programming logic from your content also makes your site more friendly to search engines. addeventlistener() and removeeventlistener() the newest type of event mechanism is defined in the document object model (dom) level 2 events specification, which provides browsers with a new function — addeventlistener(). this functions in a similar way to the event handler properties, but the syntax is obviously different. we could rewrite our random color example to look like this: const btn = document.queryselector(...
...te to put all the code inside the addeventlistener() function, in an anonymous function, like this: btn.addeventlistener('click', function() { var rndcol = 'rgb(' + random(255) + ',' + random(255) + ',' + random(255) + ')'; document.body.style.backgroundcolor = rndcol; }); this mechanism has some advantages over the older mechanisms discussed earlier. first, there is a counterpart function, removeeventlistener(), which removes a previously added listener. for example, this would remove the listener set in the first code block in this section: btn.removeeventlistener('click', bgchange); this isn't significant for simple, small programs, but for larger, more complex programs it can improve efficiency to clean up old unused event handlers. plus, this allows you to have the same button pe...
... second, you can register multiple handlers for the same listener. the following two handlers wouldn't both be applied: myelement.onclick = functiona; myelement.onclick = functionb; the second line overwrites the value of onclick set by the first line. ...
...And 5 more matches

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
ch as background-image, and svg. this however was still not enough. while you could use css and javascript to animate (and otherwise manipulate) svg vector images — as they are represented by markup — there was still no way to do the same for bitmap images, and the tools available were rather limited. the web still had no way to effectively create animations, games, 3d scenes, and other requirements commonly handled by lower level languages such as c++ or java. the situation started to improve when browsers began to support the <canvas> element and associated canvas api — apple invented it in around 2004, and other browsers followed by implementing it in the years that followed. as you'll see below, canvas provides many useful tools for creating 2d animations, games, data visualizatio...
...e experiments on to. first make a local copy of our 0_canvas_start.html file, and open it in your text editor. add the following code into it, just below the opening <body> tag: <canvas class="mycanvas"> <p>add suitable fallback here.</p> </canvas> we have added a class to the <canvas> element so it will be easier to select if we have multiple canvases on the page, but we have removed the width and height attributes for now (you could add them back in if you wanted, but we will set them using javascript in a below section). canvases with no explicit width and height default to 300 pixels wide by 150 pixels high. now add the following lines of javascript inside the <script> element: const canvas = document.queryselector('.mycanvas'); const width = canvas.width = wi...
...thing exactly halfway across the width of the canvas). if you save and load your example in a browser now, you'll see nothing, which is fine, but you'll also see scrollbars — this is a problem for us, which happens because the <body> element has a margin that, added to our full-window-size canvas, results in a document that's wider than the window. to get rid of the scrollbars, we need to remove the margin and also set overflow to hidden. add the following into the <head> of your document: <style> body { margin: 0; overflow: hidden; } </style> the scrollbars should now be gone. note: you should generally set the size of the image using html attributes or dom properties, as explained above. you could use css, but the trouble then is that the sizing is done after ...
...And 5 more matches

Deploying our app - Learn web development
can commit our code and push to github and the updated code will automatically trigger the entire build routine. if all is well, we get a live change deployed automatically. the only action we need to perform is that initial "push". however, we do have to set these steps up, and we'll look at that now. the build process again, because we're using parcel for development, the build option is extremely simple to add. instead of running the server with npx parcel src/index.html, we can run it with npx parcel build src/index.html and parcel will build everything ready for production instead of just running it for development and testing purposes. this includes doing minification and tree-shaking of code, and cache-busting on filenames. the newly-created production code is placed in a new dire...
...sks, and finally release a new update. we're going to add the build command to our package.json file as an npm script, so that the command npm run build will trigger the build process. this step isn't necessary, but it is a good best practice to get into the habit of setting up — across all our projects, we can then rely on npm run build to always do the complete build step, without needing to remember the specific build command arguments for each project. open the package.json file in your project's root directory, and find the scripts property. we'll add a build command that we can run to build our code. add the following line to your project now: "scripts": { ... "build": "parcel build src/index.html" } note: if the scripts property already has a command inside ...
... finally the code needs to be pushed to your github hosted repository. let's do that now. over at github, visit https://github.com/new and create your own repository to host this code. give your repository a short, memorable name, without spaces in it (use hyphens to separate words), and a description, then click create repository at the bottom of the page. ...
...And 5 more matches

Midas
selection for the given command. supported commands command value description backcolor a color code. this command will set the background color of the document. bold if there is no selection, the insertion point will set bold for subsequently typed characters. if there is a selection and all of the characters are already bold, the bold will be removed. otherwise, all selected characters will become bold. contentreadonly this command will make the editor readonly(true)or editable(false). anticipated usage is for temporarily disabling input while something else is occurring elsewhere in the web page. copy if there is a selection, this command will copy the selection to the clipboard. if there isn't a selec...
...cally accel-c) with or without the signed js or any code on the page to handle it. createlink a uri. this command will not do anything if no selection is made. if there is a selection, a link will be inserted around the selection with the url parameter as the href of the link. cut if there is a selection, this command will copy the selection to the clipboard and remove the selection from the edit control. if there isn't a selection, nothing will happen. note: this command won't work without setting a pref or using signed js. see: more about security preferences note: the shortcut key will automatically trigger this command (typically accel-x) with or without the signed js or any code on the page to handle it. decreasefontsize thi...
...block, that block becomes the first li and ul. if the caret is inside a numbered item, the numbered item becomes a bulleted item. insertparagraph inserts a new paragraph. italic if there is no selection, the insertion point will set italic for subsequently typed characters. if there is a selection and all of the characters are already italic, the italic will be removed. otherwise, all selected characters will become italic. justifycenter center-aligns the current block. justifyfull fully-justifies the current block. justifyleft left-aligns the current block. justifyright right aligns the current block. outdent outdent the block where the caret is located. if the block is not...
...And 5 more matches

PKCS11 Implement
this document supplements the information in pkcs #11: cryptographic token interface standard, version 2.0 with guidelines for implementors of cryptographic modules who want their products to work with mozilla client software: how nss calls pkcs #11 functions. function-specific information organized in the same categories as the pkcs #11 specification. ...
... default library names; currently, these names should not include any double quotation marks. (this is more restrictive than pkcs 2.0 and may change in future versions of nss.). slot and token management c_getslotlist the nss calls c_getslotlist on startup or when it loads a new module, requests all the module's slots, and keeps track of the list from that point on. ...
... module, requests all the module's slots, and keeps track of the list from that point on. the slots are expected to remain static: that is, the module never has more slots or fewer slots than the number on the original list. c_getslotinfo the nss calls c_getslotinfo on startup or when it loads a new module and reads in the information that can be viewed on the slot information page. if the ckf_removable_device flag is set, nss also calls c_getslotinfo whenever it looks up slots to make sure the token is present. if the ckf_removable_device flag is not set, nss uses that token information without checking again. if the ckf_removable_device flag is not set, the ckf_token_present flag must be set, or else nss marks the slot as bad and will never use it. the nss doesn't currently use the ckf_h...
...And 5 more matches

Hacking Tips
since spidermonkey 48, we have a gdb unwinder. this unwinder is able to read the frames created by the jit, and to display the frames which are after these jit frames. $ gdb --args out/dist/bin/js ./foo.js […] spidermonkey unwinder is disabled by default, to enable it type: enable unwinder .* spidermonkey (gdb) b js::...
...50 typein:2 (0x7fffef1231c0 @ 24) #25158 0x7fffefbbc1c8 typein:3 (0x7fffef1231c0 @ 47) #25159 0x7fffefbbc140 typein:2 (0x7fffef1231c0 @ 24) #25160 0x7fffefbbc0b8 typein:3 (0x7fffef1231c0 @ 47) #25161 0x7fffefbbc030 typein:5 (0x7fffef123280 @ 9) note, you can do the exact same exercise above using lldb (necessary on osx after apple removed gdb) by running lldb -f js then following the remaining steps. since spidermonkey 48, we have a gdb unwinder. this unwinder is able to read the frames created by the jit, and to display the frames which are after these jit frames. $ gdb --args out/dist/bin/js ./foo.js […] spidermonkey unwinder is disabled by default, to enable it type: enable unwinder .* spidermonkey (gdb) b js::math_cos (gdb) run […] #0 js::math_cos (cx=0x14f264...
...if you want to know at which lir the code is failing at, the js::ion::codegenerator::generatebody function can be intrumented to dump the lir id before each instruction. for (; iter != current->end(); iter++) { ionspew(ionspew_codegen, "instruction %s", iter->opname()); […] ...
...And 5 more matches

SpiderMonkey 17
er platforms the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 17 the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. the jsresolve_classname and jsresolve_with resolve flags (passed to jsclass.resolve when jsclass.flags contains jsclass_new_resolve) have been removed. spidermonkey 17 is not binary-compatible with previous releases, nor is it source-code compatible. many jsapi types, functions, and callback signatures have changed, though most of them still have the same names and do the same things. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are easy to detect and updating the cod...
... them still have the same names and do the same things. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are easy to detect and updating the code is a fairly straightforward job. here is a list of the most significant changes. a significant number of typedefs of built-in types, or of types which are now standardized, have been removed. these and other changes are explained in detail below. new javascript language features javascript 17 includes significant updates to language features, yo. typedef changes many types have been removed from the jsapi and replaced with simpler alternatives. including jsapi.h provides all these types, but more-specific headers also provide these types if you wish to use them in other code. ...
...studio 2010 and later) is only invoked for those compilers. otherwise <stdint.h> is used. the environment variable is provided as a solution for embedders whose code requires particular definitions of those types, and those particular definitions are incompatible with the standard definitions or the custom implementation needed for older versions of visual studio. ...
...And 5 more matches

SpiderMonkey 38
tion. the js::handle<js::value> and js::mutablehandle<js::value> classes have been specialized to implement the same interface as js::value, for simplicity and to ease migration pain. changes to introduce handles to the jsapi are not individually documented, because of the breadth of the changes involved. the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. xxx list removed features here spidermonkey 38 is not binary-compatible with previous releases, nor is it source-code compatible. many jsapi types, functions, and callback signatures have changed, though most functions that have changed still have the same names and implement essentially unchanged functionality. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/...
... deleted apis js::addnamedobjectroot (bug 1107639) js::addnamedscriptroot (bug 1...
...opertydefinitionbehavior (bug 825199) symbol_to_jsid (bug 645416) obsolete apis ... ...
...And 5 more matches

Shell global objects
tion in js shell. variables scriptargs an array that contains arguments passed to js shell. scriptpath a string that is a path of script. console an object that has following property: log evaluate and print expressions to stdout. this function is an alias of the print() function. timesaccessed returns a number that indicates how many times this variable is accessed perfmeasurement see perfmeasurement.jsm. shell only functions functions always available version([number]) get or force a script compilation version number. options([option ...]) get or toggle javascript options. load(['foo.js' ...]) load files named by string arguments. filename is relative to the current working directory. loadrelativetoscript(['foo.js' ...]) load files named by string argumen...
...that this sets an object metadata callback that will override any other object metadata callback that may be set. disabletrackallocations() stop capturing the js stack at every allocation. makefinalizeobserver() get a special object whose finalization increases the counter returned by the finalizecount function. finalizecount() return the current value of the finalization counter that is incremented each time an object returned by the makefinalizeobserver is finalized. resetfinalizecount() reset the value returned by finalizecount(). gcpreservecode() preserve jit code during garbage collections. startgc([n [, 'shrinking']]) start an incremental gc and run a slice that processes about n objects. if shrinking is passesd as the optional second argument, perform a shrinking gc rather ...
... fullcompartmentchecks(true|false) if true, check for compartment mismatches before every gc. ...
...And 5 more matches

Detailed XPCOM hashtable guide
hashtables may seem like arrays, but there are important differences: array hashtable keys: integer: arrays are always keyed on integers, and must be contiguous. ...
...e disjunct (i.e. you can store entries with keys 1, 5, and 3000). lookup time: o(1): lookup time is a simple constant o(1): lookup time is mostly-constant, but the constant time can be larger than an array lookup sorting: sorted: stored sorted; iterated over in a sorted fashion. unsorted: stored unsorted; cannot be iterated over in a sorted manner. inserting/removing: o(n): adding and removing items from a large array can be time-consuming o(1): adding and removing items from hashtables is a quick operation wasted space: none: arrays are packed structures, so there is no wasted space. some: hashtables are not packed structures; depending on the implementation, there may be significant wasted memory. in their implementation, ha...
... hash to find the location in the hashtable. good hashtable implementations will automatically resize the hashtable in memory if extra space is needed, or if too much space has been allocated. when should i use a hashtable? hashtables are useful for sets of data that need swift random access; with non-integral keys or non-contiguous integral keys; or where items will be frequently added or removed. hashtables should not be used for sets that need to be sorted; very small datasets (less than 12-16 items); data that does not need random access. in these situations, an array, a linked-list, or various tree data structures are more efficient. mozilla's hashtable implementations mozilla has several hashtable implementations, which have been tested and, tuned, and hide the inner c...
...And 5 more matches

Mozilla internal string guide
g nsstring nscstring nsautostring nsautocstring etc... the string classes distinguish, as part of the type hierarchy, between strings that must have a null-terminator at the end of their buffer (ns[c]string) and strings that are not required to have a null-terminator (nsa[c]string). nsa[c]string is the base of the string classes (since it imposes fewer requirements) and ns[c]string is a class derived from it. functions taking strings as parameters should generally take one of these four types. in order to avoid unnecessary copying of string data (which can have significant performance cost), the string classes support different ownership models. all string classes support the following three ownership models dynamically: reference counted, copy-on-w...
...des an api for assignment, individual character access, basic manipulation of characters in the string, and string comparison. this class corresponds to the xpidl astring parameter type. nsastring is not necessarily null-terminated. nsstring/nscstring: builds on nsastring by guaranteeing a null-terminated storage. this allows for a method (.get()) to access the underlying character buffer. the remainder of the string classes inherit from either nsastring or nsstring. thus, every string class is compatible with nsastring. since every string derives from nsastring (or nsacstring), they all share a simple api. common read-only methods: .length() - the number of code units (bytes for 8-bit string classes and char16_ts for 16-bit string classes) in the string. .isempty() - the fastest way ...
...dwriting(); // because `cur` may change during the loop, track the position // within the string. ...
...And 5 more matches

mozIPersonalDictionary
read only. methods addcorrection() adds a misspelling to the list of corrections. note that this method is not currently implemented.
...read only. methods addcorrection() adds a misspelling to the list of corrections. note that this method is not currently implemented. void addcorrection( in wstring word, in wstring correction, in wstring la...
...ize_is(count)] out wstring words, out pruint32 count ); parameters word the word to get the list of corrections for. words the list of corrections. count the number of corrections in the list. ignoreword() adds a word to the ignore all list. void ignoreword( in wstring word ); parameters word the word to add to the ignore list. load() loads the dictionary. void load(); parameters none. removecorrection() removes a misspelling from the list of corrections. this removes a single misspelling and correction pair from the list. void removecorrection( in wstring word, in wstring correction, in wstring lang ); parameters word the incorrect spelling of the word to remove from the list of corrections. correction the correct spelling of the word. lang the language of the word. notes...
...And 5 more matches

nsILoginManagerStorage
read only. methods ad...
...read only. methods addlogin() called by the log...
...propertybag, only the properties specified in the nsipropertybag are changed in oldlogin and its corresponding nsiloginmetainfo. void modifylogin( in nsilogininfo oldlogin, in nsisupports newlogindata ); parameters oldlogin the login to be modified. newlogindata the login information to replace the oldlogin with. this may be specified as either an nsilogininfo or an nsipropertybag2 object. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIMessageListenerManager
1. ...
...gename, in nsimessagelistener listener, [optional] in boolean listenwhenclosed) void removemessagelistener(in astring messagename, in nsimessagelistener listener); void addweakmessagelistener(in astring messagename, in nsimessagelistener listener); void removeweakmessagelistener(in astring messagename, in nsimessagelistener listener); methods addmessagelistener() register listener to receive messagename. all listener callbacks for a particular message are invoked when that message is received. the message manager holds a strong reference to listener. if the same listener registers twice for the same messa...
...elistener listener, [optional] in boolean listenwhenclosed); parameters messagename a string indicating the name of the message to listen for. listener an nsimessagelistener to invoke when a message is received. see nsimessagelistener for details of the message syntax. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsINavHistoryResultObserver
windex); void nodekeywordchanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewkeyword); void nodelastmodifiedchanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in prtime anewvalue); void nodemoved(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode aoldparent, in unsigned long aoldindex, in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode anewparent, in unsigned long anewindex); void noderemoved(in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode aparent, in nsinavhistoryresultnode aitem, in unsigned long aoldindex); void nodereplaced(in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode aparentnode, in nsinavhistoryresultnode aoldnode, in nsinavhistoryresultnode anewnode, in unsigned long aindex); void nodetagschanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode); void nodetitlechanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in...
...ting a view for each update). void batching( in boolean atogglemode ); parameters atogglemode specify true to start batch mode or false to finish the batch. containerclosed() obsolete since gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8) called when a container node's state changes from opened to closed. note: this method was deprecated in gecko 2.0 and removed in gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8). implement the containerstatechanged() method instead. void containerclosed( in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode acontainernode ); parameters acontainernode the container node which was closed. containeropened() obsolete since gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8) called wh...
...ethod instead. void containerclosed( in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode acontainernode ); parameters acontainernode the container node which was closed. containeropened() obsolete since gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8) called when a container node's state changes from closed to opened. note: this method was deprecated in gecko 2.0 and removed in gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8). implement the containerstatechanged() method instead. void containeropened( in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode acontainernode ); parameters acontainernode the container node which was opened. containerstatechanged() called when a container node's state changes. void containerstatechanged( in nsinavhistorycontainerresu...
...And 5 more matches

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
otype.makedebuggeevalue to create debugger.object instances for given debuggee objects, or use debugger.object.prototype.copy and debugger.object.prototype.create to create new objects in debuggee compartments, allocated as if by particular debuggee globals. debugger.object instances protect their referents from the garbage collector; as long as the debugger.object instance is live, the referent remains live. this means that garbage collection has no visible effect on debugger.object instances. accessor properties of the debugger.object prototype a debugger.object instance inherits the following accessor properties from its prototype: proto the referent's prototype (as a new debugger.object instance), or null if it has no prototype. class a string naming the ecmascript [[class]...
....defineproperty, except that the target object is implicit, and in a different compartment from the function and descriptor.) defineproperties(properties) add the properties given byproperties to the referent. (this function behaves like object.defineproperties, except that the target object is implicit, and in a different compartment from theproperties argument.) deleteproperty(name) remove the referent's property namedname. return true if the property was successfully removed, or if the referent has no such property. return false if the property is non-configurable. seal() prevent properties from being added to or deleted from the referent. return this debugger.object instance. (this function behaves like the standard object.seal function, except that the object to be seal...
...allable, call it with the giventhis value andargument values, and return a completion value describing how the call completed.this should be a debuggee value, or { asconstructor: true } to invoke the referent as a constructor, in which case spidermonkey provides an appropriate this value itself. eachargument must be a debuggee value. all extant handler methods, breakpoints, watchpoints, and so on remain active during the call. if the referent is not callable, throw a typeerror. this function follows the invocation function conventions. apply(this,arguments) if the referent is callable, call it with the giventhis value and the argument values inarguments, and return a completion value describing how the call completed.this should be a debuggee value, or { asconstructor: true } to invokef...
...And 5 more matches

FileSystemEntrySync - Web APIs
warning: this api was never accepted and never became standardized. ...
...es and folders stored the origin of your app. method overview metadata getmetadata () raises (fileexception); filesystementrysync moveto (in directoryentrysync parent, optional domstring newname) raises (fileexception); filesystementrysync copyto(in directoryentrysync parent, optional domstring newname) raises (fileexception); domstring tourl(); void remove() raises (fileexception); directoryentrysync getparent(); attributes attribute type description filesystem readonly filesystemsync the file system where the entry resides. fullpath readonly domstring the full absolute path from the root to the entry. an absolute path is a relative path from the root directory, prepende...
...olcat.png. the file system url does not expire. because the method describes a location on disk, the url is valid for as long as that location exists. you can delete the file and recreate it, and it's all good. you can supply the mimetype to simulate the optional mime type header associated with http downloads. domstring tourl (); parameter none. ...
...And 5 more matches

Node - Web APIs
uri, if present, and null if not. when multiple prefixes are possible, the result is implementation-dependent. node.lookupnamespaceuri() accepts a prefix and returns the namespace uri associated with it on the given node if found (and null if not). supplying null for the prefix will return the default namespace. node.normalize() clean up all the text nodes under this element (merge adjacent, remove empty). node.removechild() removes a child node from the current element, which must be a child of the current node. node.replacechild() replaces one child node of the current one with the second one given in parameter. obsolete methods node.getuserdata() allows a user to get some domuserdata from the node. node.hasattributes() returns a boolean indicating if the element has an...
...ta() allows a user to get some domuserdata from the node. node.hasattributes() returns a boolean indicating if the element has any attributes, or not. node.issupported() returns a boolean flag containing the result of a test whether the dom implementation implements a specific feature and this feature is supported by the specific node. ...
... from the node. node.hasattributes() returns a boolean indicating if the element has any attributes, or not. node.issupported() returns a boolean flag containing the result of a test whether the dom implementation implements a specific feature and this feature is supported by the specific node. node.setuserdata() allows a user to attach, or remove, domuserdata to the node. ...
...And 5 more matches

RTCPeerConnection.addIceCandidate() - Web APIs
when a web site or app using rtcpeerconnection receives a new ice candidate from the remote peer over its signaling channel, it delivers the newly-received candidate to the browser's ice agent by calling rtcpeerconnection.addicecandidate(). this adds this new remote candidate to the rtcpeerconnection's remote description, which describes the state of the remote end of the connection. if the candidate parameter is missing or a value of null is given when calling addicecandidate(), the added ice candidate is an "end-of-candidates" indicator. ...
... during negotiation, your app will likely receive many candidates which you'll deliver to the ice agent in this way, allowing it to build up a list of potential connection methods. ...
...nnection. if the candidate parameter is missing or a value of null is given when calling addicecandidate(), the added ice candidate is an "end-of-candidates" indicator. the same is the case if the value of the specified object's candidate is either missing or an empty string (""), it signals that all remote candidates have been delivered. the end-of-candidates notification is transmitted to the remote peer using a candidate with an a-line value of end-of-candidates. during negotiation, your app will likely receive many candidates which you'll deliver to the ice agent in this way, allowing it to build up a list of potential connection methods. this is covered in more detail in the articles webrtc connectivity and signaling and video calling. syntax apromise = pc.addicecandidate(candidate)...
...And 5 more matches

TrackEvent - Web APIs
it's important not to confuse trackevent with the rtctrackevent interface, which is used for tracks which are part of an rtcpeerconnection. ...
...y the dom track object the event is in reference to. if not null, this is always an object of one of the media track types: audiotrack, videotrack, or texttrack). methods trackevent has no methods of its own; however, it is based on event, so it provides the methods available on event objects. ...
...event, so it provides the methods available on event objects. example this example sets up a function, handletrackevent(), which is callled for any addtrack or removetrack event on the first <video> element found in the document. ...
...And 5 more matches

Cognitive accessibility - Accessibility
y considerations for people with cognition and learning disabilities. this document introduces cognitive accessibility and improving accessibility of the web for people with cognitive and learning differences. cognitive impairment refers to a broad range of disabilities, from people with intellectual disabilities who may have the most-limited capabilities, to age-related issues with thinking and remembering. the range includes people with mental illnesses, such as depression and schizophrenia. it also includes people with learning disabilities, such as dyslexia and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (adhd). though there is a lot of diversity within clinical definitions of cognitive impairments, people with them experience a common set of functional problems. these problems include dif...
...with mental illnesses, such as depression and schizophrenia. it also includes people with learning disabilities, such as dyslexia and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (adhd). though there is a lot of diversity within clinical definitions of cognitive impairments, people with them experience a common set of functional problems. these problems include difficulty with understanding content, remembering how to complete tasks, and confusion caused by inconsistent or non-traditional web page layouts. in this document, we focus on steps developers should take to improve the cognitive accessibility of their web sites and applications. overview cognitive and intellectual disabilities cover a large spectrum, and may be momentary, temporary, or permanent conditions. for example, dementia and ...
...me or on a periodic basis, such as being logged out after 30 minutes or having 15 minutes to make a purchase. people with cognitive disabilities may require more time to read content, or to perform functions such as filling out forms. solutions include providing users enough additional time to complete tasks or eliminate time constraints altogether. timers options for adjusting time requirements include: allowing the user to turn off or adjust the time to at least 10 times the original limit before encountering it. alerting the user and providing a buffer of at least 20 seconds to extend the timeout duration by a factor of 10 with a simple action, such as hitting the space bar. provide a toggle on content that allows users to enable a longer session time limit, or no session t...
...And 5 more matches

Array.prototype.shift() - JavaScript
if the length property is 0, undefined is returned. shift is intentionally generic; this method can be called or applied to objects resembling arrays. ...
...if the length property is 0, undefined is returned. shift is intentionally generic; this method can be called or applied to objects resembling arrays. ...
...hod changes the length of the array. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax arr.shift() return value the removed element from the array; undefined if the array is empty. description the shift method removes the element at the zeroeth index and shifts the values at consecutive indexes down, then returns the removed value. if the length property is 0, undefined is returned. shift is intentionally generic; this method can be called or applied to objects resembling arrays. objects which do not contain a length property reflecting the last in a series of consecutive, zero-based numerical properties ...
...And 5 more matches

SDK API Lifecycle - Archive of obsolete content
apis need to be able to introduce new apis that aren't yet fully proven, and to retire old apis when they're no longer optimal or supported by the underlying platform. the api lifecycle aims to balance these competing demands. ...
... unstable the api is in the process of settling, but has not yet had sufficient real-world testing to be considered stable. backwards-compatibility will be maintained if reasonable. ...
...form users that the module is deprecated. attempts to use a deprecated module at runtime will log an error to the error console. the amo validator will throw errors when deprecated modules are used, and these add-ons will therefore fail amo review. ...
...And 4 more matches

Working with Events - Archive of obsolete content
then we open tw...
... then we open two tabs. var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); functio...
... then we open two tabs. var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); function listener1() { c...
...And 4 more matches

Bootstrapped extensions - Archive of obsolete content
ys to apply their user interface to the application, programmatically insert themselves into the application. this is done using a special script file that's included in the extension that contains functions the browser calls to command the extension to install, uninstall, start up, and shut down. all the application does is call into this script file; the extension is responsible for adding and removing its user interface and handling any other setup and shutdown tasks it requires. this article discusses how bootstrapped extensions work. see this tutorial on converting from an overlay extension to restartless for a practical step by step guide to migrating. the startup and shutdown process a key feature of bootstrapped extensions is that they must be able to start up and shut down on dem...
...or a practical step by step guide to migrating. the startup and shutdown process a key feature of bootstrapped extensions is that they must be able to start up and shut down on demand by the application. when the extension's startup() function is called, it must manually inject its user interface and other behavior into the application. similarly, when its shutdown() function is called, it must remove anything that it has added to the application, as well as all references to any of its objects. there are several scenarios in which the startup() function may be called; for example: when the extension is first installed, assuming that it's both compatible with the application and is enabled. when the extension becomes enabled using the add-ons manager window. when the application is st...
...register xul overlays from a bootstrapped add-on. see the chrome.manifest documentation for details. in firefox 10 and later the chrome.manifest file located in the root of the add-on's xpi (i.e. a sibling of the install.rdf) is loaded automatically. in firefox 8 and 9 you had to load/unload the manifest manually using nsicomponentmanager.addbootstrappedmanifestlocation() and nsicomponentmanager.removebootstrappedmanifestlocation(). this feature was unavailable in firefox versions before 8. adding user interface manually if you decide to go ahead and try to develop a bootstrapped extension that modifies the application's user interface, here are a few suggestions to get you started. you need to look up the relevant application ui elements by their id by calling document.getelementbyid(), ...
...And 4 more matches

Creating custom Firefox extensions with the Mozilla build system - Archive of obsolete content
ascript than ever before. please consider all of your options carefully before deciding to use native code (c++) in your extension. in addition, binary components need to be recompiled for every major firefox release, which can be frustrating. this article describes how to set up the development environment for a large, complex firefox extension with any or all of the above-mentioned requirements. i should also stress that you do not have to build mozilla or use the mozilla build system if you want to create c++ components for mozilla. if you are just looking to create an xpcom component or two, this is probably overkill, and you might want to take a look at this guide instead. on the other hand, if you are an experienced developer or team, and you know that you are going to build a l...
...n particular, the initial step involves building mozilla, which is a huge - nay, gargantuan! - project. many intelligent developers have been driven to the brink of insanity trying to build it for the first time. if you're not an experienced c++ developer, i wouldn't even bother. stick to javascript. on windows platforms the first time i built mozilla i used this guide. i can't even remember why anymore, but i got stuck in a number of places, and the whole affair ended up taking far longer than i originally expected. much furniture was smashed, much hair torn out by the roots. here's a comprehensive looking guide that's gotten good reviews. follow every step methodically and you'll probably be alright. focus on the fact that once you get the build working, it'll probably work ef...
...key features of this makefile, can be found here. module and xpi_name are both set to the name of your extension; they should be repeated in all project makefiles so that all of the files land in the same place in the xpi staging area (see below). install_extension_id is the unique id of your extension. this can be a guid, but the format shown above is prettier and, let's face it, a lot easier to remember. you don't have to provide an xpi_pkgname, but if you do an xpi file, suitable for distribution, is automatically created in the root of the xpi staging area (/mozilla/$(moz_objdir)/dist/xpi-stage/). every extension must include an install.rdf file that tells firefox how to install it. this file should be located in the main extension directory and look something like this: <?x...
...And 4 more matches

Inner-browsing extending the browser navigation paradigm - Archive of obsolete content
plementation. it also provides two implementation examples using the model. the first one looks like a traditional dhtml ticker application and uses hidden iframes and javascript to provide updates inside the webpage's ticker headlines section. this sample was made using iframes to illustrate a possible implementation. an implementation can also use other transport technologies such as soap-based remote procedure calls, xmlhttprequest interfaces, or dom 3 load. the second example shows a tabbed menu that dynamically loads news headlines into the current web page. this implementation uses xmlhttprequest. extending traditional hypertext navigation the hypertext approach to developing web pages, in which developers format text layouts into pages and link those pages to related content, is analog...
...der to follow links to new pages, the javascript code can act as the mediator for information access. if the user clicks on a link item, the script will be responsible to load the information from the data source and to apply that into the current document. there are basically two steps in this process: data load: acquisition of information data acquisition can be implemented using javascript and remote procedure calls using soap-based rpc mechanism or using interfaces like xmlhttprequest (currently offered in netscape 7 and internet explorer 6). data bind: mutation in the current document this step takes care of applying the changes into the current document, based on the data loaded, and uses dom interfaces. the mechanism can be as simple as copying new content to the current document, or a...
...ion in a page seamlessly. as a general approach, the main steps to the iframe-based implementation can be represented as follows: create a hidden iframe in the page; when a new content is required, ask for the content to the iframe; the iframe will load the content and callback a function in the main page; update the main page. of course, specific implementations may have different requirements, like the use of multiple iframe elements to make multiple requests retrieving different contents at the same time. example using iframes and javascript: stock ticker this section describes a stock ticker application based on the inner-browsing model. the stock ticker is a web page with a stock ticker element that displays updated stock symbol information. the web page receives updates to its...
...And 4 more matches

JXON - Archive of obsolete content
s.keylength > 0; }; */ var myobject = new jxontree(doc); // we got our javascript object! try: alert(json.stringify(myobject)); note: if you want to freeze the whole object tree (because of the "static" nature of an xml document), uncomment the string: /* object.freeze(this); */. the object.freeze() method prevents new properties from being added to it, prevents existing properties from being removed and prevents existing properties, or their enumerability, configurability, or writability, from being changed. in essence the object tree is made effectively immutable. with this algorithm our example becomes: { "catalog": { "product": { "catalog_item": [{ "item_number": { "keyvalue": "qwz5671" }, "price": { "keyvalue": 39.95 }, ...
...ject.freeze(this); */ } var myobject = new jxontree(doc); // we got our javascript object! try: alert(json.stringify(myobject)); note: if you want to freeze the whole object tree (because of the "static" nature of an xml document), uncomment the string: /* object.freeze(this); */. the object.freeze() method prevents new properties from being added to it, prevents existing properties from being removed and prevents existing properties, or their enumerability, configurability, or writability, from being changed. in essence the object tree is made effectively immutable. with this algorithm our example becomes: { "catalog": { "product": { "catalog_item": [{ "item_number": { "keyvalue": "qwz5671" }, "price": { "keyvalue": 39.95 }...
... var myobject = getjxontree(doc); // we got our javascript object! try: alert(json.stringify(myobject)); note: if you want to freeze the whole object tree (because of the "static" nature of an xml document), uncomment the string: /* if (nlength > 0) { object.freeze(vresult); } */. the object.freeze() method prevents new properties from being added to it, prevents existing properties from being removed and prevents existing properties, or their enumerability, configurability, or writability, from being changed. in essence the object tree is made effectively immutable. with this algorithm, our example becomes: { "catalog": { "product": { "@description": "cardigan sweater", "catalog_item": [{ "@gender": "men's", "item_number": "qwz5671", "price": 39...
...And 4 more matches

Editor Embedding Guide - Archive of obsolete content
) docommand no parameters note this is logical style. typically it is displayed with monospace font. cmd_var toggles variable style on selection. getcommandstate "state_all"(boolean), "state_begin"(boolean), "state_end"(boolean), "state_mixed"(boolean), "state_enabled" (boolean) docommand no parameters note this is logical style. typically it is displayed with monospace font. ...
... no parameters note this is logical style. typically it is displayed with monospace font. cmd_var toggles variable style on selection. getcommandstate "state_all"(boolean), "state_begin"(boolean), "state_end"(boolean), "state_mixed"(boolean), "state_enabled" (boolean) docommand no parameters note this is logical style. typically it is displayed with monospace font. ...
...his is logical style. typically it is displayed with monospace font. cmd_removelinks removes the existing link from the selection (if any). getcommandstate "state_enabled"(boolean), ??? docommand no parameters cmd_ol makes ordered list from selection or inserts new list if there is no selection. getcommandstate "state_enabled"(boolean) docommand no parameters note see also cmd_removelist cmd_ul makes unordered list from selection or inserts new list if there is no selection. getcommandstate "state_enabled"(boolean) docommand no parameters note see also cmd_removelist cmd_dt inserts list item (dt element). getcommandstate "state_enabled"(boolean) docommand no parameters note see also cmd_removelist cmd_dd inserts list item (dd element). getcomman...
...And 4 more matches

JavaScript crypto - Archive of obsolete content
though some browsers may still support it, it is in the process of being dropped. ...
...zilla extensions, and are not supported in any other browser. they won't work in firefox 34 or later. use <keygen> or the future web crypto api instead. using the mozilla crypto object from javascript mozilla defines a special javascript object to allow web pages access to certain cryptographic-related services. these services are a balance between the functionality web pages need and the requirement to protect users from malicious web sites. most of these services are available via the dom window object as window.crypto. services are provided to enable: smart card events, generating certificate requests, importing user certs, generating random numbers, logging out of your tokens, and signing text. handling smart card events web sites can make themselves more smartcard friendly by liste...
...us web sites. most of these services are available via the dom window object as window.crypto. services are provided to enable: smart card events, generating certificate requests, importing user certs, generating random numbers, logging out of your tokens, and signing text. ...
...And 4 more matches

Mozilla Crypto FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
domain, mozilla crypto development can proceed with minimal restrictions. in the near future the mozilla code base will include a complete open source cryptographic library, and mozilla will include ssl support as a standard feature. after the u.s. government relaxed u.s. export regulations in january 2000 to allow export of source code for open source software implementing encryption, the major remaining legal obstacle to mozilla crypto development was the fact that rsa security, inc., held a u.s. patent on the rsa public key algorithm. in february 2000 iplanet e-commerce solutions (a sun-netscape alliance) released source code through mozilla.org for the personal security manager and network security services software; this source code included support for the ssl protocol, but due to the ...
..., including contact information for companies and independent developers producing pgp implementations. is information available describing the format of the psm key and certificate database, so that other software can reuse existing user keys and certificates managed by psm? yes, documentation of the database format is available; however we cannot guarantee that the format of the database will remain unchanged in the future. the initial release of ssl, s/mime, and general pki source code from iplanet e-commerce solutions includes some documentation on the format of the key and certificate database. as with mozilla documentation in general, mozilla.org will be glad to host any other documentation contributed to describe database formats, apis, and other technical aspects of the released ss...
...of the key and certificate database. as with mozilla documentation in general, mozilla.org will be glad to host any other documentation contributed to describe database formats, apis, and other technical aspects of the released ssl, s/mime, and pki source code. however, as with apis internal to mozilla modules, mozilla.org cannot guarantee that the format of the key and certificate database will remain unchanged over time; in particular, changes may be introduced at some point that break compatibility with existing applications. also, changing the database directly from an application risks causing database corruption and subsequent problems in psm and applications like mozilla using psm. for these reasons we strongly recommend that mozilla developers and others access the key and certificat...
...And 4 more matches

Binding Attachment and Detachment - Archive of obsolete content
s that identify specific bindings. an individual url in the set consists of the binding document's url and the binding's document-unique identifier. in the following example, a binding is referenced that will be attached to all html checkbox elements. input[type="checkbox"] { -moz-binding: url("http://www.mozilla.org/xbl/htmlbindings.xml#checkbox"); } bindings attached through css will only remain on the bound element as long as the element continues to match the style rule. if at any time a resolution of style on the element determines that a different binding should be attached, the old binding (and all bindings that it explicitly extends in its inheritance chain) will be detached. no bindings will be attached to elements that match the style rule, but are inside an element that has ...
...ch the style rule. if at any time a resolution of style on the element determines that a different binding should be attached, the old binding (and all bindings that it explicitly extends in its inheritance chain) will be detached. no bindings will be attached to elements that match the style rule, but are inside an element that has style display:none set. see bug 307098. whenever an element is removed from a document, any bindings attached via css loaded by the document will be detached. attachment using element.style property none of the xbl inheritance properties of element.style.mozbinding described here are implemented (if ever). bindings can be attached to elements through the scripting by assigning the element.style.mozbinding property. respectively bindings can be detached by s...
...erty none of the xbl inheritance properties of element.style.mozbinding described here are implemented (if ever). bindings can be attached to elements through the scripting by assigning the element.style.mozbinding property. respectively bindings can be detached by setting element.style.mozbinding to empty string. note: some older papers mentioned dom methods document.addbinding and document.removebinding; these were subsequently discarded as redundant and not implemented. var checkbox = document.getelementbyid("mycheckbox"); checkbox.style.mozbinding = "url(http://www.mozilla.org/xbl/htmlbindings.xml#checkbox)"; this attachment is not necessarily synchronous. scripts that invoke this method should not assume that the binding is installed immediately after this method returns. see bi...
...And 4 more matches

Filtering - Archive of obsolete content
viousnext » adjusting the query sometimes you may wish to change the query at a later time. for example, you wish the user to be able to select a value from a list, and the template results should be filtered based on that value. this can be done by modifying the dom nodes inside the query and rebuilding the template. for instance, to apply a filter, you might add a new <triple> element. to remove the filter, the <triple> should be removed again. let's assume that we've given an id of 'cond' to the query tag. function applyfilter(country) { var cond = document.getelementbyid("cond"); var triple = document.getelementbyid("filtertriple"); if (country) { if (!triple) { triple = document.createelement("triple"); triple.id = "filtertriple"; triple.setattribute("s...
...the code is fairly straightforward. a new <triple> element is created and the object attribute is set to the value to filter by. for example, the resulting triple for the nether...
...the code is fairly straightforward. a new <triple> element is created and the object attribute is set to the value to filter by. ...
...And 4 more matches

SeaMonkey - making custom toolbar (SM ver. 1.x) - Archive of obsolete content
<!-- calendar --> <rdf:li> <rdf:seq about="chrome://calendar/content/calendar.xul"> <rdf:li>chrome://custombutton/content/button.xul</rdf:li> </rdf:seq> </rdf:li> </rdf:seq> </rdf:rdf> optionally customize the file by changing the displayname, description and author attributes. change the text between double-quote characters on those three lines. optionally remove the sections for toolbars where you do not want your button. save the file. explanation: this file contains details of your extension, and specifies how it modifies seamonkey. 6. create a plain text file named button.xul. copy the following content, making sure that you scroll to get all of it. paste it into the new file: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <?xml-styl...
...10"/> </toolbar> <!-- button details --> <toolbarbutton id="custom-button-1" label="custom" tooltiptext="my custom toolbar button" oncommand="custombutton[1]()" class="toolbarbutton-1 custombutton" /> </overlay> optionally customize the file by changing the label, accesskey and tooltiptext attributes. change the text between double-quote characters on those lines. optionally remove the sections for toolbars that you do not need. save the file. explanation: this xul file adds the button to the toolbars. it also links to the stylesheet and javascript code that the button uses. the last section specifies details of the button. 7. create a plain text file named button.css. copy the following content, making sure that you scroll to get all of it. paste it into...
...(if you leave both sections in the file, then your button's appearance will match the classic theme.) save the file. explanation: this css stylesheet specifies how the button is diaplayed. it links to the button image, specifying the dimensions of the six parts of the image. 8. create a...
...And 4 more matches

Manipulating Lists - Archive of obsolete content
n label="add" oncommand="additem();"/> the appenditem() takes two arguments, the label, in this case 'thursday', and a value 'thu'. the two arguments correspond to the label attribute and the value attribute on the listitem element. the value is used only as an extra optional value associated with an item which you might wish to use in a script. similarly, there is also an insertitemat() and a removeitemat() function which inserts a new item and removes an existing item respectively. the syntax is as follows: list.insertitemat(3, "thursday", "thu"); list.removeitemat(3); the insertitemat() function takes an additional argument, the position to insert the new item. the new item is inserted at this index, so, in the example, the new item will be added at position 3 while the item previous...
... these three methods are also available for several other xul elements and work in the same manner. in fact, these methods are part of the nsidomxulselectcontrolelement interface so any xul elements which implement this interface have these methods. ...
... these three methods are also available for several other xul elements and work in the same manner. in fact, these methods are part of the nsidomxulselectcontrolelement interface so any xul elements which implement this interface have these methods. ...
...And 4 more matches

XUL Questions and Answers - Archive of obsolete content
illa-dev-tech-xul summaries the frequently asked questions should be moved to xul faq (make sure they have a clear answer.) where can i get more information about creating mozsearch plugins? creating mozsearch plugins contains more help information about creating mozsearch plugin on firefox 2. more documentation on search plugins is available in the search plugins category. is localizing remote xul possible? loading remote dtds for xml documents is currenty not supported in xul. the following bugs were reported on this issue: bug 22942, bug 133698. is there an editor widget in xul that supports syntax highlighting? daniel glazman has been working on this for his projects. he said the code will be open-source, but it is not released yet (as of oct 2006). some teasers are on his b...
...the correct type. using the "icon" attribute on a button from xulplanet.com reference: this attribute should be used to set the usage for common buttons. some platforms display these buttons with a small icon indicating their usage. this should be used in place of the image attribute. possible values include: accept, cancel, help, open, save, find, clear, yes, no, apply, close, print, add, remove, refresh, go-forward, go-back, properties, select-font, select-color, network. if you are using a button that matches one of these common usages, use the icon attribute to indicate this. how to use dynamic objects in toolbar there may be a few ways to implement this: by building your menupopup from an rdf datasource, which could be generated on the server. by getting data (e.g. json s...
... tab browswer in xul how can i get uris on open tabs? using the following code sample, // get browsers object var browsers=document.getelementbyid('content').browsers; var numbrowsers=browsers.length; for (var i=0; numbrowsers>i; i++) { var thisuri=browsers[i].currenturi.spec; // do something with it. } the person can get the titles too using the .contenttitle tag. how to add and remove values to/from, set up inside a <prefwindow> container to handle the preference? <prefwindow> can contain any control, just like a regular window. some of them can be tied to a preference so that the preference is automatically updated as the control is manipulated. others, like <listbox>, cannot be so tied, but one can always write a script that updates preferences explicitly, via nsiprefbra...
...And 4 more matches

browser - Archive of obsolete content
autocompletepopup type: id the...
...the progress listener should impl...
...the progress listener should implement the nsiwebpro...
...And 4 more matches

menu - Archive of obsolete content
he xul tutorial. ...
...you may optionally set a value. the function return...
...you may optionally set a value. the function returns the newly created...
...And 4 more matches

notification - Archive of obsolete content
by the dir and orient attributes. label type: string the label that will appear on the element. if this is left out, no text appears. for an editable menuitem element the value of this attribute is copied to the menulist.value property upon user selection of the menuitem. persistence type: integer the persistence may be set to a non-zero value so that the notificationbox's removetransientnotifications method does not remove them. this may be used to close a set of notifications as a group without affecting other notifications. priority type: integer numeric value that specifies the order in which the notifications appear. should be one of the constants described in the notificationbox's appendnotification method. type type: one of the values below ind...
... related elements notificationbox ...
... related elements notificationbox ...
...And 4 more matches

radiogroup - Archive of obsolete content
border or caption for the group. the radiogroup defaults to vertical orientation. more information is available in the xul tutorial. attributes disabled, focused, preference, tabindex, value properties accessibletype, disabled, focuseditem, itemcount, selectedindex, selecteditem, tabindex, value methods appenditem, checkadjacentelement, getindexofitem, getitematindex, insertitemat, removeitemat examples <radiogroup> <radio id="orange" label="red"/> <radio id="violet" label="green" selected="true"/> <radio id="yellow" label="blue"/> </radiogroup> attributes disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements are usually drawn with grayed-out text. if the element is dis...
...you may optionally set a value. the function retur...
...you may optionally set a value. the function returns the newly create...
...And 4 more matches

tab - Archive of obsolete content
oncommand type: script code this event handler is called when the command is activated. this occurs when a user selects a menu item or presses a keyboard shortcut attached to the command. pending type: boolean this attribute is set to true if the tab is currently in the process of being restored by the session store service. once the tab is restored, this attribute is removed. you can determine if a tab is being restored by checking to see if hasattribute("pending") is true. if the user has turned on the "don't load tabs until selected" preference, the pending attribute is set on tabs until they get loaded. pinned type: boolean this attribute is set to true if the tab has been pinned (that is, if it's an app tab). the tabbrowser element's pintab and unpintab...
...s attribute is set to true if the tab is unread; that is, either it has not yet been selected during the current session, or has changed since the last time it was selected. this attribute is not present if the tab is not unread. validate type: one of the values below this attribute indicates whether to load the image from the cache or not. this would be useful if the images are stored remotely or you plan on swapping the image frequently. the following values are accepted, or leave out the attribute entirely for default handling: always the image is always checked to see whether it should be reloaded. never the image will be loaded from the cache if possible. properties accesskey type: character gets and sets the value of the accesskey a...
... also, "unhiding" a tab leads to unpredictable ordering of the tabs. see bug 307088 and b...
...And 4 more matches

tabs - Archive of obsolete content
dindex. more information is available in the xul tutorial. attributes closebutton, disableclose, disabled, onclosetab, onnewtab, onselect, setfocus, selectedindex, tabbox, tabindex, tooltiptextnew, value, properties accessibletype, disabled, itemcount, selectedindex, selecteditem, tabindex, value, methods advanceselectedtab, appenditem, getindexofitem, getitematindex, insertitemat, removeitemat examples (example needed) attributes closebutton obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 type: boolean if this attribute is set to true, the tabs row will have a "new tab" button and "close" button on the ends. this feature is used by the tabbrowser to provide the facilities for adding and closing tabs. you can set an image to the "new tab" and "close" buttons by applyin...
...if the argument dir is set to -1, the curre...
...if the argument dir is set to -1, the currently selected tab c...
...And 4 more matches

window - Archive of obsolete content
--> <window id="rootwnd" title="register online!" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <vbox> <hbox> <image src="application_form.png"/> <description>register online!</description> </hbox> <groupbox align="start"> <caption label="your information"/> <radiogroup> <vbox>...
...a fi...
...a filename following th...
...And 4 more matches

Archived Mozilla and build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
if you are a plug-in author, you may find this project saves you a lot of work! ant script to assemble an extension this ant script helps to package an extension archived spidermonkey docs this section contains old spidermonkey documentation. ...
...bal java/packages keywords, in particular in the context of firefox extensions."). these 2 objects let you make use of the standard jdk classes, e.g., javascript crypto mozilla defines a special javascript object to allow web pages access to certain cryptographic-related services. these services are a balance between the functionality web pages need and the requirement to protect users from malicious web sites. most of these services are available via the dom window object as window.crypto. jetpack litmus tests litmus tests are (non-automated) tests that are documented in the litmus database. see http://litmus.mozilla.org. makefile.mozextension.2 this makefile is a modification of t...
...ard from the mozilla security team for defining how security tools can interact with browsers in a more useful and usable way. plugin architecture this page contains some notes on how plugins work internally in gecko. it is mainly of interest to gecko developers. porting nspr to unix platforms last modified 16 july 1998 priority content update: i've removed documents from this list that have been migrated into the wiki. the list of completed documents is available through the devedge page. prism prism is a simple xulrunner-based browser that hosts web applications without the normal web browser user interface. prism is based on a concept called site-specific browsers (ssb). an ssb is designed to work exclusively with a ...
...And 4 more matches

XForms Input Element - Archive of obsolete content
and change the instance data to which this xforms control is bound (see the spec). attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control single-node binding special inputmode - not supported for this control incremental - supported. the default value is 'false'. mozilla extensions labelposition - only for boolean types: show the label before or after the checkbox (see below) type restrictions the input element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type except xsd:base64binary, xsd:hexbinray or any data type derived from these. representations the xforms input element can be repr...
...he input/output of simple text into an instance node. allows for free-form data entry (xhtml/xul). characteristics a text field is presented to the user when there is no type given for the bound node or a type is specified that is not handled by one of the other widgets (as documented below). analogous widgets are <xhtml:input type="text"/> and <xul:textbox/> specific handling of attributes incremental - if "true", the bound instance node will be updated on each character typed by the user. if "false", or the incremental attribute is omitted on this element then the bound instance node will be updated when the control loses the focus. checkbox most often used when the form author only needs a simple 'true', 'false', '1', or '0' response from the user (xhtml/xul). characteristics used whe...
...or only needs a simple 'true', 'false', '1', or '0' response from the user (xhtml/xul). characteristics used when the instance node is of type xsd:boolean or a type derived from it analogous widgets are <xhtml:input type="checkbox"/> and <xul:checkbox/> the corresponding label can be displayed before or after the checkbox by using the labelposition attribute. specific handling of attributes incremental - if "true" or this attribute is omitted from this element, then the instance node will be updated when the user checks or un-checks the checkbox. if "false" then the instance node will be updated when the checkbox loses the focus. labelposition - a mozilla xforms extension in the namespace http://www.mozilla.org/projects/xfor...009/extensions. this attribute is optional, possible values are...
...And 4 more matches

Positioning - Learn web development
this article explains the different position values, and how to use them. prerequisites: html basics (study introduction to html), and an idea of how css works (study introduction to css.) objective: to learn how css positioning works. ...
...e'll explain in the next section. introducing top, bottom, left, and right top, bottom, left, and right are used alongside position to specify exactly where to move the positioned element to. to try this out, add the following declarations to the .positioned rule in your css: top: 30px; left: 30px; note: the values of these properties can take any units you'd logically expect — pixels, mm, rems, %, etc. if you now save and refresh, you'll get a result something like this: <h1>relative positioning</h1> <p>i am a basic block level element. my adjacent block level elements sit on new lines below me.</p> <p class="positioned">by default we span 100% of the width of our parent element, and we are as tall as our child content. our total width and height is our content + padding + borde...
...due to its transform property being different from none. this means that you can create useful ui items that are fixed in place, like persisting navigation menus that are always visible no matter how much the page scrolls. let's put together a simple example to show what we mean. first of all, delete the existing p:nth-of-type(1) and .positioned rules from your css. now, update the body rule to remove the position: relative; declaration and add a fixed height, like so: body { width: 500px; height: 1400px; margin: 0 auto; } now we're going to give the <h1> element position: fixed;, and get it to sit at the top of the viewport. add the following rule to your css: h1 { position: fixed; top: 0; width: 500px; margin-top: 0; background: white; padding: 10px; } the top: 0; is...
...And 4 more matches

create fancy boxes - Learn web development
,0,0,0) 75%, #9f8fa4 75%), linear-gradient( 85deg, rgba(0,0,0,0) 83%, #9f8fa4 83%), linear-gradient(175deg, rgba(0,0,0,0) 70%, #74a6ae 70%), linear-gradient( 85deg, rgba(0,0,0,0) 80%, #74a6ae 80%); } gradients can be used in some very creative ways. if you want to see some crazy examples, take a look at lea verou's css patterns. just remember that such use of gradient is quite expensive, performance wise. if you want to learn more about gradient, feel free to get into our dedicated article. pseudo-elements when styling a single box, you could find yourself limited and could wish to have more boxes to create even more amazing styles. most of the time, that leads to polluting the dom by adding extra html element for the unique p...
... bottom : 0; /* this makes sure our pseudo-elements will be below the box content whatever happens. ...
...*/ border-bottom-left-radius: 0; } blockquote a more practical example of using pseudo-elements is to build a nice formatting for html <blockquote> elements. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTML forms in legacy browsers - Learn web development
input { /* this rule turns off the default rendering for the input types that have a border, including buttons defined with an input element */ border: 1px solid #ccc; } input[type="button"] { /* this does not restore the default rendering */ border: none; } input[type="button"] { /* these do...
...r type looks different in safari, chrome and firefox browser, but the color picker widget is the same in all browsers on a device as it opens up the operating system's native color picker. it's generally a good idea to not alter the default appearance of form control because altering one css property value may alter some input types but not others. for example, if you declare input { font-size: 2rem; }, it will impact number, date, and text, but not color or range. if you alter a property, that may impact the appearance of the widget in unexpected ways. for example, [value] { background-color: #ccc; } may have been used to target every <input> with a value attribute, but changing the background-color or border radius on a <meter> will lead to likely unexpected results that differ across brow...
... but not color or range. if you alter a property, that may impact the appearance of the widget in unexpected ways. for example, [value] { background-color: #ccc; } may have been used to target every <input> with a value attribute, but changing the background-color or border radius on a <meter> will lead to likely unexpected results that differ across browsers. you can declare appearance: none; to remove the browser styles, but that generally defeats the purpose: as you lose all styling, removing the default look and feel your visitors are used to. to summarize, when it comes to styling form control widgets, the side effects of styling them with css can be unpredictable. so don't. as you can see from the complexity of the property compatibility table for form widgets article, it's very diffi...
...And 4 more matches

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
set" button to reset the time back to 0. the time display to show the number of seconds elapsed, rather than the actual time. here's a few hints for you: you can structure and style the button markup however you like; just make sure you use semantic html, with hooks to allow you to grab the button references using javascript. you probably want to create a variable that starts at 0, then increments by one every second using a constant loop. it is easier to create this example without using a date() object, like we've done in our version, but less accurate — you can't guarantee that the callback will fire after exactly 1000ms. a more accurate way would be to run starttime = date.now() to get a timestamp of exactly when the user clicked the start button, and then do date.now() - startt...
...t to calculate the number of hours, minutes, and seconds as separate values, and then show them together in a string after each loop iteration. from the second counter, you can work out each of these. how would you calculate them? have a think about it: the number of seconds in an hour is 3600. the number of minutes will be the amount of seconds left over when all of the hours have been removed, divided by 60. the number of seconds will be the amount of seconds left over when all of the minutes have been removed. you'll want to include a leading zero on your display values if the amount is less than 10, so it looks more like a traditional clock/watch. to pause the stopwatch, you'll want to clear the interval. to reset it, you'll want to set the counter back to 0, clear the...
... you can aim for is 60 frames per second (fps) when working with web browsers. however, more frames means more processing, which can often cause stuttering and skipping — also known as dropping frames, or jank. if you have a monitor with a 60hz refresh rate and you want to achieve 60 fps you have about 16.7 milliseconds (1000 / 60) to execute your animation code to render each frame. this is a reminder that you'll need to be mindful of the amount of code that you try to run during each pass through the animation loop. requestanimationframe() always tries to get as close to this magic 60 fps value as possible. sometimes, it isn't possible — if you have a really complex animation and you are running it on a slow computer, your frame rate will be less. in all cases, requestanimationframe()...
...And 4 more matches

Build your own function - Learn web development
the first line uses a dom api function called document.queryselector() to select the <html> element and store a reference to it in a constant called html, so we can do things to it later on: const html = document.queryselector('html'); the next section uses another dom api function called ...
...dler is a property available on the button (or in fact, any element on the page) that can be set to a function to specify what code to run when the button is clicked. you'll learn a lot more about these in our later events article. we are making the onclick handler equal to an anonymous function, which contains the code to run when the button is clicked. ...
...y element on the page) that can be set to a function to specify what code to run when the button is clicked. you'll learn a lot more about these in our later events article. we are making the onclick handler equal to an anonymous function, which contains the code to run when the button is clicked. ...
...And 4 more matches

A first splash into JavaScript - Learn web development
let's imagine your bos...
...ous guesses. next, check whether it is the correct number. if it is correct: display congratulations message. stop the player from being able to enter more guesses (this would mess the game up). display control allowing the player to restart the game. if it is wrong and the player has turns left: tell the player they are wrong. allow them to enter another guess. increment the turn number by 1. if it is wrong and the player has no turns left: tell the player it is game over. stop the player from being able to enter more guesses (this would mess the game up). display control allowing the player to restart the game. once the game restarts, make sure the game logic and ui are completely reset, then go back to step 1. let's now move forward...
...ell them they are wrong, then we perform another conditional test to check whether the guess was higher or lower than the answer, displaying a further message as appropriate to tell them higher or lower. the last three lines in the function (lines 26–28 above) get us ready for the next guess to be submitted. we add 1 to the guesscount variable so the player uses up their turn (++ is an incrementation operation — increment by 1), and empty the value out of the form text field and focus it again, ready for the next guess to be entered. events at this point we have a nicely implemented checkguess() function, but it won't do anything because we haven't called it yet. ideally we want to call it when the "submit guess" button is pressed, and to do this we need to use an event. events a...
...And 4 more matches

Basic math in JavaScript — numbers and operators - Learn web development
rs that we use to do sums in javascript: operator name purpose example + addition adds two numbers together. 6 + 9 - subtraction subtracts the right number from the left. 20 - 15 * multiplication multiplies two numbers together. 3 * 7 / division divides the left number by the right. 10 / 5 % remainder (sometimes called modulo) returns the remainder left over after you've divided the left number into a number of integer portions equal to the right number. 8 % 3 (returns 2, as three goes into 8 twice, leaving 2 left over). ** exponent raises a base number to the exponent power, that is, the base number multiplied by itself, exponent times. it was firs...
...act (the calculation is always evaluated from left to right). if you want to override operator precedence, you can put parentheses round the parts that you want to be explicitly dealt with first. so to get a result of 6, we could do this: (num2 + num1) / (8 + 2); try it and see. note: a full list of all javascript operators and their precedence can be found in expressions and operators. increment and decrement operators sometimes you'll want to repeatedly add or subtract one to or from a numeric variable value. this can be conveniently done using the increment (++) and decrement (--) operators. we used ++ in our "guess the number" game back in our first splash into javascript article, when we added 1 to our guesscount variable to keep track of how many guesses the user has left after ...
...k of how many guesses the user has left after each turn. guesscount++; note: these operators are most commonly used in loops, which you'll learn about later on in the course. for example, say you wanted to loop through a list of prices, and add sales tax to each one. you'd use a loop to go through each value in turn and do the necessary calculation for adding the sales tax in each case. the incrementor is used to move to the next value when needed. we've actually provided a simple example showing how this is done — check it out live, and look at the source code to see if you can spot the incrementors! we'll look at loops in detail later on in the course. let's try playing with these in your console. for a start, note that you can't apply these directly to a number, which might seem str...
...And 4 more matches

Useful string methods - Learn web development
certain length. retrieving a specific string character on a related note, you can return any character inside a string by using square bracket notation — this means you include square brackets ([]) on the end of your variable name. inside the square brackets you include the number of the character you want to return, so for example to retrieve the first letter you'd do this: browsertype[0]; remember: computers count from 0, not 1! you could use this to, for example, find the first letter of a series of strings and order them alphabetically. to retrieve the last character of any string, we could use the following line, combining this technique with the length property we looked at above: browsertype[browsertype.length-1]; the length of "mozilla" is 7, but because the count starts at 0...
...aracter position to start extracting at, and the second parameter is the character position after the last one to be extracted. so the slice happens from the first position, up to, but not including, the last position. in this example, since the starting index is 0, the second parameter is equal to the length of the string being returned. also, if you know that you want to extract all of the remaining characters in a string after a certain character, you don't have to include the second parameter! instead, you only need to include the character position from where you want to extract the remaining characters in a string. try the following: browsertype.slice(2); this returns "zilla" — this is because the character position of 2 is the letter z, and because you didn't include a secon...
... note: the second parameter of slice() is optional: if you don't include it, the slice ends at the end of the original string. there are other options too; study the slice() page to see what else you can find out. ...
...And 4 more matches

Componentizing our React app - Learn web development
hould ensure that each <todo /> component renders a unique name. in app.js, give each <todo /> a name prop. let’s use the names of our tasks that we had before: <todo name="eat" /> <todo name="sleep" /> <todo name="repeat" /> when your browser refreshes, you will see… the exact same thing as before. we gave our <todo /> some props, but we aren't using them yet. ...
...using them yet. let's go back to todo.js and remedy that. first modify your todo() function definition so that it takes props as a parameter. you can console.log() your props as we did before, if you'd like to check that they are being received by the component correctly. once you're confident that your component is getting its props, you can replace every occurrence of eat with your name prop. remember: when you're in the middle of a jsx expression, you use curly braces to inject the value of a variable. putting all that together, your todo() function should read like this: export default function todo(props) { return ( <li classname="todo stack-small"> <div classname="c-cb"> <input id="todo-0" type="checkbox" defaultchecked={true} /> <label classname="todo-la...
...lassname="btn-group"> <button type="button" classname="btn"> edit <span classname="visually-hidden">{props.name}</span> </button> <button type="button" classname="btn btn__danger"> delete <span classname="visually-hidden">{props.name}</span> </button> </div> </li> ); } now your browser should show three unique tasks. another problem remains though: they're all still checked by default. is it completed? in our original static list, only eat was checked. once again, we want to reuse most of the ui that makes up a <todo /> component, but change one thing. that's a good job for another prop! give each <todo /> call in app.js a new prop of completed. the first (eat) should have a value of true; the rest should be false: <todo ...
...And 4 more matches

Handling common accessibility problems - Learn web development
hat arise around web accessibility, connected with specific technologies, along with best practices to follow, and some quick tests you can do to see if your sites are going in the right direction. note: accessibility is morally the right thing to do, and good for business (numbers of disabled users, users on mobile devices, etc. present significant market segments), but it is also a legal requirement in many parts of the world to make web content accessible to people with disabilities. read accessibility guidelines and the law for more information. html semantic html (where the elements are used for their correct purpose) is accessible right out of the box — such content is readable by sighted viewers (provided you don't do anything silly like make the text way too small or hide it us...
...cond subsection of my content. i think it is more interesting than the last one.</p> in addition, your content should make logical sense in its source order — you can always place it where you want using css later on, but you should get the source order right to start with. as a test, you can turn off a site's css and see how understandable it is without it. you could do this manually by just removing the css from your code, but the easiest way is to use browser features, for example: firefox: select view > page style > no style from the main menu. safari: select develop > disable styles from the main menu (to enable the develop menu, choose safari > preferences > advanced > show develop menu in menu bar). chrome: install the web developer toolbar extension, then restart the browser.
...usable elements look when focused, using the :focus pseudo-class. it is a good idea to double up focus and hover styles, so your users get that visual clue that a control will do something when activated, whether they are using mouse or keyboard: a:hover, input:hover, button:hover, select:hover, a:focus, input:focus, button:focus, select:focus { font-weight: bold; } note: if you do decide to remove the default focus styling using css, make sure you replace it with something else that fits in with your design better — it is a very valuable accessiblity tool, and should not be removed. building in keyboard accessibility sometimes it is not possible to avoid losing keyboard accessibility. you might have inherited a site where the semantics are not very good (perhaps you've ended up wit...
...And 4 more matches

Multiple Firefox profiles
ofile for testing websites, apps, or other projects on different firefox channels. for example, you might want to have some extensions installed for web development, but not for general-purpose web browsing. while using the nightly channel, you may encounter some add-ons that have become temporarily incompatible with new api changes, until the add-on developer has a chance to update them. you can remove such add-ons from your profile for nightly use while keeping them for use with other profiles. for qa, testing, and bug triaging contributors, you may want to have multiple development versions of firefox installed, each with its own profile. creating new profiles for testing can keep you from losing your preferences, bookmarks, and history. it takes little time to set up a new profile, and o...
...nd enter the name of the profile. use a profile name that is descriptive, such as your personal name. this name is not exposed to the internet. you can also choose where to store the profile on your computer. to select storage location, click choose folder.... if you choose your folder location for the profile, select a new or empty folder. if you choose a folder that isn't empty, and you later remove the profile and choose the \"delete files\" option, everything inside that folder will be deleted. to create the new profile, click finish. creating a profile through the firefox browser you can create a new firefox profile directly from the browser. type about:profiles into the browser url search bar on the page, click create a new profile button read the introduction, and click next...
...ead the introduction, and click next enter a profile name for your new profile. use a profile name that is descriptive, such as your personal name. this name is not exposed to the internet. optionally, to change where the profile will be stored on your computer, click choose folder... to create the new profile, click finish. deleting a profile in the profile manager, select the profile to remove, and click delete profile.... confirm that you wish to delete the profile: don't delete files removes the profile from the profile manager yet retains the profile data files on your computer in the storage folder so that your information is not lost. "don't delete files" is the preferred option, because it saves the old profile's folder, allowing you to recover the files to a new profil...
...And 4 more matches

Storage access policy: Block cookies from trackers
eatures that we don't yet plan to ship to release users; experimental features will not be included in this documentation, but may nevertheless impact the functionality of domains classified as trackers. we recommend sites test with firefox nightly, as this includes the newest version of our protections. as described above, note that nightly may include additional protections that end up getting removed or changed before they reach our release users. we’ll keep this page updated with the newest information as we strengthen our protections. these protections are on by default in nightly. the cookie policy can be enabled in other versions of firefox through the content blocking settings (these steps will vary by version; the linked documentation includes a dropdown to select the appropriate...
...on. firefox uses the built-in tracking protection url classifier to determine which resources match the tracking protection list. domains are matched against the list in accordance with the safebrowsing v4 specification. specifically, we check the exact hostname of the resource against the list, as well as the last four hostnames formed by starting with the last five components and successively removing the leading component. consider the following examples: hostname on the list hostname of resource matched example.com example.com yes example.com a.b.example.com yes blah.example.com example.com no a.b.example.com c.d.example.com no blah.example.com foo.blah.example.com yes what does the sto...
...r access to storage. automatic storage access upon interaction in order to improve web compatibility, firefox currently includes some heuristics to grant storage access automatically to third parties that receive user interaction. these heuristics are intended to allow some third-party integrations that are common on the web to continue to function. they are intended to be temporary and will be removed in a future version of firefox. they should not be relied upon for current and future web development. third-party storage access may be granted to resources that have been classified as tracking resources when a user gesture triggers a pop-up window that has opener access to the originating document. when that occurs, there are three possible ways a third-party origin can be granted access:...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to Layout in Mozilla
overview basic data flow key data structures detailed walk-through incrementalism future tech-talks wrap-up, q&a basic data flow source document arrives via network apis incrementally “pumped” through the single-threaded layout engine parse, compute style, render; repeat css used for rendering all content content theoretically separate from “presentation” key data structures content node elements, attributes, leaves dom frame rectangular formatting primitive geometric information [0..n] per content node 2nd thru nth are “continuations” style context non-geometric information may be shared by adjacent frames reference counted, owned by frame ...
...notifications passes these to the style set object, who in turn passes to the frame constructor frame constructor creat...
...ddleaf content sink creates and attaches content nodes using nsicontent interface content sink maintains stack of “live” elements more buffering and fixup occurs here insertchildat, appendchildto, removechildat frame construction content sink uses nsidocument interface to notify of Δs in content model contentappended, contentinserted, contentremoved presshell is registered as document observer receives contentappended, etc. notifications passes these to the style set object, who in turn passes to the frame constructor frame constructor creates frames constructframeinternal recursively walks content tree, resolves style and creates frames either created by tag (<select>) or by display type (...
...And 4 more matches

Download
tions. this object is transient, though it can be included in a downloadlist so that it can be managed by the user interface and persisted across sessions. a new download object can be created using the downloads.createdownload() function. method overview promise start(); promise launch(); promise showcontainingdirectory(); promise cancel(); promise removepartialdata(); promise whensucceeded(); promise finalize([optional] boolean aremovepartialdata); properties attribute type description canceled read only boolean indicates that the download has been canceled. this property can become true, then it can be reset to false when a canceled download is restarted. this property becomes...
...temporary files or part files may still exist even if they are expected to be deleted, until the stopped property becomes true. contenttype string the mime type of the download, for example "text/plain", or null if the mime type is not available. ...
...e retained, to use when restarting a failed or canceled download. the default is false. whether partial data can actually be retained depends on the saver and the download source, and may not be known before the download is started. to have any effect, this property must be set before starting the download. resetting this property to false after the download has already started will not remove any partial data. note: if this property is set to true, care should be taken that partial data is removed before the reference to the download is discarded. this can be done using the removepartialdata() or the finalize() methods. methods start() starts the download for the first time, or restarts a download that failed or has been canceled. calling this method when the dow...
...And 4 more matches

DownloadList
a downloadlist object represents a collection of download objects that can be viewed and managed by the user interface, and persisted across sessions. a reference to a downloadlist object can be obtained using the downloads.getlist() function. ...
...ed and managed by the user interface, and persisted across sessions. a reference to a downloadlist object can be obtained using the downloads.getlist() function. method overview promise<array<download>> getall(); promise add(download adownload); promise remove(download adownload); promise addview(object aview); promise removeview(object aview); void removefinished([optional] function afilterfn); methods getall() retrieves a snapshot of the downloads that are currently in the list. the returned array does not change when downloads are added or removed, though the download objects it contains are still updated in real time. promise<array<download>> getall(); parameters none. promise resolves...
...nge event is registered by the list, thus it cannot be used to monitor the download. to receive change notifications for downloads that are added to the list, use the addview() method to register for ondownloadchanged notifications. promise add( download adownload ); parameters adownload the download object to add. promise resolves to undefined when the download has been added. remove() removes a download from the list. if the download was already removed, this method has no effect. promise remove( download adownload ); parameters adownload the download object to remove. promise resolves to undefined when the download has been removed. addview() adds a view that will be notified of changes to downloads. the newly added view will receive ondownloadadded no...
...And 4 more matches

QA phase
language pack to install on your local instance. manual & automated builds with the click of a button, some l10n tools (like narro and koala) automatically create language pack builds for you. if you're using one of these tools, feel free to skip ahead to the seeing your work section. if you're not using one of these tools, let's walk you through building your own language pack manually. note: remember all of those pre-requisite tools we asked you to install in the initial setup? here's where you'll need almost all of them. if you haven't installed them yet, now is the time to do it. preliminary instructions we will be using the following file directories for this example: your working directory (root)/ mozilla-aurora (en-us source, pulled from http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla...
...0n-central/x-testing/toolkit/defines.inc tah-dah! copied! finally, you will need a file called .mozconfig to proceed with manual builds. this file contains the necessary build instructions. ...
...d-ons by navigating to tools->language->your localization's language code. restart your browser and start testing! now you should be able to see all of your work up to this point. click here for guidelines on how to test your localization. don't lose your work! your work is so important! we would really hate to see you lose any of it. after you test your localization, you should send it to a remote repository, which will serve as a backup for your work and will let others follow your progress. we're going to go through the process below. the official localization teams use repositories at hg.mozilla.org. before a team becomes official, we like to get the localizers comfortable with the hg commands that allow for cloning, pulling, committing, and pushing work to an experimental repositor...
...And 4 more matches

Activity Monitor, Battery Status Menu and top
this article describes the activity monitor, battery status menu, and top — three related tools available on mac os x. note: the power profiling overview is worth reading at this point if you haven't already. it may make parts of this document easier to understand. activity monitor this is a built-in os x tool that shows real-time process measurements. ...
..."energy impact" measure is likely to be consulted by users to compare the power consumption of different programs. (apple support documentation specifically recommends it for troubleshooting battery life problems.) unfortunately "energy impact" is not a good measure for either users or software developers and it should be avoided. activity monitor can still be useful, however. power-related measurements activity monitor has several tabs. they can all be customized to show any of the available measurements (by right-clicking on the column strip) but only the "energy" tab groups child processes with parent processes, which is useful, so it's the best one to use. the following screenshot shows a customized "energy" tab. the power-related columns are as follows. energy impact / avg energy...
... use. the following screenshot shows a customized "energy" tab. the power-related columns are as follows. energy impact / avg energy impact: see the separate section below. % cpu: cpu usage percentage. this can exceed 100% if multiple cores are being used. idle wake ups: in mac os 10.9 this measured "package idle exit" wakeups. this is the same value as powermetrics' "pkg idle" measurement (i.e. task_power_info::task_platform_idle_wakeups obtained from the task_info function.) in mac os 10.10 it appears to have been changed to measure interrupt-level wakeups (a superset of idle wakeups), which are less interesting. this is the same value as powermetrics' "intr" measurement (i.e. task_power_info::task_interrupt_wakeups obtained from the task_info function.) requires high...
...And 4 more matches

Index
roperties, as well as providing a handle for the programmer to use. once the application is done with a handle, it should be released, allowing nss to free the associated resources. when working with handles to private keys it's usually difficult (and undesired) that an application gets access to the raw key data; therefore it may be difficult to extract such data from nss. the usual minimum requirement is that private keys must be wrapped using a protective layer (such as password-based encryption). the intention is to make it easier to review code for security. the less code that has access to raw secret keys, the less code that must be reviewed. nss has only limited functionality to look up raw keys. the preferred approach is to use certificates, and to look up certificates by propertie...
...uites. if a programmer wants to influence how nss verifies certificates or how nss verifies the data presented in a ssl connection handshake, it is possible to register application-defined callback functions which will be called by nss at the appropriate point of time, and which can be used to override the decisions made by nss. if you would like to use nss as a toolkit that implements ssl, remember that you must init nss first. but if you don't care about modifying the default trust permanently (recorded on disk), you can use the no-database init calls. when creating the network socket for data exchange, note that you must use the operating system independent apis provided by nspr and nss. it might be interesting to mention a property of the nspr file descriptors, which are stacked in ...
...entries within the range. * add certificate entries(s) to crl: addcert range date range: two integer values separated by dash: range of certificates that will be added by this command. dash is used as a delimiter. only one cert will be added if there is no delimiter. date: revocation date of a cert. date should be represented in generalizedtime format (yyyymmddhhmmssz). * remove certificate entry(s) from crl rmcert range where: range: two integer values separated by dash: range of certificates that will be added by this command. dash is used as a delimiter. only one cert will be added if there is no delimiter. * change range of certificate entry(s) in crl range new-range where: new-range: two integer values separated by dash: range of...
...And 4 more matches

SpiderMonkey 24
evious versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 24 spidermonkey now provides a fully c++ interface, so embedders relying on embeddability in c projects will have to convert to c++, or implement their own adapter code. the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. ...
...many jsapi types, functions, and callback signatures have changed, though most of them still have the same names and do the same things. ...
...tudio 2010 and later) is only invoked for those compilers. otherwise <stdint.h> is used. the environment variable is provided as a solution for embedders whose code requires particular definitions of those types, and those particular definitions are incompatible with the standard definitions or the custom implementation needed for older versions of visual studio. in the long run we anticipate removing the environment variable-based overriding when we drop support for versions of visual studio prior to 2010. in the meantime moz_custom_stdint_h is intended to function as a bridge to always using the standard header. for more information on the fixed-size integer types changes, see this blog post. new c apis js_getarrayprototype provides access to the original value of array.prototype.
...And 4 more matches

Using the Places annotation service
names(aitem, count, result); retrieves a list of all the annotations on a given uri or id. c++ callers will want to use getpageannotationnamestarray which returns a com array, making memory management much easier and reducing the chance of leaks. pagehasannotation(auri, aname); itemhasannotation(aitemid, aname); returns true if the page/item has an annotation with the given name. removepageannotation(auri, aname); removeitemannotation(aitemid, aname); removes a given annotation from a page/item. removepageannotations(auri); removeitemannotations(aitemid); removes all the annotations from a given page/item. copypageannotations(asourceuri, adesturi, aoverwritedest); copyitemannotations(asourceitemid, adestitemid, aoverwritedest); copies all the annotation...
...ifetime of annotations annotation expiration can be explicitly stated when the annotation is created. if no expiration is specified, the annotation is expired when the number of visits to the url is set to zero. valid values for expiration are: expire_with_history : default. annotations live as long as the uri is in history (eg: has >0 visits). expire_never : never expire. must be explictly removed. expire_session : removed at application exit. expire_days : removed at 7 days. expire_weeks : removed at 30 days. expire_months : removed at 180 days. annotationservice.setpageannotation(uri, "my_extension/some_annotation", "this is the annotation value", 0, annotationservice.expire_never); annotation observers observers can also be added to the service to watch for changes to ann...
...n : removed at application exit. expire_days : removed at 7 days. expire_weeks : removed at 30 days. expire_months : removed at 180 days. annotationservice.setpageannotation(uri, "my_extension/some_annotation", "this is the annotation value", 0, annotationservice.expire_never); annotation observers observers can also be added to the service to watch for changes to annotations. to add or remove an observer use the methods: addobserver(aobserver); removeobserver(aobserver); where aobserver is an object implementing the nsiannotationobserver interface. ...
...And 4 more matches

Accessing the Windows Registry Using XPCOM
k.open(wrk.root_key_local_machine, "software\\microsoft\\windows\\currentversion\\run", wrk.access_read); for (var i=0; i<wrk.valuecount; i++) { var name = wrk.getvaluename(i); var value = readregistryvalue(wrk, name); // do something interesting here... } wrk.close(); for simplicity, this example assumes the existence of the readregistryvalue() function defined above. removing registry keys and values to remove child keys and values from the registry, you can use the removechild() and removevalue() methods. removechild() removes a child key and all of its values, but will fail if the key has any child keys of its own. in that case you must manually enumerate the children and remove them individually. this example shows how to recursively delete a registry key and...
...ys and values from the registry, you can use the removechild() and removevalue() methods. removechild() removes a child key and all of its values, but will fail if the key has any child keys of its own. in that case you must manually enumerate the children and remove them individually. this example shows how to recursively delete a registry key and all of its children. ...
...movevalue() methods. removechild() removes a child key and all of its values, but will fail if the key has any child keys of its own. in that case you must manually enumerate the children and remove them individually. this example shows how to recursively delete a registry key and all of its children. ...
...And 4 more matches

An Overview of XPCOM
ly, for example—the expensive work to divide things may not be worth the effort. the http component in gecko doesn't expose private classes it uses as separate components. the "stuff" that's internal to the component stays internal, and isn't exposed to xpcom. in the haste of early mozilla development, components were created where they were inappropriate, but there's been an ongoing effort to remove xpcom from places like this. interfaces how do you decide when to break apart your code? the basic idea is to identify the pieces of functionality that are related and understand how they communicate with each other. the communication channels between different component form boundaries between those components, and when those boundaries are formalized they are known as interfaces. interfac...
...hich provides solutions to both of these issues for xpcom developers. object ownership in xpcom, since components may implement any number of different interfaces, components must be reference counted. when a component gets created, an integer inside the component tracks the number of clients who have an interface to the components -- also known as the reference count. the reference count is incremented automatically when the client instantiates the component; over the course of the component's life, the reference count goes up and down. when all clients lose interest in the component, the reference count hits zero, and the component deletes itself. when clients use interfaces responsibly, this can be a very straightforward process. xpcom has tools to make it even easier, as we describe la...
...ence count goes up and down. when all clients lose interest in the component, the reference count hits zero, and the component deletes itself. when clients use interfaces responsibly, this can be a very straightforward process. xpcom has tools to make it even easier, as we describe later. it can raise some real housekeeping problems when, for example, a client uses an interface and forgets to decrement the reference count. when this happens, interfaces may never be released and will leak memory. the system of reference counting is, like many things in xpcom, a contract between clients and implementations. it works when people agree to it, but when they don't, things can go wrong. it is the responsibility of the function that creates the interface pointer to add the initial reference, or owni...
...And 4 more matches

mozIStorageConnection
); mozistoragependingstatement executeasync([array, size_is(anumstatements)] in mozistoragebasestatement astatements, in unsigned long anumstatements, [optional] in mozistoragestatementcallback acallback ); void executesimplesql(in autf8string asqlstatement); boolean indexexists(in autf8string aindexname); void preload(); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void removefunction(in autf8string afunctionname); mozistorageprogresshandler removeprogresshandler(); void rollbacktransaction(); void setgrowthincrement(in print32 aincrement, in autf8string adatabasename); mozistorageprogresshandler setprogresshandler(in print32 agranularity, in mozistorageprogresshandler ahandler); boolean tableexists(in autf8string ata...
...saction open on the connection, or have a transaction open on another connection that shares the same pager cache. this cached data will go away when the transaction is closed. this preload operation can dramatically speed up read operations because the data is loaded as one large block. normally, pages are read in on demand, which can cause many disk seeks. void preload(); parameters none. ...
.... this preload operation can dramatically speed up read operations because the data is loaded as one large block. normally, pages are read in on demand, which can cause many disk seeks. void preload(); parameters none. removefunction() deletes a custom sql function that was created with either mozistorageconnection.createfunction() or mozistorageconnection.createaggregatefunction(). void removefunction( in autf8string afunctionname ); parameters afunctionname the name of the function to remove. removeprogresshandler() removes the progress handler that was registered with mozistorageconnection.registerprogresshandler(). mozistorageprogresshandler removeprogresshandler(); parameters none. return value returns the previous registered handler. rollbacktransaction() ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIContentPrefService
iew void addobserver(in astring aname, in nsicontentprefobserver aobserver); nsivariant getpref(in nsivariant agroup, in astring aname, [optional] in nsicontentprefcallback acallback); nsipropertybag2 getprefs(in nsivariant agroup); nsipropertybag2 getprefsbyname(in astring aname); boolean haspref(in nsivariant agroup, in astring aname); void removegroupedprefs(); void removeobserver(in astring aname, in nsicontentprefobserver aobserver); void removepref(in nsivariant agroup, in astring aname); void removeprefsbyname(in astring aname); void setpref(in nsivariant agroup, in astring aname, in nsivariant avalue); attributes attribute type description dbconnection mozistor...
...specified uri. specify null to check for the preference in the global preference space; those preferences apply to all sites. aname the name of the preference whose existence is to be determined. return value true if the preference exists; otherwise false. exceptions thrown ns_error_illegal_value if agroup is not a string, nsiuri, or null. ...
...y null to check for the preference in the global preference space; those preferences apply to all sites. aname the name of the preference whose existence is to be determined. return value true if the preference exists; otherwise false. exceptions thrown ns_error_illegal_value if agroup is not a string, nsiuri, or null. or if aname is null or an empty string removegroupedprefs() remove all grouped prefs. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIControllers
void appendcontroller( in nsicontroller controller ); parameters controller a controller to be added to ...
...void appendcontroller( in nsicontroller controller ); parameters controller a controller to be added to the list of controllers. exceptions thrown ns_error_out_of_me...
...n by its order, rather than position, of insertion. nsicontroller getcontrollerbyid( in unsigned long controllerid ); parameters controllerid the id (insertion order) of a controller. return value the controller element that was inserted with that id. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure the id is greater than the number of controllers that have been inserted, or the controller has since been removed. getcontrollercount() returns the current number of controllers. unsigned long getcontrollercount(); parameters none. return value the number of controllers currently in the list of controllers. getcontrollerforcommand() searches for a controller that supports the given command. nsicontroller getcontrollerforcommand( in string command ); parameters command the name of a command, e.g. cm...
...And 4 more matches

nsIMsgHeaderParser
es); void parseheaderswitharray(in wstring aline, [array, size_is(count)] out wstring aemailaddresses, [array, size_is(count)] out wstring anames, [array, size_is(count)] out wstring afullnames, [retval] out unsigned long count); void reformatheaderaddresses(in string line, out string reformattedaddress); wstring reformatunquotedaddresses(in wstring line); void removeduplicateaddresses(in string addrs, in string other_addrs, in prbool removealiasestome, out string newaddress); string unquotephraseoraddr(in string line, in boolean preserveintegrity); wstring unquotephraseoraddrwstring(in wstring line, in boolean preserveintegrity); methods extractheaderaddressmailboxes() given a string which contains a list of header addresses, ret...
...ceptions thrown missing exception missing description reformatunquotedaddresses() given a string, will make it safe to use by adding missing quote and escaping needed quote wstring reformatunquotedaddresses( in wstring line ); parameters line the header line to parse. return value safe addresses (?) exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!removeduplicateaddresses returns a copy of addrs which may have had some addresses removed. addresses are removed if they are already in either addrs or other_addrs. (if other_addrs contain addresses which are not in addrs, they are not added. that argument is for passing in addresses that were already mentioned in other header fields.) addresses are considered to be the same if they contain the...
...ddresses are removed if they are already in either addrs or other_addrs. (if other_addrs contain addresses which are not in addrs, they are not added. that argument is for passing in addresses that were already mentioned in other header fields.) addresses are considered to be the same if they contain the same mailbox part (case-insensitive.) real names and other comments are not compared. removealiasestome allows the address parser to use the preference which contains regular expressions which also mean 'me' for the purpose of stripping the user's email address(es) out of addrs string removeduplicateaddresses( in string addrs, in string other_addrs, in prbool removealiasestome ); parameters addrs the addresses to remove duplicates from. other_addrs other addresses that ...
...And 4 more matches

nsITreeView
layout/xul/base/src/tree/public/nsitreeview.idlscriptable this interface is used by the tree widget to get information about what and how to display a tree widget. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 22 (firefox 22 / thunderbird 22 / seamonkey 2.19) implementing a nsitreeview in lieu of dom methods for tree creation can improve performance dramatically, and removes the need to make changes to the tree manually when changes to the database occur. further information about creating treeviews is given in the xul tutorial. method overview boolean candrop(in long index, in long orientation, in nsidomdatatransfer datatransfer); boolean candropbeforeafter(in long index, in boolean before); obsolete since gecko 1.8 boolean candropon(in long ...
... long getlevel(in long index); long getparentindex(in long rowindex); long getprogressmode(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); astring getrowproperties(in long index, in nsisupportsarray properties obsolete since gecko 22); boolean hasnextsibling(in long rowindex, in long afterindex); boolean iscontainer(in long index); boolean iscontainerempty(in long index); boolean iscontaineropen(in long index); boolean iseditable(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); boolean isselectable(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); boolean isseparator(in long index); boolean issorted(); void performaction(in wstring action); void performactiononcell(in wstring action, in long row, in nsitreeco...
...ided with a properties array. (this is one way of detecting the version at run-time). simply return a string of space-separated property names. for example: getrowproperties: function(index) { return "dummy"; } obsolete since gecko 22 (firefox 22 / thunderbird 22 / seamonkey 2.19)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. to add properties for a particular row, you must use the nsiatomservice to create an nsiatom string, which can then be appended to the array to alter the style (see also styling a tree) getrowproperties: function(index, properties) { var atomservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/atom-service;1"].getservice(components.interfaces.nsiatomservice); va...
...And 4 more matches

nsIXPConnect
void reparentscopeawarewrappers(in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr aoldscope, in jsobjectptr anewscope); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 nsixpconnectjsobjectholder reparentwrappednativeiffound(in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr ascope, in jsobjectptr anewparent, in nsisupports acomobj); void restorewrappedna...
...); parameters ajscontext missing description aobject missing description return value missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!getcowforobject obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. wrap a jsval in a chrome object wrapper. jsval getcowforobject( in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr aparent, in jsobjectptr awrappedobj ); parameters ajscontext a context to use to create objects. aparent the parent to create the wrapper with. awrappedobj the object to wrap. return value missing description exceptions thrown ...
...ng description ascope missing description aclassinfo missing description return value missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!getwrapperforobject obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. returns an xpcnativewrapper, xpcsafejsobjectwrapper, or xpccrossoriginwrapper for the given object based on the principal, scope, and filename flags that are passed in. note: in c++, the out jsval parameter must already be a strong gc root. jsval getwrapperforobject( in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr aobject, in jsobjectptr ascope, in ns...
...And 4 more matches

Using the Multiple Accounts API
etc. it is also responsible for the creation of any new account-related objects. the account manager maintains the main list of accounts. accounts (nsimsgaccount): an account consists of a single incoming server, and one or more identities. an account is merely a container to bind incoming servers and identities together. incoming servers (nsimsgincomingserver): an incoming server represents a remote message store such as a pop, imap, or nntp server. it holds all the information necessary to retrieve mail from the remote server, such as hostname, user login name, and biff settings. identities (nsimsgidentity): an identity contains all the information necessary to compose and outgoing mail message. it includes a user's full name and e-mail address. smtp servers (nsismtpserver): an smtp se...
... the keys used here are the account1, server1, id1, etc. these keys are listed in the value of some of these preferences, such as "mail.accountmanager.accounts", and are used to constru...
... the keys used here are the account1, server1, id1, etc. these keys are listed in the value of some of these preferences, such as "mail.accountmanager.accounts", and are used to construct the preference names, such as "mail.account.account1.server...
...And 4 more matches

DevTools API - Firefox Developer Tools
one tab a panel). these tabs are located in a box we call a toolbox. a toolbox can be hosted within a browser tab (at the bottom or on the side), or in its own window (we say that the toolbox is undocked). a toolbox (and all the tools it contains) is linked to a target, which is the object the tools are debugging. a target is usually a web page (a tab), but can be other things (a chrome window, a remote tab,…). in terms of code, each tool has to provide a tooldefinition object. a definition is a js light object that exposes different information about the tool (like its name and its icon), and a build method that will be used later-on to start an instance of this tool. the gdevtools global object provides methods to register a tool definition and to access tool instances. an instance of a...
... with following snippet const { gdevtools } = require("resource:///modules/devtools/gdevtools.jsm"); methods registertool(tooldefinition) registers a new tool and adds a tab to each existing toolbox. parameters: tooldefinition {tooldefinition} - an object that contains information about the tool. see tooldefinition for details. unregistertool(tool) unregisters the given tool and removes it from all toolboxes. parameters: tool {tooldefinition|string} - the tool definition object or the id of the tool to unregister. registertheme(themedefinition) registers a new theme. parameters: themedefinition {themedefinition} - an object that contains information about the theme. unregistertheme(theme) unregisters the given theme. parameters: theme {themedefinition|str...
...ing. this.target = target; // do synchronous initialization here. window.document.body.addeventlistener("click", this.handleclick); } mypanel.prototype = { open: function() { // any asynchronous operations should be done here. return this.dosomethingasynchronous() .then(() => this); }, destroy: function() { // synchronous destruction. this.window.document.body.removeeventlistener("click", this.handleclick); // async destruction. return this.destroysomethingasynchronosly() .then(() => console.log("destroyed")); }, handleclick: function(event) { console.log("clicked", event.originaltarget); }, }; eventemitter eventemitter is an interface many developer tool classes and objects implement and use to notify others about changes in t...
...And 4 more matches

CanvasRenderingContext2D - Web APIs
tinstroke() reports whether or not the specified point is inside the area contained by the stroking of a path. transformations objects in the canvasrenderingcontext2d rendering context have a current transformation matrix and methods to manipulate it. the transformation matrix is applied when creating the current default path, painting text, shapes and path2d objects. the methods listed below remain for historical and compatibility reasons as svgmatrix objects are used in most parts of the api nowadays and will be used in the future instead. canvasrenderingcontext2d.currenttransform current transformation matrix (svgmatrix object). canvasrenderingcontext2d.gettransform retrieves the current transformation matrix being applied to the context. canvasrenderingcontext2d.rotate() add...
...). canvasrenderingcontext2d.restore() restores the drawing style state to the last element on the 'state stack' saved by save(). canvasrenderingcontext2d.canvas a read-only back-reference to the htmlcanvaselement. might be null if it is not associated with a <canvas> element. hit regions canvasrenderingcontext2d.addhitregion() adds a hit region to the canvas. ...
...ntext2d.restore() restores the drawing style state to the last element on the 'state stack' saved by save(). canvasrenderingcontext2d.canvas a read-only back-reference to the htmlcanvaselement. might be null if it is not associated with a <canvas> element. hit regions canvasrenderingcontext2d.addhitregion() adds a hit region to the canvas. canvasrenderingcontext2d.removehitregion() removes the hit region with the specified id from the canvas. canvasrenderingcontext2d.clearhitregions() removes all hit regions from the canvas. filters canvasrenderingcontext2d.filter applies a css or svg filter to the canvas, e.g., to change its brightness or bluriness. non-standard apis blink and webkit most of these apis are deprecated and were removed shortly after chrome 36. ...
...And 4 more matches

Element - Web APIs
pseudo-element selector. element.queryselector() returns the first node which matches the specified selector string relative to the element. element.queryselectorall() returns a nodelist of nodes which match the specified selector string relative to the element. element.releasepointercapture() releases (stops) pointer capture that was previously set for a specific pointer event. childnode.remove() removes the element from the children list of its parent. element.removeattribute() removes the named attribute from the current node. element.removeattributens() removes the attribute with the specified name and namespace, from the current node. eventtarget.removeeventlistener() removes an event listener from the element. element.requestfullscreen() asynchronously asks the brow...
...current node. element.setattributens() sets the value of the attribute with the specified name and namespace, from the current node. element.setcapture() sets up mouse event capture, redirecting all mouse events to this element. element.setpointercapture() designates a specific element as the capture target of future pointer events. element.toggleattribute() toggles a boolean attribute, removing it if it is present and adding it if it is not present, on the specified element. obsolete methods element.getattributenode() retrieves the node representation of the named attribute from the current node and returns it as an attr. element.getattributenodens() retrieves the node representation of the attribute with the specified name and namespace, from the current node and re...
...adding it if it is not present, on the specified element. obsolete methods element.getattributenode() retrieves the node representation of the named attribute from the current node and returns it as an attr. element.getattributenodens() retrieves the node representation of the attribute with the specified name and namespace, from the current node and returns it as an attr. element.removeattributenode() removes the node representation of the named attribute from the current node. element.setattributenode() sets the node representation of the named attribute from the current node. element.setattributenodens() sets the node representation of the attribute with the specified name and namespace, from the current node. events listen to these events using addeventlisten...
...And 4 more matches

IDBObjectStoreSync - Web APIs
it may however be reintroduced in the future if there is enough demand from web developers. the idbobjectstoresync interface of the indexeddb api provides synchronous access to an object store of a database. ...
... keypath readonly domstring the key path of this object store. if this attribute is s...
... keypath readonly domstring the key path of this object store. if this attribute is set to null, then the application must provide a key for each modi...
...And 4 more matches

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
ss is defined; it wraps the entire blog, including the header, sidebar, and body content (articles and ads). the wrapper establishes a css grid with two columns and two rows. the first column (sized automatically based on its content) is used for the sidebar and the second column (which will be used for body content) is sized to be at least the width of the contents of the column and at most all remaining available space. the first row will be used specially for the site header. the rows are sized the same way as the columns: the first one is automatically sized and the one uses the remaining space, but at least enough space to provide room for all elements within it. the wrapper's width is fixed at 700px so that it will fit in the available space when presented inline on mdn below. the h...
...tself doesn't state whether the document has switched from visible to invisible or vice-versa, the document.hidden property is checked to see if the document is not currently visible. since it's theoretically possible to get called multiple times, we only proceed if we haven't already paused the timers and saved the visibility states of the existing ads. to pause the timers, all we need to do is remove the ads from the set of visible ads (visibleads) and mark them as inactive. to do so, we begin by saving the set of visible ads into a variable known as previouslyvisibleads to be sure we can restore them when the user tabs back into the document, and we then empty the visibleads set so they won't be treated as visible. then, for each of the ads that are being suspended, we call our updateadti...
...ow it has just transitioned from the obscured state to the visible state. if it's become at least 75% visible, then we consider the ad visible and we start the timer by setting the ad's dataset.lastviewstarted attribute to the transition time in entry.time, then add the ad to the set visibleads so we know to process it as time goes by. if the ad has transitioned to the not-intersecting state, we remove the ad from the set of visible ads. then we have one special behavior: we look to see if entry.ratio is 0.0; if it is, that means the element has become totally obscured. if that's the case, and the ad has been visible for at least a minute total, we call a function we'll create called replacead() to replace the existing ad with a new one. this way, the user sees a variety of ads over time, bu...
...And 4 more matches

Key Values - Web APIs
wup", and "arrowdown". editing keys keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "backspace" the backspace key. this key is labeled delete on mac keyboards. vk_back (0x08) kvk_delete (0x33) gdk_key_backspace (0xff08) qt::key_backspace (0x01000003) keycode_del (67) "clear" the clear key. removes the currently selected input. vk_clear (0x0c) vk_oem_clear (0xfe) kvk_ansi_keypadclear (0x47) gdk_key_clear (0xff0b) qt::key_clear (0x0100000b) keycode_clear (28) "copy" the copy key (on certain extended keyboards). appcommand_copy gdk_key_copy (0x1008ff57) qt::key_copy (0x010000cf) "crsel" [3] the cursor select key, crsel. vk_c...
...e display. gdk_key_monbrightnessdown (0x1008ff03) qt::key_monbrightnessdown (0x010000b3) keycode_brightness_down (220) "brightnessup" the brightness up key. typically increases the brightness of the display. gdk_key_monbrightnessup (0x1008ff02) qt::key_monbrightnessup (0x010000b2) keycode_brightness_up (221) "eject" the eject key. ejects removable media (or toggles an optical storage device tray open and closed). gdk_key_eject (0x1008ff2c) qt::key_eject (0x010000b9) keycode_media_eject (129) "logoff" [2] the logoff key. gdk_key_logoff (0x1008ff61) qt::key_logoff (0x010000d9) "power" the power button or key, to toggle power on and off. note: not all systems pass this key...
... gdk_key_dead_capital_schwa (0xfe8b) Ə gdk_key_dead_greek (0xfe8c) function keys while various platforms support different numbers of the general-purpose function keys, such as f1–f12 (or f1–f10, or f1–f15, etc.), the first few are specifically defined as follows. if more function keys are available, their names continue the pattern here by continuing to increment the numeric portion of each key's name, so that, for example, "f24" is a valid key value. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "f1" the first general-purpose function key, f1. vk_f1 (0x70) kvk_f1 (0x7a) gdk_key_f1 (0xffbe) gdk_key_kp_f1 (0xff91) qt::key_f1 (0x01000030) keycode_f1 (131) ...
...And 4 more matches

PaymentResponse.onpayerdetailchange - Web APIs
mples in the example below, onpayerdetailchange is used to set up a listener for the payerdetailchange event in order to validate the information entered by the user, requesting that any mistakes be corrected // options for paymentrequest(), indicating that shipping address, // payer email address, name, and phone number all be collected. const options = { requestshipping: true, requestpayeremail: true, requestpayername: true, requestpayerphone: true, }; const request = new paymentrequest(methods, details, options); const response = request.show(); // get the data from the response let { payername: oldpayername, payeremail: oldpayeremail, payerphone: oldpayerphone, } = response; // set up a handler for payerdetailchange events, to // request corrections as needed. respons...
...quest(methods, details, options); const response = request.show(); // get the data from the response let { payername: oldpayername, payeremail: oldpayeremail, payerphone: oldpayerphone, } = response; // set up a handler for payerdetailchange events, to // request corrections as needed. response.onpayerdetailchange = async ev => { const promisestovalidate = []; const { payername, payeremail, payerphone } = response; // validate each value which changed by calling a function // that validates each type of data, returning a promise which // resolves if the data is valid. ...
...ev => { const promisestovalidate = []; const { payername, payeremail, payerphone } = response; // validate each value which changed by calling a function // that validates each type of data, returning a promise which // resolves if the data is valid. ...
...And 4 more matches

PaymentResponse: payerdetailchange event - Web APIs
mples in the example below, onpayerdetailchange is used to set up a listener for the payerdetailchange event in order to validate the information entered by the user, requesting that any mistakes be corrected // options for paymentrequest(), indicating that shipping address, // payer email address, name, and phone number all be collected. const options = { requestshipping: true, requestpayeremail: true, requestpayername: true, requestpayerphone: true, }; const request = new paymentrequest(methods, details, options); const response = request.show(); // get the data from the response let { payername: oldpayername, payeremail: oldpayeremail, payerphone: oldpayerphone, } = response; // set up a handler for payerdetailchange events, to // request corrections as needed. respons...
...quest(methods, details, options); const response = request.show(); // get the data from the response let { payername: oldpayername, payeremail: oldpayeremail, payerphone: oldpayerphone, } = response; // set up a handler for payerdetailchange events, to // request corrections as needed. response.onpayerdetailchange = async ev => { const promisestovalidate = []; const { payername, payeremail, payerphone } = response; // validate each value which changed by calling a function // that validates each type of data, returning a promise which // resolves if the data is valid. ...
...ev => { const promisestovalidate = []; const { payername, payeremail, payerphone } = response; // validate each value which changed by calling a function // that validates each type of data, returning a promise which // resolves if the data is valid. ...
...And 4 more matches

RTCIceTransport.getSelectedCandidatePair() - Web APIs
ent best-choice pair of ice candidates describing the configuration of the endpoints of the transport. syntax candidatepair = rtcicetransport.getselectedcandidatepair(); parameters none. return value a rtcicecandidatepair object describing the configurations of the currently-selected candidate pair's two endpoints. ...
...of ice candidates describing the configuration of the endpoints of the transport. syntax candidatepair = rtcicetransport.getselectedcandidatepair(); parameters none. return value a rtcicecandidatepair object describing the configurations of the currently-selected candidate pair's two endpoints. ...
...from that time forward, the best matching pair of candidates will always be available by calling getselectedcandidatepair(). ...
...And 4 more matches

RTCOutboundRtpStreamStats - Web APIs
ary includes the following properties in addition to those it inherits from rtcsentrtpstreamstats, rtcrtpstreamstats, and rtcstats. averagertcpinterval a floating-point value indicating the average rtcp interval between two consecutive compound rtcp packets. fircount an integer value which indicates the total number of full intra request (fir) packets which this rtcrtpsender has sent to the remote rtcrtpreceiver. this is an indicator of how often the stream has lagged, requiring frames to be skipped in order to catch up. valid only for video streams. framesencoded the number of frames that have been successfully encoded so far for sending on this rtp stream. only valid for video streams. lastpacketsenttimestamp a domhighrestimestamp indicating the time at which the last packet was s...
... for video streams. lastpacketsenttimestamp a domhighrestimestamp indicating the time at which the last packet was sent for this ssrc. the timestamp property, on the other hand, indicates the time at which the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats object was generated. ...
...only available for video streams. qpsum a 64-bit value containing the sum of the qp values for every frame encoded by this rtcrtpsender. valid only for video streams. ...
...And 4 more matches

RTCPeerConnection.getStreamById() - Web APIs
syntax var mediastream = pc.getstream(id); parameters id is a domstring corresponding to the stream to return. ...
... syntax var mediastream = pc.getstream(id); parameters id is a domstring corresponding to the stream to return. ...
... syntax var mediastream = pc.getstream(id); parameters id is a domstring corresponding to the stream to return. ...
...And 4 more matches

RTCPeerConnection.setLocalDescription() - Web APIs
nchronously. if setlocaldescription() is called while a connection is already in place, it means renegotiation is underway (possibly to adapt to changing network conditions). because descriptions will be exchanged until the two peers agree on a configuration, the description submitted by calling setlocaldescription() does not immediately take effect. instead, the current connection configuration remains in place until negotiation is complete. only then does the agreed-upon configuration take effect. syntax apromise = rtcpeerconnection.setlocaldescription(sessiondescription); pc.setlocaldescription(sessiondescription, successcallback, errorcallback); parameters sessiondescription optional an rtcsessiondescriptioninit or rtcsessiondescription which specifies the configuration to be ...
... or rtcsessiondescription which specifies the configuration to be applied to the local end of the connection. if the description is omitted, the webrtc runtime tries to automatically do the right thing. implicit description if you don't explicity provide a session description, the webrtc runtime will try to handle it correctly. if the signaling state is one of stable, have-local-offer, or have-remote-pranswer, the webrtc runtime automatically creates a new offer and sets that as the new local description. otherwise, setlocaldescription() creates an answer, which becomes the new local description. type of the description parameter the description is of type rtcsessiondescriptioninit, which is a serialized version of a rtcsessiondescription browser object. they're interchangeable: mypeerc...
...o ensure that an active connection can be changed without losing the connection if the change does not succeed. see pending and current descriptions in webrtc connectivity for more details on this process. deprecated parameters in older code and documentation, you may see a callback-based version of this function used. this has been deprecated and its use is strongly discouraged, as it will be removed in the future. you should update any existing code to use the promise-based version of setlocaldescription() instead. the parameters for the older form of setlocaldescription() are described below, to aid in updating existing code. successcallback a javascript function which accepts no input parameters to be be called once the description has been successfully set. at that time, the off...
...And 4 more matches

SVGLengthList - Web APIs
l...
... domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. initialize(in svglength newitem) svglength clears all existing current items from the list and re-initializes the list to hold the single item specified by the parameter. if the inserted item is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. the return value is the item inserted into the list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long index) ...
...ceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svglength newitem, in unsigned long index) svglength inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. if the item is already in this list, note that the index of the item to insert before is before the removal of the item. if the index is equal to 0, then the new item is inserted at the front of the list. if the index is greater than or equal to numberofitems, then the new item is...
...And 4 more matches

SVGNumberList - Web APIs
dexable and can be accessed like arrays. interface overview also implement none methods void clear() svgnumber initialize(in svgnumber newitem) svgnumber getitem(in unsigned long index) svgnumber insertitembefore(in svgnumber newitem, in unsigned long index) svgnumber replaceitem(in svgnumber newitem, in unsigned long index) svgnumber removeitem(in unsigned long index) svgnumber appenditem(in svgnumber newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems readonly unsigned long length normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitems unsigned long the number of items in the list. ...
... a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. initialize(in svgnumber newitem) svgnumber clears all existing current items from the list and re-initializes the list to hold the single item specified by newitem. if the inserted item is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. the return value is the item inserted into the list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long ind...
... a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svgnumber newitem, in unsigned long index) svgnumber inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. if the item is already in this list, note that the index of the item to insert before is before the removal of the item. if the index is equal to 0, then the new item is inserted at the front of the list. if the index is greater than or equal to numberofitems, then the new it...
...And 4 more matches

SVGPathSegList - Web APIs
none methods void clear() svgpathseg initialize(in svgpathseg newitem) svgpathseg getitem(in unsigned long index) svgpathseg insertitembefore(in svgpathseg newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpathseg replaceitem(in svgpathseg newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpathseg removeitem(in unsigned long index) svgpathseg appenditem(in svgpathseg newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties ...
...h code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list cannot be modified. initialize(in svgpathseg newitem) svgpathseg clears all existing current items from the list and re-initializes the list to hold the single item specified by newitem. if the inserted item is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. the return value is the item inserted into the list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list cannot be modified. getitem(in unsigned long index)...
...ith code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list cannot be modified. insertitembefore(in svgpathseg newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpathseg inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. if the item is already in this list, note that the index of the item to insert before is before the removal of the item. if the index is equal to 0, then the new item is inserted at the front of the list. if the index is greater than or equal to numberofitems, then the...
...And 4 more matches

SVGPointList - Web APIs
also implement none methods void clear() svgpoint initialize(in svgpoint newitem) svgpoint getitem(in unsigned long index) svgpoint insertitembefore(in svgpoint newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpoint replaceitem(in svgpoint newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpoint removeitem(in unsigned long index) svgpoint appenditem(in svgpoint newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type ...
...d_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. initialize(in svgpoint newitem) svgpoint clears all existing current items from the list and re-initializes the list to hold the single item specified by the parameter. if the inserted item is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. the return value is the item inserted into the list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. ...
..._modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svgpoint newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpoint inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. if the item is already in this list, note that the index of the item to insert before is before the removal of the item. if the index is equal to 0, then the new item is inserted at the front of the list. if the index is greater than or equal to numberofitems, then the new item is...
...And 4 more matches

SVGStringList - Web APIs
will result in an exception being thrown. interface overview also implement none methods void clear() domstring initialize(in domstring newitem) domstring getitem(in unsigned long index) domstring insertitembefore(in domstring newitem, in unsigned long index) domstring replaceitem(in domstring newitem, in unsigned long index) domstring removeitem(in unsigned long index) domstring appenditem(in domstring newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems readonly unsigned long length normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitems unsigned long the number of items in the list. ...
...omexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. initialize(in domstring newitem) domstring clears all existing current items from the list and re-initializes the list to hold the single item specified by the parameter. if the inserted item is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. the return value is the item inserted into the list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long ind...
...ions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in domstring newitem, in unsigned long index) domstring inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. if the item is already in this list, note that the index of the item to insert before is before the removal of the item. if the index is equal to 0, then the new item is inserted at the front of the list. if the index is greater than or equal to numberofitems, then the new item is...
...And 4 more matches

SVGTransformList - Web APIs
ssed like arrays interface overview also implement none methods void clear() svgtransform initialize(in svgtransform newitem) svgtransform getitem(in unsigned long index) svgtransform insertitembefore(in svgtransform newitem, in unsigned long index) svgtransform replaceitem(in svgtransform newitem, in unsigned long index) svgtransform removeitem(in unsigned long index) svgtransform appenditem(in svgtransform newitem) svgtransform createsvgtransformfrommatrix(in svgmatrix) svgtransform consolidate() properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems readonly unsigned long length normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type ...
...ption with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. initialize(in svgtransform newitem) svgtransform clears all existing current items from the list and re-initializes the list to hold the single item specified by the parameter. if the inserted item is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. the return value is the item inserted into the list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long ind...
... a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svgtransform newitem, in unsigned long index) svgtransform inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a list, it is removed from its previous list before it is inserted into this list. the inserted item is the item itself and not a copy. if the item is already in this list, note that the index of the item to insert before is before the removal of the item. if the index is equal to 0, then the new item is inserted at the front of the list. if the index is greater than or equal to numberofitems, then the new item is...
...And 4 more matches

Using DTMF with WebRTC - Web APIs
this article offers a brief high-level overview of how dtmf works over webrtc, then provides a guide for everyday developers about how to send dtmf over an rtcpeerconnection. the dtmf system is often referred to as "touch tone," after an old trade name for the system. webrtc doesn't send dtmf codes as audio data. instead, they're sent out-of-band, as rtp payloads. note, however, that although it's possible to send dtmf using webrtc, there is currently no way to detect or receive incoming dtmf. ...
...ay to detect or receive incoming dtmf. webrtc currently ignores these payloads; this is because webrtc's dtmf support is primarily intended for use with legacy telephone services that rely on dtmf tones to perform tasks such as: teleconferencing systems menu systems voicemail systems entry of credit card or other payment information passcode entry note: while the dtmf is not sent to the remote peer as audio, browsers may choose to play the corresponding tone to the local user as part of their user experience, since users are typically used to hearing their phone play the tones audibly. sending dtmf on an rtcpeerconnection a given rtcpeerconnection can have multiple media tracks sent or received on it. when you wish to transmit dtmf signals, you first need to decide which track to...
...the connection by chaining the required calls together for both the caller and receiver, as shown below. ...
...And 4 more matches

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.setInterval() - Web APIs
this method is defined by the windoworworkerglobalscope mixin. ...
...&& scroll(asheets[nidx], 0, true) && nidx++ === asheets.length - 1) { clean(); return; } ocurrent.nodevalue += spart.charat(0); spart = spart.slice(1); } function sheet (onode) { this.ref = onode; if (!onode.haschildnodes()) { return; } this.parts = array.prototype.slice.call(onode.childnodes); for (var nchild = 0; nchild < this.parts.length; nchild++) { onode.removechild(this.parts[nchild]); this.parts[nchild] = new sheet(this.parts[nchild]); } } var nintervid, ocurrent = null, btyping = false, bstart = true, nidx = 0, spart = "", asheets = [], amap = []; this.rate = nrate || 100; this.play = function () { if (btyping) { return; } if (bstart) { var aitems = document.queryselectorall(sselector); if (aitems.
...minate</span>&nbsp;]</p> <div id="info"> vivamus blandit massa ut metus mattis in fringilla lectus imperdiet. proin ac ante a felis ornare vehicula. fusce pellentesque lacus vitae eros convallis ut mollis magna pellentesque. pellentesque placerat enim at lacus ultricies vitae facilisis nisi fringilla. in tincidunt tincidunt tincidunt. </div> <h1>javascript typewriter</h1> <div id="article"> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. nullam ultrices dolor ac dolor imperdiet ullamcorper. suspendisse quam libero, luctus auctor mollis sed, malesuada condimentum magna. quisque in ante tellus, in placerat est. pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. donec a mi magna, quis mattis dolor. etiam sit amet ligula quis urna auctor imp...
...And 4 more matches

Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
s changes and other events, and it needs to know what objects are contained in the current document or dialog box. using this information, a screen reader will speak out loud important changes to the document or ui, and allow the user to track where they navigate. the screen reader user can navigate the web page using screen reader commands or browser commands, and the two pieces of software must remain in sync. some screen readers can even show information on a refreshable braille display. screen magnifiers will zoom to the focus, keeping it on the screen at all times, or even allow the user to enter a special low vision document reading mode, with a variety of features such as ticker mode where text is streamed on a single line. finally, voice dictation software needs to know what's in the ...
...for example, gecko support isimpledomnode to provide information about the dom node for an accessible object. a set of system messages that confer accessibility-related events such as focus changes, changes to document content and state changes in ui objects like checkboxes. to really learn about msaa, you need to download the entire msaa sdk. without downloading the sdk, you won't get the extremely useful tools, which help a great deal in the learning process. the accessible event watcher shows what accessible events are being generated by a given piece of software. the accessible explorer and inspect object tools show the tree of data nodes the accessible object is exposing through com, and what the screen boundaries of each object are. in addition, msdn has improved their msaa documen...
...ns of this event causes assistive technology crashes] event_object_show [can be important, depending on project] event_object_hide [can be important, depending on project] event_object_reorder [important for mutating docs] event_object_focus [important] event_object_selection [important] event_object_selectionadd [important for multiple selection] event_object_selectionremove [important for multiple selection] event_object_selectionwithin [important for multiple selection] event_object_statechange [important for checkboxes and radio buttons] event_object_locationchange event_object_namechange event_object_descriptionchange event_object_valuechange [important for sliders and progress meters] event_object_parentchange event_object_help...
...And 4 more matches

Backwards Compatibility of Flexbox - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the older versions of flexbox, which are pretty easy to identify due to the change in the way that a flex container is created. if you find something referring to display: box or display: flexbox this is outdated information. status in browsers browser support for flexbox is excellent, and the majority of browsers do not need a prefix at this point. safari was the last of the major browsers to remove prefixes, with the release of safari 9 in 2015. the two browsers you should still keep in mind for cross-browser compatibility are: internet explorer 10, which implemented the display: flexbox version of the specification with the -ms- prefix. uc browser, which still supports the 2009 display: box version only with the -webkit- prefix. note also that internet explorer 11 supports the mod...
...esource. you will see that many of the listed bugs apply to old browser versions and are fixed in current browsers. each of the bugs has a workaround listed — which can save you many hours of puzzling. if you want to include very old browsers with flexbox support then you can include the vendor prefixes in your css in addition to the unprefixed version. ...
... useful fallback techniques given that flexbox usage is initiated with value of the display property, when needing to support very old browsers which do not support flexbox at all, fallbacks can be created by overwriting one layout method with another. ...
...And 4 more matches

Controlling Ratios of Flex Items Along the Main Axis - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ms along the main axis — flex-grow, flex-shrink, and flex-basis. fully understanding how these properties work with growing and shrinking items is the real key to mastering flexbox. a first look our three properties control the following aspects of a flex item's flexibility: flex-grow: how much of the positive free space does this item get? flex-shrink: how much negative free space can be removed from this item? flex-basis: what is the size of the item before growing and shrinking happens? the properties are usually expressed as the shorthand flex property. the following code would set the flex-grow property to 2, flex-shrink to 1 and flex-basis to auto. .item { flex: 2 1 auto; } if you have read the article basic concepts of flexbox, then you will have already had an introduct...
...he second paragraph has a value of max-content and so it does the opposite. it gets as big as it possibly can be, taking no soft-wrapping opportunities. it would overflow the box it is in if that container was too narrow. if your browser does not yet support these keywords both paragraphs will be rendered as normal paragraphs in block flow; the below screenshots show the expected rendering. remember this behaviour and what effects min-content and max-content have as we explore flex-grow and flex-shrink later in this article. positive and negative free space to talk about these properties we need to understand the concept of positive and negative free space. when a flex container has positive free space, it has more space than is required to display the flex items inside the container.
...between the items if i wanted them to fill the container. we have negative free space when the natural size of the items adds up to larger than the available space in the flex container. if i have a 500 pixel-wide container like the one above, but the three flex items are each 200 pixels wide, the total space i need will be 600 pixels, so i have 100 pixels of negative free space. this could be removed from the items in order to make them fit the container. it is this distribution of positive free space and removal of negative free space that we need to understand in order to understand the flex properties. in the following examples i am working with flex-direction set to row, therefore the size of items will always come from their width. we will be calculating the positive and negative...
...And 4 more matches

Relationship of flexbox to other layout methods - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
s axis and justification of items on the main axis. these properties started life in the flexbox specification, but are now also part of the box alignment specification. this specification details how alignment works in all layout — not just flexbox. box alignment deals with alignment and justification, and also distribution of space along an axis. the reason that the box alignment properties remain detailed in the flexbox specification as well as being in box alignment is to ensure that completion of the flexbox spec is not held up by box alignment, which has to detail these methods for all layout types. there is a note in the flexbox spec stating that in the future, once it is completed, the definitions in box alignment level 3 will supersede those of flexbox: "note: while the alignme...
...the item will not be taken out of normal flow in the way that floats are. if you have used the vertical-align property, as used with inline-block or table layout for alignment, this will no longer affect the item and you can use the alignment properties of flexbox instead. in this next live example the child elements have been floated, and then their container has had display: flex added. if you remove display: flex, you should see that the .box element collapses as we have no clearing applied. this demonstrates that the float is happening. re-apply display: flex and the collapsing does not happen. this is because the items no longer have a float applied, as they have been transformed into flex items. flexbox and grid layout css grid layout and flexbox generally act in the same way with ...
...ements still generate boxes as normal. for the purposes of box generation and layout, the element must be treated as if it had been replaced with its children and pseudo-elements in the document tree.” this value of display controls box generation, and whether the element should generate a box that we can style and see on the page, or whether instead the box it would normally create should be removed and the child elements essentially moved up to participate in whatever layout method the parent would have been part of. this is much easier to see with an example. in the following live example i have a flex container with three child elements. one of these flex items has two elements nested inside it, which would not ordinarily participate in flex layout. flex layout only applies to the di...
...And 4 more matches

border - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
candidate recommendation ...
...<alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples setting a pink outset border html <div>i have a border, an outline, and a box shadow! ...
... <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples setting a pink outset border html <div>i have a border, an outline, and a box shadow! ...
...And 4 more matches

<length> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
es. see <length-percentage>. syntax the <length> data type consists of a <number> followed by one of the units listed below. as with all css dimensions, there is no space between the unit literal and the number. the length unit is optional after the number 0. note: some properties allow negative <length>s, while others do not. ...
... cap represents the "cap height" (nominal height of capital letters) of the element’s font. ch represents the width, or more precisely the advance measure, of the glyph "0" (zero, the unicode character u+0030) in the element's font. ...
...e element's font. on fonts with the "x" letter, this is generally the height of lowercase letters in the font; 1ex ≈ 0.5em in many fonts. ic equal to the used advance measure of the "水" (cjk water ideograph, u+6c34) glyph found in the font used to render it. lh equal to the computed value of the line-height property of the element on which it is used, converted to an absolute length. rem represents the font-size of the root element (typically <html>). when used within the root element font-size, it represents its initial value (a common browser default is 16px, but user-defined preferences may modify this). rlh equal to the computed value of the line-height property on the root element (typically <html>), converted to an absolute length. when used on the font-size or line-he...
...And 4 more matches

position - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
right, bottom, and left. the offset does not affect the position of any other elements; thus, the space given for the element in the page layout is the same as if position were static. this value creates a new stacking context when the value of z-index is not auto. its effect on table-*-group, table-row, table-column, table-cell, and table-caption elements is undefined. absolute the element is removed from the normal document flow, and no space is created for the element in the page layout. it is positioned relative to its closest positioned ancestor, if any; otherwise, it is placed relative to the initial containing block. its final position is determined by the values of top, right, bottom, and left. this value creates a new stacking context when the value of z-index is not auto. the ma...
...it is positioned relative to its closest positioned ancestor, if any; otherwise, it is placed relative to the initial containing block. its final position is determined by the values of top, right, bottom, and left. this value creates a new stacking context when the value of z-index is not auto. the margins of absolutely positioned boxes do not collapse with other margins. fixed the element is removed from the normal document flow, and no space is created for the element in the page layout. it is positioned relative to the initial containing block established by the viewport, except when one of its ancestors has a transform, perspective, or filter property set to something other than none (see the css transforms spec), in which case that ancestor behaves as the containing block. (note that...
...in contrast, an element that is absolutely positioned is taken out of the flow; thus, other elements are positioned as if it did not exist. the absolutely positioned element is positioned relative to its nearest positioned ancestor (i.e., the nearest ancestor that is not static). if a positioned ancestor doesn't exist, it is positioned relative to the icb (i...
...And 4 more matches

text-transform - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ccent on the first vowel lose the accent and gain a diaeresis on the second vowel (άι/ΑΪ). in greek (el), the lowercase sigma character has two forms: σ and ς. ς is used only when sigma terminates a word. when applying text-transform: lowercase to an uppercase sigma (Σ), the browser needs to choose the right lowercase form based on context. in irish (ga), certain prefixed letters remain in lowercase when the base initial is capitalized, so for example text-transform: uppercase will change ar aon tslí to ar aon tslÍ and not, as one might expect, ar aon tslÍ (firefox only). in some cases, a hyphen is also removed upon uppercasing: an t-uisce transforms to an tuisce (and the hyphen is correctly reinserted by text-transform: lowercase). the language is defined by the lang ht...
...ble. syntax /* keyword values */ text-transform: none; text-transform: capitalize; text-transform: uppercase; text-transform: lowercase; text-transform: full-width; text-transform: full-size-kana; /* global values */ text-transform: inherit; text-transform: initial; text-transform: unset; capitalize is a keyword that converts the first letter of each word to uppercase. other characters remain unchanged (they retain their original case as written in the element's text). a letter is defined as a character that is part of unicode's letter or number general categories ; thus, any punctuation marks or symbols at the beginning of a word are ignored. authors should not expect capitalize to follow language-specific title casing conventions (such as skipping articles in english). the c...
...to read. mdn understanding wcag, guideline 1.4 explanations w3c understanding wcag 2.1 formal definition initial valuenoneapplies toall elements. ...
...And 4 more matches

WAI ARIA Live Regions/API Support - Developer guides
rkup, and for pages where the author did not add any additional markup. please read the aria spec or the live region report to learn about aria live region markup. as always, we're open to questions and suggestions for changes in community forums. ...
... author did not add any additional markup. please read the aria spec or the live region report to learn about aria live region markup. as always, we're open to questions and suggestions for changes in community forums. ...
...about aria live region markup. as always, we're open to questions and suggestions for changes in community forums. ...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="email"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ze, and type idl attributes list and value methods select() value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is automatically validated as conforming to e-mail syntax. more specifically, there are three possible value formats that will pass validation: an empty string ("") indicating that the user did not enter a value or that the value was removed. a single properly-formed e-mail address. this doesn't necessarily mean the e-mail address exists, but it is at least formatted correctly. in simple terms, this means username@domain or username@domain.tld. there's more to it than that, of course; see validation for a regular expression that matches the e-mail address validation algorithm. if and only if the multiple attribute is specified,...
... least formatted correctly. in simple terms, this means username@domain or username@domain.tld. there's more to it than that, of course; see validation for a regular expression that matches the e-mail address validation algorithm. if and only if the multiple attribute is specified, the value can be a list of properly-formed comma-separated e-mail addresses. any trailing and leading whitespace is removed from each address in the list. see validation for details on how e-mail addresses are validated to ensure that they're formatted properly. additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, email inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element t...
...w many characters wide the input field should be list the values of the list attribute is the id of a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the email input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the email input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minl...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="number"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
s to adjust the value, as well as for validation list the values of the list attribute is the id of a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. max the maximum value to accept for this input. if the value entered into the element exceeds this, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a number, then the element has no maximum value. this value must be greater than or equal to the value of the min attribute. min the mi...
...the proper type value, number, you get automatic validation that the entered text is a number, and usually a set of up and down buttons to step the value up and down. important: bear in mind that, logically, you should not be able to enter characters inside a number input other than numbers. there seems to be some disagreement about this among browsers; see bug 1398528. note: it's crucial to remember that a user can tinker with your html behind the scenes, so your site must not use simple client-side validation for any security purposes. you must verify on the server side any transaction in which the provided value may have any security implications of any kind. mobile browsers further help with the user experience by showing a special keyboard more suited for entering numbers when the...
...sers don't display generated content very effectively on some types of form inputs. (read, for example, the section on <input type="date"> validation.) important: html form validation is not a substitute for server-side scripts that ensure that the entered data is in the proper format! it's far too easy for someone to make adjustments to the html that allow them to bypass the validation, or to remove it entirely. it's also possible for someone to bypass your html and submit the data directly to your server. if your server-side code fails to validate the data it receives, disaster could strike when improperly-formatted data is submitted (or data which is too large, is of the wrong type, and so forth). pattern validation <input type="number"> elements do not support use of the pattern at...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="search"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ault spell checking configuration should be used list the values of the list attribute is the id of a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the search field. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the search field has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of mi...
...hat the pattern is treated as a sequence of unicode code points, instead of as ascii. no forward slashes should be specified around the pattern text. if the specified pattern is not specified or is invalid, no regular expression is applied and this attribute is ignored completely. tip: use the title attribute to specify text that most browsers will display as a tooltip to explain what the requirements are to match the pattern. you should also include other explanatory text nearby. see the section specifying a pattern for details and an example. placeholder the placeholder attribute is a string that provides a brief hint to the user as to what kind of information is expected in the field. it should be a word or short phrase that demonstrates the expected type of data, rather than an exp...
...ength of the input data, use the maxlength attribute. spellcheck non-standard attributes the following non-standard attributes are available to search input fields. as a general rule, you should avoid using them unless it can't be helped. attribute description autocorrect whether or not to allow autocorrect while editing this input field. safari only. incremental whether or not to send repeated search events to allow updating live search results while the user is still editing the value of the field. webkit and blink only (safari, chrome, opera, etc.). mozactionhint a string indicating the type of action that will be taken when the user presses the enter or return key while editing the field; this is used to determine an appropriate la...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
selectiondirection methods select(), setrangetext() and setselectionrange(). value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is automatically validated as conforming to url syntax. more specifically, there are two possible value formats that will pass validation: an empty string ("") indicating that the user did not enter a value or that the value was removed. a single properly-formed absolute url. this doesn't necessarily mean the url address exists, but it is at least formatted correctly. in simple terms, this means urlscheme://restofurl. see validation for details on how urls are validated to ensure that they're formatted properly. additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their ...
...ault spell checking configuration should be used list the values of the list attribute is the id of a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the url input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the url input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlengt...
...hat the pattern is treated as a sequence of unicode code points, instead of as ascii. no forward slashes should be specified around the pattern text. if the specified pattern is not specified or is invalid, no regular expression is applied and this attribute is ignored completely. tip: use the title attribute to specify text that most browsers will display as a tooltip to explain what the requirements are to match the pattern. you should also include other explanatory text nearby. see the section pattern validation for details and an example. placeholder the placeholder attribute is a string that provides a brief hint to the user as to what kind of information is expected in the field. it should be a word or short phrase that demonstrates the expected type of data, rather than an expla...
...And 4 more matches

Regular expressions - JavaScript
his chapter describes javascript regular expressions. creating a regular expression you construct a regular expression in one of two ways: using a regular expression literal, which consists of a pattern enclosed between slashes, as follows: let re = /ab+c/; regular expression literals provide compilation of the regular expression when the script is loaded. if the regular expression remains constant, using this can improve performance. or calling the constructor function of the regexp object, as follows: let re = new regexp('ab+c'); using the constructor function provides runtime compilation of the regular expression. use the constructor function when you know the regular expression pattern will be changing, or you don't know the pattern and are getting it from anot...
...attern and are getting it from another source, such as user input. writing a regular expression pattern a regular expression pattern is composed of simple characters, such as /abc/, or a combination of simple and special characters, such as /ab*c/ or /chapter (\d+)\.\d*/. the last example includes parentheses, which are used as a memory device. the match made with this part of the pattern is remembered for later use, as described in using groups. note: if you are already familiar with the forms of a regular expression, you may also read the cheatsheet for a quick lookup for a specific pattern/construct. using simple patterns simple patterns are constructed of characters for which you want to find a direct match. for example, the pattern /abc/ matches character combinations in string...
...use /\/example\/[a-z]+/i—the backslashes before each slash make them literal. to match a literal backslash, you need to escape the backslash. for instance, to match the string "c:\" where "c" can be any letter, you'd use /[a-z]:\\/ — the first backslash escapes the one after it, so the expression searches for a single literal backslash. if using the regexp constructor with a string literal, remember that the backslash is an escape in string literals, so to use it in the regular expression, you need to escape it at the string literal level. /a\*b/ and new regexp("a\\*b") create the same expression, which searches for "a" followed by a literal "*" followed by "b". if escape strings are not already part of your pattern you can add them using string.replace: function escaperegexp(string) ...
...And 4 more matches

Array - JavaScript
nana'] console.log(fruits.length) // 2 access an array item using the index position let first = fruits[0] // apple let last = fruits[fruits.length - 1] // banana loop over an array fruits.foreach(function(item, index, array) { console.log(item, index) }) // apple 0 // banana 1 add an item to the end of an array let newlength = fruits.push('orange') // ["apple", "banana", "orange"] remove an item from the end of an array let last = fruits.pop() // remove orange (from the end) // ["apple", "banana"] remove an item from the beginning of an array let first = fruits.shift() // remove apple from the front // ["banana"] add an item to the beginning of an array let newlength = fruits.unshift('strawberry') // add to the front // ["strawberry", "banana"] find the index of an it...
... remove an item from the beginning of an array let first = fruits.shift() // remove apple from the front // ["banana"] add an item to the beginning of an array let newlength = fruits.unshift('strawberry') // add to the front // ["strawberry", "banana"] find the index of an item in the array fruits.push('mango') // ["strawberry", "banana", "mango"] let pos = fruits.indexof('banana') // 1 remove an item by index position let removeditem = fruits.splice(pos, 1) // this is how to remove an item // ["strawberry", "mango"] remove items from an index position let vegetables = ['cabbage', 'turnip', 'radish', 'carrot'] console.log(vegetables) // ["cabbage", "turnip", "radish", "carrot"] let pos = 1 let n = 2 let removeditems = vegetables.splice(pos, n) // this is how to remove items, n...
...removeditem = fruits.splice(pos, 1) // this is how to remove an item // ["strawberry", "mango"] remove items from an index position let vegetables = ['cabbage', 'turnip', 'radish', 'carrot'] console.log(vegetables) // ["cabbage", "turnip", "radish", "carrot"] let pos = 1 let n = 2 let removeditems = vegetables.splice(pos, n) // this is how to remove items, n defines the number of items to be removed, // starting at the index position specified by pos and progressing toward the end of array. ...
...And 4 more matches

delete operator - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax delete expression where expression should evaluate to a property reference, e.g.: delete object.property delete object['property'] parameters object the name of an object, or an expression evaluating to an object. property the property to delete. ...
... throws typeerror in strict mode if the property is an own non-configurable property. description unlike what common belief suggests (perhaps due to other programming languages like delete in c++), the delete operator has nothing to do with directly freeing memory. memory management is done indirectly via breaking references. see the memory management page for more details. the delete operator removes a given property from an object. on successful deletion, it will return true, else false will be returned. however, it is important to consider the following scenarios: if the property which you are trying to delete does not exist, delete will not have any effect and will return true. if a property with the same name exists on the object's prototype chain, then, after deletion, the objec...
...s scope. as such, delete cannot delete any functions in the global scope (whether this is part from a function definition or a function expression). functions which are part of an object (apart from the global scope) can be deleted with delete. any property declared with let or const cannot be deleted from the scope within which they were defined. non-configurable properties cannot be removed. this includes properties of built-in objects like math, array, object and properties that are created as non-configurable with methods like object.defineproperty(). the following snippet gives a simple example: var employee = { age: 28, name: 'abc', designation: 'developer' } console.log(delete employee.name); // returns true console.log(delete employee.age); // returns true ...
...And 4 more matches

Digital audio concepts - Web media technologies
e a single second of audio varies depending on the sample rate used when recording the sound. since the sample rate corresponds to the number of "slices" a sound wave is divided into for each second of time, it's sometimes thought of as a frequency (in the sense that it's a description of something that repeats periodically, not in terms of actual audio frequency), and the samples per second measurement therefore uses the hertz as its unit. the most common sample rates are: 8000 hz the international g.711 standard for audio used in telephony uses a sample rate of 8000 hz (8 khz). this is enough for human speech to be comprehensible. 44100 hz the 44.1 khz sample rate is used for compact disc (cd) audio. cds provide uncompressed 16-bit stereo sound at 44.1 khz. computer audio also freque...
...dio also frequently uses this frequency by default. 48000 hz the audio on dvd is recorded at 48 khz. this is also often used for computer audio. 96000 hz high-resolution audio. 192000 hz ultra-high resolution audio. not commonly used yet, but this will change over time. there is a reason why 44.1 khz is considered the minimum "high fidelity" sampling rate. the nyquist-shannon sampling theorem dictates that to reproduce a sound accurately, it must be sampled at twice the rate of the sound's frequency. since the range of human hearing is from around 20 hz to 20,000 hz, reproducing the highest-pitched sounds people can generally hear requires a sample rate of more than 40,000 hz. to provide additional room for a low-pass filter in order to avoid distortion caused by aliasing, an additio...
...f human hearing is from around 20 hz to 20,000 hz, reproducing the highest-pitched sounds people can generally hear requires a sample rate of more than 40,000 hz. to provide additional room for a low-pass filter in order to avoid distortion caused by aliasing, an additional 2.05 khz transition band is added to the pre-sampling frequency (resulting in 22,050 hz). doubling that per the nyquist theorem results in a final minimum frequency of (you guessed it) 44.1 khz. high-resolution (96 khz) audio is used in some high-end audio systems, and it and ultra-high resolution (192 khz) audio are useful for audio mastering, where you need as much quality as possible while manipulating and editing the sound before downsampling to the sample rate you will use for the final product. this is similar to h...
...And 4 more matches

Communicating using "port" - Archive of obsolete content
) {" + " window.alert(message);" + "})"; tabs.on("ready", function(tab) { worker = tab.attach({ contentscript: alertcontentscript }); worker.port.emit("alert", "message from the add-on"); }); tabs.open("http://www.mozilla.org"); in total, the port object defines four functions: emit(): emit a message. on(): listen to a message. removelistener(): stop listening to a message. once(): listen to only the first occurrence of a message. accessing port accessing port in the content script note that the global self object is completely different from the self module, which provides an api for an add-on to access its data files and id. in the content script the port object is available as a property of the global self object. ...
...this takes the same two parameters as port.on(): the name of the message, and the name of the listener function. this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. for example, here's an add-on that creates a page-worker and ...
...lemymessage(mymessagepayload) { // handle the message }); in the main add-on code (in this case a panel instance), to listen for "mymessage" sent from a a content script: panel.port.on("mymessage", function handlemymessage(mymessagepayload) { // handle the message }); port.removelistener() you can use port.on() to listen for messages. to stop listening for a particular message, use port.removelistener(). this takes the same two parameters as port.on(): the name of the message, and the name of the listener function. this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. for example, here's an add-on that creates a page-worker and a button. the page-worker loads http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chalk alongside a content script "listener.js". the butt...
...And 3 more matches

page-mod - Archive of obsolete content
criptfile: [data.url("jquery-1.7.min.js"), data.url("my-script.js")] }); from firefox 34, you can use "./my-script.js" as an alias for self.data.url("my-script.js"). so you can rewrite the above code like this: var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); pagemod.pagemod({ include: "*.mozilla.org", contentscriptfile: "./my-script.js" }); unless your content script is extremely simple and consists only of a static string, don't use contentscript: if you do, you may have problems getting your add-on approved on amo. instead, keep the script in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. a page-mod only attaches scripts to documents loaded in tabs. it will not attach scripts to add-on panels...
...tabs"); pagemod.pagemod({ include: ["*"], onattach: function onattach(worker) { console.log(worker.tab.title); } }); destroying workers workers generate a detach event when their associated document is closed: that is, when the tab is closed or when the associated window's unload event occurs. ...
... belonging to a page-mod, you can use this event to remove workers that are no longer valid. ...
...And 3 more matches

/loader - Archive of obsolete content
you may still end up with a relative mo...
... loader } = require('toolkit/loader'); let loader = loader({ paths: { // resolve all modules starting with `toolkit/` as follows: // toolkit/foo -> resource://gre/modules/commonjs/toolkit/foo.js // toolkit/foo/bar -> resource://gre/modules/commonjs/toolkit/foo/bar.js 'toolkit/': 'resource://gre/modules/commonjs/toolkit/', // resolev all other non-relative module requirements as follows: // devtools/gcli -> resource:///modules/devtools/gcli.js // panel -> resource:///modules/panel.js '': 'resource:///modules/', // allow relative urls and resolve them to add-on root: // ./main -> resource://my-addon/root/main.js './': 'resource://my-addon/root/' } }); the order of keys in paths is irrelevant since they are sorte...
...ion. this feature may also be used to implement specific security constraints. for example, the sdk generates a manifest file at build time representing a dependency graph of all modules used by an add-on. ...
...And 3 more matches

content/mod - Archive of obsolete content
.attachto; var style = require("sdk/stylesheet/style").style; var style = style({ source: "div { border: 4px solid gray }" }); // assuming window points to the content page we want to modify attachto(style, window); parameters modification : object the modification we want to apply to the target. window : nsidomwindow the window to be modified. ...
...iv { border: 4px solid gray }" }); // assuming window points to the content page we want to modify attachto(style, window); parameters modification : object the modification we want to apply to the target. window : nsidomwindow the window to be modified. detachfrom(modification, window) function removes attached modification from a given window. if window is not specified, modification is removed from all the windows it's being attached to. ...
...y attachto(style, window); parameters modification : object the modification we want to apply to the target. window : nsidomwindow the window to be modified. detachfrom(modification, window) function removes attached modification from a given window. if window is not specified, modification is removed from all the windows it's being attached to. for example, the following code applies and removes a style to a content window, adding a border to all divs in page: var { attachto, detachfrom } = require("sdk/content/mod"); var style = require("sdk/stylesheet/style").style; var style = style({ source: "div { border: 4px solid gray }" }); // assuming window points to the content page we want to modify attachto(style, window); // ... detachfrom(style, window); parameters modification ...
...And 3 more matches

dev/panel - Archive of obsolete content
enables you to extend the firefox developer tools. most of the firefox developer tools are hosted in a ui component called the toolbox. individual built-in tools, such as the javascript debugger or the web console, occupy "panels" in the toolbox. ...
...box: the panel gets a tab in the toolbox toolbar which enables the user to open it: you specify the panel's content and behavior using html, css, and javascript. when the panel's created, the framework passes it a debuggee: this is a messageport object that you can use to exchange json messages with the browser that the developer tools are currently debugging. the messages follow the remote debugging protocol. for a simple walkthrough of using the dev/panel api to add a new tool, see adding a panel to the toolbox. basic usage defining the panel constructor to add a new tool you first need to define a constructor that inherits from the panel class, and in that constructor you need to supply values for various properties . you can set the constructor up manually if you like, o...
...e panel document"); console.log(toaddon); }); communicating with the debugger server the firefox developer tools use a client/server protocol: a tool, such as a javascript debugger or style editor, is the client, and the program being debugged, such as firefox, is the server. clients connect to the server and send it messages to examine and modify the state of the program being debugged. the remote debugging protocol page describes the protocol in detail. when the user opens a panel and the panel is created, the framework calls the panel's setup method. the setup method will be passed a debuggee object, which is a messageport that the add-on can use to exchange messages with the debugger server. for example, here's a main.js which sends the listtabs message to the debugger server, and ...
...And 3 more matches

places/bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
create, modify, and retrieve bookmarks. usage this module exports: three constructors: bookmark, group, and separator, corresponding to the types of objects, referred to as bookmark items, in the bookmarks database in firefox two additional functions, save() to create, update, and remove bookmark items, and search() to retrieve the bookmark items that match a particular set of criteria. save() and search() are both asynchronous functions: they synchronously return a placesemitter object, which then asynchronously emits events as the operation progresses and completes. each retrieved bookmark item represents only a snapshot of state at a specific time. the module does not automatically sync up a bookmark instance with ongoing changes to that item in the database from the same add-o...
...eted. adding items: if passing in freshly instantiated bookmark items or a duck-typed object, the item is created on the platform. updating items: for an item referenced from a previous save() or from the result of a search() query, changing the properties and calling save() will update the item on the server. deleting items: to delete a bookmark item, pass in a bookmark item with a property remove set to true. the function returns a placesemitter that emits a data event for each item as it is saved, and an end event when all items have been saved. let { bookmark, group } = require("sdk/places/bookmarks"); let mygroup = group({ title: "my group" }); let mybookmark = bookmark({ title: "moz", url: "http://mozilla.com", group: mygroup }); save(mybookmark).on("data", function (ite...
...te from the platform. invoked with two arguments, mine and platform, where mine is the item that is being saved, and platform is the current state of the item on the item. the object returned from this function is what is saved on the platform. by default, all changes on an outdated bookmark item overwrite the platform's bookmark item. returns placesemitter : returns a placesemitter. ...
...And 3 more matches

JavaScript Daemons Management - Archive of obsolete content
f them. note: a minimalistic version of it (minidaemon) is published here. this more complex version of it is nothing but a big and scalable collection of methods for the daemon constructor. but the daemon constructor itself is nothing but a clone of minidaemon with an added support for init and onstart functions declarable during the instantiation of the daemon. so the minidaemon framework will remain the recommended way for simple animations, because daemon without its collection of methods is essentially a clone of it. the architecture of the daemon constructor explicitly avoids the use of closures. it also offers an alternative way to pass the this object to the callback functions (see the "this" problem for details). advantages of this approch: abstraction passage of this object t...
...owser for both timers (polyfill), at the end of the daemon.js module. daemon.js what follows is the module that declares the daemon constructor (the core of this framework). the daemon constructor itself is nothing but a clone of the little framework minidaemon with added support for init and onstart functions (declarable during the instantiation of the daemon). so the minidaemon framework will remain the recommended way for simple animations, because daemon without its collection of methods is essentially a clone of it. /*\ |*| |*| ******************************* |*| * daemon.js * |*| ******************************* |*| |*| ver. 1.0 rev. 2 |*| |*| daemon.js - a javascript highly scalable daemons manager. |*| |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/javas...
...alse, bend = odmn.isatend(), binvert = odmn.reversals > 0; if (bend && !binvert || bbreak) { odmn.pause(); return false; } if (bend && binvert) { odmn.backw = !odmn.backw; odmn.reversals--; } return true; }; /* system not required daemon global object methods */ /** * daemon global object optional methods (shortcuts). you could safely remove all or some of them, * depending on your needs. if you want to remove them and are using the daemon.safe subsystem you * should also remove the daemon.safe global object methods that require them. **/ daemon.construct = function (aargs) { var odmn = new this.blank(); this.apply(odmn, aargs); return odmn; }; daemon.buildaround = function (octx, nrate, nlen) { if (!
...And 3 more matches

Chapter 4: Using XPCOM—Implementing advanced processes - Archive of obsolete content
functions for opening files and character-code conversion, among other things. a different mechanism is needed to perform these functions. internet explorer handles this using activex; in firefox, we use the cross-platform component object model, or xpcom. due to deprecation of enableprivilege this functionality can not be used in web pages. enableprivilege is disabled in firefox 15 and will be removed in firefox 17. about xpcom xpcom is a framework for developing platform-independent components. components developed in line with that framework are referred to as xpcom components, and sometimes the components are simply referred to as xpcoms. firefox itself includes a great number of xpcom components, and they can be used in extensions as well. sometimes an extension will be packaged wit...
...ow see the confirmation dialog shown in figure 1. pressing the "permit" button grants universalxpconnect permission in this execution context, making it possible to run xpconnect temporarily. an xpconnect-wrapped nsiioservice message should appear. if you check “apply these privileges in the future”, all local files will be able to run xpconnect without confirmation in the future. this is extremely dangerous, and you should never check this option. editing prefs.js opening test.xul will produce the dialog shown in figure 1. this can get annoying. to run the file's scripts without manual confirmation, add the contents of listing 3 to the prefs.js file in the user profile folder. opening test.xul will show the local file url in the location bar. copy and paste this into the appropriate s...
...ng. listing 6: creating an xpcom object representing a file var file = components.classes['@mozilla.org/file/local;1'] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsilocalfile); file.initwithpath('c:\\temp\\temp.txt'); creating and deleting files listing 7 shows how to delete a file if it exists, and create a new file with the same name. ...
...And 3 more matches

Appendix C: Avoiding using eval in Add-ons - Archive of obsolete content
itive review and have your add-on made public. if it cannot be easily proven that an eval() call is benign and necessary because there are no viable alternatives, a mozilla add-ons gallery reviewer will generally reject the submission! parsing json mozilla provides native json support since firefox 3. there is simply no need to parse json using eval. ...
...essary because there are no viable alternatives, a mozilla add-ons gallery reviewer will generally reject the submission! parsing json mozilla provides native json support since firefox 3. there is simply no need to parse json using eval. additionally, parsing json retrieved from a remote location becomes a security vulnerability when parsed with the eval function. basically, you are executing remote code with full chrome access; that is, introducing a remote code execution vulnerability. even if you trust the remote server; for example, because it is one you rent and administer yourself, there is a huge security risk, because of, but not limited to: you might discontinue your project or sell it, so that it is possible another person with malicious intentions takes over your domain. th...
...entations are less efficient and often also contain serious security vulnerabilities. such implementations are meant to be used within a very different security context, namely a website, where the origin of the data is usually known in all instances and where vulnerabilities would have a much smaller impact. what about jsonp? jsonp, which really is just another script tag containing generated, remotely retrieved code, is generally not secure. it might be possible to execute any retrieved jsonp code in an unprivileged sandbox (which is complicated!), but if you have a choice, just avoid jsonp altogether! passing around functions/code as strings often you'll want to pass functions or code to other functions, most notoriously settimeout and addeventlistener. often this is done passing aroun...
...And 3 more matches

List of Mozilla-Based Applications - Archive of obsolete content
adobe acrobat and adobe reader portable document format (pdf) software uses mozilla spidermonkey adobe flash player popular browser plug-in uses nss in linux version adwatch content management system uses xul and xpcom aicpcu/iia exam app exam delivery software aliwal geocoder geocoding & data on a map amarok xul remote remote control for amarok music player ample sdk javascript gui-framework aol instant messenger im client uses nss apache web server doesn't use nss by default, but can be configured to use nss with mod_nss ssl module apicawatch site performance monitoring tool uses firefox as part of its monitoring package astyle css...
...chromium and google chrome web browser uses mozilla nss and npapi libraries chromeless browser with html-based interface classilla mozilla browser for mac os 9 clines a clone of color lines (game) standalone version cloud web operating system cloud browse iphone/ipad/ipod touch browser seems to be firefox running remotely on servers that people access through device conkeror keyboard-oriented browser convertigo enterprise mashup server server tool for transactional web scraping and for web clipping cometbird another firefox mod modified version of firefox correo email couac (fr) web-based email and jabber app couchdb do...
...ient expeditors international of washington, inc. ...
...And 3 more matches

JavaScript Client API - Archive of obsolete content
o invent your own mapping from data objects to guids as long as it's consistent. in this case, it is highly recommended to use the utils.makeguid() helper to generate new guids: let newguid = utils.makeguid(); your store object must implement the following methods: itemexists(id) createrecord(id, collection) changeitemid(oldid, newid) getallids() wipe() create(record) update(record) remove(record) you may also find it useful to override other methods of the base implementation, for example applyincomingbatch if the underlying storage for your data supports batch operations. createrecord the createrecord( id, collection ) method gets called by the engine to request a new record for an item with a given guid. it's your store's responsibility to instantiate a record object...
...pens to be maintaining; it means the underlying data itself. for instance, bookmarkstore.wipe() deletes all bookmarks from the current firefox profile. how to do this for your particular data type is up to you to figure out. the next three methods are called by the sync algorithm when it determines that the state of the local application needs to be changed to keep it up-to-date with the user's remote activities. the sync algorithm will call your store object with a record to be created, updated, or removed, and it is your store object's responsibility to apply this change to the local application using whatever methods are neccessary. create(record) not to be confused with createrecord(), this method (which should probably be renamed for clarity soon) tells your store to create a ne...
...whatever methods are neccessary. create(record) not to be confused with createrecord(), this method (which should probably be renamed for clarity soon) tells your store to create a new item in the local application, based on the data in record. (so for example, bookmarkstore.create() adds a new bookmark to the firefox profile). update(record) the argument is a record which has been remotely modified; your store should locate the matching local item (presumably using the guid, which is available in record.id) and update it to the new values provided in record. remove(record) the argument is a record which has been remotely deleted; your store should locate the matching local item and delete it. (don't rely on the record that is passed in to this method having any of its ...
...And 3 more matches

Menu - Archive of obsolete content
the menu is currently visible and false otherwise. read-only. items array an array of menuitems in the menu. read-only. methods add(items) clear() contexton(node) hide() insertbefore(newitems, target) item(target) popupon(node) remove(target) replace(target, newitems) reset() set(items) show(anchornode) add(items) adds items to the menu. the position at which the items are added is at jetpack's discretion. this method and set() are the recommended methods of adding items to a menu. parameters items a single menuitem or an array of m...
... replace(target, newitems) reset() set(items) show(anchornode) add(items) adds items to the menu. the position at which the items are added is at jetpack's discretion. this method and set() are the recommended methods of adding items to a menu. parameters items a single menuitem or an array of menuitems. clear() removes all items from the menu, even items not added by the feature. contexton(node) binds the menu to a given node as its context menu. parameters node the menu is attached to this node, which may be either a raw dom node or a dom node wrapped by jquery. hide() hides the menu if it is showing. insertbefore(newitems, target) inserts new items before an existing item. parameters ...
...changes immediately. parameters target indicates the existing item. see targets. return value a menuitem object, or null if no such target exists. popupon(node) binds the menu to a given node. the menu will be shown when the node is left-clicked. parameters node the menu is attached to this node, which may be either a raw dom node or a dom node wrapped by jquery. remove(target) removes an item from the menu. parameters target indicates the existing item to remove. see targets. if no such target exists, the call silently fails. replace(target, newitems) replaces an item with new items. parameters target indicates the existing item to replace. see targets. if no such target exists, the call silently fails. newitems ...
...And 3 more matches

New Skin Notes - Archive of obsolete content
could be smaller. --dria is it just me or visited links are not marked as such? --nickolay 07:16, 29 aug 2005 (pdt) imho the visited color looks horrible. we're a documentation site. there's no real reason for user to give him info that he already visited xml main page. it's hardly possible that he'll be interested in it. in all other dev centres there is no "visited link color" and we should remove imho. it looks odd when someone who uses devmo on regular basis sees some violet links just because he already worked with this site yesterday.also, the current color for visited links makes them less visible. --gandalf 00:45, 31 aug 2005 (pdt) i don't like the current color too, but i strongly disagree that we don't need to give visited links different color. this is not what user expects (w...
..., 31 aug 2005 (pdt) ok, so i'm asking just to change this color. --gandalf 04:55, 31 aug 2005 (pdt) fine, changed. --dria the default link color is to bright. it's less readable than the old one. i'd suggest to use the color from cavedish. -- gandalf that was my first thought, too. -- axelhecht ok, i'll tone the main link colour down a bit. --dria page title needs "development skin" removed. -- dria the skin looks nice, but the links on the right are too small. if this is going to be the default skin used by editors, they are unacceptably small. --nickolay 01:59, 25 aug 2005 (pdt) i'm planning on doing up a special skin for editors in the future (with the edit tools and such closer to the top, etc). in the meantime, i'll bump the font size of those links up. --dria but if th...
...anges i need to make, however, so i'll try to fix it up a bit while i'm digging around in there. --dria how about modifying style for the side-bar to have a :hover class added which modifies (to a slightly lighter shade) the background color of the link, this will help to make items "appear as links" to many users, possibly add a text-decoration: underline as well. --callek is it possible to remove the blank space on category pages, like category:dom?by the way, it looks like this skin has the same problem as previous - the edit box, category list on category pages, and others are always below the end of the sidebar. the major problem it caused in cavendish skin - that they were out of the screen - is solved by making the sidebar smaller, which is not the right thing to do, imo (see my c...
...And 3 more matches

Tamarin build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
ws the existing acceptance and performance testsuites to be run on a windows mobile device connected to a windows desktop machine by activesync or windows mobile device center (for windows vista and windows 7). setup and run activesync or windows mobile device center. ...
... performance testsuites to be run on a windows mobile device connected to a windows desktop machine by activesync or windows mobile device center (for windows vista and windows 7). setup and run activesync or windows mobile device center. ...
... windows mobile device center (for windows vista and windows 7). setup and run activesync or windows mobile device center. ...
...And 3 more matches

findbar - Archive of obsolete content
open( mode ) return type: no return value opens the fi...
... open( mode ) return type: no return value opens the findbar using the spe...
... open( mode ) return type: no return value opens the findbar using the specified mode, which shou...
...And 3 more matches

MenuModification - Archive of obsolete content
adding items to a menu the appenditem method may be used to append a new item to the end of the popup associated with a menu. this method will create a new menuitem element and insert it into the popup. this method may only be used with the menu element. <script> function addtomenu() { var menu = document.getelementbyid("edit-menu"); menu.appenditem("insert", "insert"); } </script> <menu id="edit-menu"/> <button label="add" oncommand="addtomenu()"/> in this example, the addtomenu function is called when the button is pressed. this function appends a new item to the menu's popup with the label insert. ...
...fect is that a submenu with two items is added dynamically to the menu. the appendchild method is available for all elements, and is used to add new nodes within another node. the appenditem method is specific to menus, as well as some other specific elements, and is simpler to use to append new menuitem elements to a menu. if we were to use the example above, we would also want to make sure to remove the items again in a popuphiding event listener. otherwise, a new submenu would be added every time the menu is opened, which is clearly not desirable. another possibility is to ensure that the menu is only added once. the following shows how the addsubmenu function above might be rewritten to handle this case. <script> function addsubmenu() { var popup = document.getelementbyid("file-popup...
...endchild(newmenu); newmenu.label = "new"; newmenu.appenditem("document", "doc"); newmenu.appenditem("image", "image"); } </script> the haschildnodes method may be used to check if a node has any children. the first time the function is called, the haschildnodes method will return false, however the second time, the method will return true as the items have already been added to the menu. ...
...And 3 more matches

PopupEvents - Archive of obsolete content
without first opening the parent menu. ...
...nction is called. within this function, a popupshown event listener is attached to the 'file' menu using the addeventlistener method. this will cause the filemenuopened function to be called when the popupshown event is fired on the 'file' menu. the filemenuopened function first checks that the target of the event is the right popup and returns early if not. ...
...the popuphiding event is fired regardless of how the popup was hidden, whether because the user selected an item from a menu, or if the user clicked outside the popup, or if the user pressed escape to cancel the menu. ...
...And 3 more matches

Result Generation - Archive of obsolete content
ure below, you can see that node a at the top has arcs pointing to b, c and d. similarly, c has an arc pointing to d. you could have arcs pointing elsewhere--for example, node d could have an arc pointing back to a. to navigate around, you could start at node a and navigate around the graph following the arrows to b, c or d. or you could start at b and go to a and then go to c and d, etc. no requirement exists to follow the arrows in the direction they point; you can easily go the other way (though in only one direction within a given series of iterations). the picture was generated from the w3c's rdf validator, a good place to go to check if your rdf is valid. the text in red are the labels for the arrows, called predicates. in this example, all the arrows have the same label. usually, this...
...m/rdf/a'. query processing a query for an rdf datasource consists of a number of statements, placed as children of the query element. during query processing, the template builder builds up a network of information such as: possible results that are available where content should be generated information that indicates what to do when the rdf datasource changes this network of information remains for the lifetime of the template, or until it is rebuilt. the template builder uses a method based on the rete algorithm to match data. this allows for a fairly efficient means of updating results when, for instance, a new statement is added to the rdf graph. rather than rebuild the entire template, the algorithm allows only specific parts of the network of information to be re-examined. a si...
...emplate, or until it is rebuilt. the template builder uses a method based on the rete algorithm to match data. this allows for a fairly efficient means of updating results when, for instance, a new statement is added to the rdf graph. rather than rebuild the entire template, the algorithm allows only specific parts of the network of information to be re-examined. a similar method can be used when removing rdf statements. while the information network created by the template builder contains a number of different pieces of necessary information, for the purposes of this discussion, we will only be interested in the list of possible results. the builder begins with a single possible result, called the seed. the builder processes each of a query's statements in sequence. to do this for a particu...
...And 3 more matches

XUL element attributes - Archive of obsolete content
element within the same document. for instance, the reference '#data' refers to an element with the id 'data'. if you plan on adding a datasource to an element but don't want one to be added right away, set this attribute to 'rdf:null'. this will make the element so that its contents can be generated from a datasource. otherwise, you cannot add one later. when the xul document is contained on a remote web site, the datasources may only be loaded from the same domain as the document. dir type: one of the values below the direction in which the child elements of the element are placed. normal for scales, the scale's values are ordered from left to right (for horizontal scales) or from top to bottom (for vertical scales) for other elements, the elements are placed left to right...
...er is empty. dont-build-content: this flag may be used on a tree to indicate that content elements should not be generated. this results in a performance enhancement, but you will not be able to use the dom functions to retrieve the tree rows. flex type: string (representing an integer) indicates the flexibility of the element, which indicates how an element's container distributes remaining empty space among its children. flexible elements grow and shrink to fit their given space. elements with larger flex values will be made larger than elements with lower flex values, at the ratio determined by the two elements. the actual value is not relevant unless there are other flexible elements within the same container. once the default sizes of elements in a box are calculated, the ...
...aining empty space among its children. flexible elements grow and shrink to fit their given space. elements with larger flex values will be made larger than elements with lower flex values, at the ratio determined by the two elements. the actual value is not relevant unless there are other flexible elements within the same container. once the default sizes of elements in a box are calculated, the remaining space in the box is divided among the flexible elements, according to their flex ratios. specifying a flex value of 0 has the same effect as leaving the flex attribute out entirely. height type: string (representing an integer) the preferred height of the element in pixels. the actual displayed height may be different if the element or its contents have a minimum or maximum height.
...And 3 more matches

columns - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

grid - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

image - Archive of obsolete content
style property. if you change the image, the event will fire again when the new image loads. this event will not bubble up the element tree. src type: uri the uri of the content to appear in the element. validate type: one of the values below this attribute indicates whether to load the image from the cache or not. this would be useful if the images are stored remotely or you plan on swapping the image frequently. the following values are accepted, or leave out the attribute entirely for default handling: always the image is always checked to see whether it should be reloaded. never the image will be loaded from the cache if possible. properties accessibletype type: integer a value indicating the type of accessibi...
...this typically looks like an exclamation mark. this and the other icon classes may be used by image elements or other ele...
...this typically looks like an exclamation mark. this and the other icon classes may be used by image elements or other elements which can hav...
...And 3 more matches

label - Archive of obsolete content
these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with t...
...these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with the user's selected ...
...these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with the user's selected theme. header a cl...
...And 3 more matches

prefpane - Archive of obsolete content
. void userchangedvalue(in domelement element); the user changed the value in a widget that the preferences system does not automatically track state changes for (1) and the preference element associated with the widget should be updated based on the state held by the widget. for example, if you are using a listbox and the user changes the contents of the listbox (such as adding or removing an item) and you want to sync the changes back to a preference, you must write an onsynctopreference handler for your listbox that returns the value to be written to the preference element, and then call the userchangedvalue function every time you edit the list in a way that should cause the preference's value to change. (1) an example of a widget that has state changes tracked for i...
...after the overlay is merged.) you can put the handler for this event in the onpaneload ...
...after the overlay is merged.) you can put the handler for this event in the onpaneload attribute on the el...
...And 3 more matches

row - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

rows - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

separator - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
...these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with...
...these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with the user's selecte...
...And 3 more matches

<statusbarpanel> - Archive of obsolete content
refer to the add-on bar. an individual element of a statusbar. this is a special type of button which is drawn differently. unlike normal buttons, a statusbarpanel can only have a label or an image but not both. this element is often used with a short label or icon to indicate status, for instance whether the user is online or whether there are new messages. ...
...these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with...
...these classes should be used instead of changing the style of the element directly since they will fit more naturally with the user's selecte...
...And 3 more matches

tabpanel - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

tabpanels - Archive of obsolete content
selectedindex type: integer returns the index of the currently selected item. you may select an item by assigning its...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
"separator", "spring". an empty toolbar has a currentset value of "__empty". you may change the current set of items by setting this property. be careful, as setting this property doesn't automatically update the currentset attribute. firstpermanentchild not in seamonkey 1.x type: element the first permanent child of the toolbar. a permanent child is one that is not customizable and remains on the toolbar. items that are placed directly inside the toolbar without being in the toolbarpalette are permanent. lastpermanentchild not in seamonkey 1.x type: element the last permanent child of the toolbar. a permanent child is one that is not customizable and remains on the toolbar. items that are placed directly inside the toolbar without being in the toolbarpalette are perman...
...otherw...
...otherwise, this option wi...
...And 3 more matches

toolbox - Archive of obsolete content
customtoolbarcount firefox only type: integer the number of custom toolbars currently within the toolbox. e...
...you can supply a comma-separated list of toolbar item id...
...you can supply a comma-separated list of toolbar item ids as the second arg...
...And 3 more matches

treecols - Archive of obsolete content
inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, cont...
... interfaces nsiaccessibleprovider ...
... interfaces nsiaccessibleprovider ...
...And 3 more matches

treerow - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

treeseparator - Archive of obsolete content
lement align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, popup, position, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , , , , collapsed, contextmenu, controllers, database, datasources, dir, , , flex, height, hidden, id, , , left, , maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwid...
... ...
... ...
...And 3 more matches

Table Reflow Internals - Archive of obsolete content
d thus not have to continue (split) breaking status (in the case of some inline frames) if there is truncation (it can't fit in the space and can't split). this is just a convience mechanism. kinds of reflows initial - reflowee's first reflow must be of this type (reflower's responsibility). resize - reflowee gets a change in available space only. similar to initial, except it can reoccur. incremental - has a reflow path (tree) where each node has a command with a target frame, reflow command types are: dirty - something changed inside a target (e.g. it gains, loses children) style changed - a target changed stylisticly (recall, size is a style property) content changed - a target's content changed (e.g. a text run) user defined - currently only used for fixed positioned frames kinds ...
...eflow path (tree) where each node has a command with a target frame, reflow command types are: dirty - something changed inside a target (e.g. it gains, loses children) style changed - a target changed stylisticly (recall, size is a style property) content changed - a target's content changed (e.g. ...
... (e.g. ...
...And 3 more matches

Game monetization - Game development
r your game up front, you can offer a free game with in-app purchases (iaps.) in this case the game can be acquired without spending a dime — give the game to the players, but offer in-game currency, bonuses or benefits for real money. specific examples can include bonus levels, better weapons or spells, or refilling the energy needed to play. designing a good iap system is an art of it's own. remember that you need thousands of downloads of your game to make iaps effective — only a small fraction of players will actually pay for iaps. how small? it varies, but around one person in every thousand is about average. the more people that play your game, the higher the chance someone will pay, so your earnings heavily depend on your promotion activities. freemium games that feature iaps ar...
...will actually pay for iaps. how small? it varies, but around one person in every thousand is about average. the more people that play your game, the higher the chance someone will pay, so your earnings heavily depend on your promotion activities. freemium games that feature iaps are often referred to a freemium — a freemium game can be acquired and played for free, but you can pay for extra (premium) features, virtual goods or other benefits. the word itself acquired negative connotations after big companies focused on creating games, the main purpose of which was to get as much money from the players as possible instead of delivering a fun experience. the worst cases were when you could use real money to pay for getting advantages over other players, or when they restricted access to the...
...stages of the game unless the players paid. the term "pay to win" was coined and this approach is disliked by many players and devs. if you want to implement iaps try to add value to the game with something players will enjoy instead of taking it out and then charging for it. add-ons and dlcs add-ons and downloadable content are a good way to provide extra value to an already released game, but remember that you'll have to offer decent, entertaining content to attract people to buy it. a totally new set of levels with new characters, weapons and story is a good material for dlc, but to have enough sales the game itself has to be popular, or else there won't be any players interested in spending their hard earned money on it. advertisements instead of actively selling the games you can als...
...And 3 more matches

Unconventional controls - Game development
previous overview: control mechanisms having different control mechanisms in your game helps reach broader audiences. implementing mobile and desktop controls is recommended is a must, and gamepad controls add that extra experience. but imagine going even further — in this article we will explore various unconventional ways to control your web game, some more unconventional than others. ...
... the earliest demo of captain rogers: battle at andromeda was adjusted to work on a huge tv. ...
... the earliest demo of captain rogers: battle at andromeda was adjusted to work on a huge tv. interestingly enough, the first captain rogers game (asteroid belt of sirius) was optimized for low-end, small-screen, cheap smartphones running firefox os, so you can see the difference three years can make — you can read the whole story in our building games for firefox os tv hacks post. using a tv remote to control the game ended up being surprisingly easy, because the events fired by the controller are emulating conventional keyboard keys. captain rogers had the keyboard controls implemented already: this.cursors = this.input.keyboard.createcursorkeys(); //... if(this.cursors.right.isdown) { // move player right } it works out of the box. the cursors are the four directional arrow keys ...
...And 3 more matches

Legacy layout methods - Learn web development
filling it with a simple html template, and inserting the below code into it at the appropriate places. at the bottom of the section you can see a live example of what the final code should look like. first of all, we need some content to put into our columns. replace whatever is inside the body currently with the following: <h1>2 column layout example</h1> <div> <h2>first column</h2> <p> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. nulla luctus aliquam dolor, eu lacinia lorem placerat vulputate. duis felis orci, pulvinar id metus ut, rutrum luctus orci. cras porttitor imperdiet nunc, at ultricies tellus laoreet sit amet. sed auctor cursus massa at porta. integer ligula ipsum, tristique sit amet orci vel, viverra egestas ligula. curabitur vehicula tellus neque, ac ornare ex ...
...ngue. duis ornare egestas augue ut luctus. proin blandit quam nec lacus varius commodo et a urna. ut id ornare felis, eget fermentum sapien.</p> </div> <div> <h2>second column</h2> <p>nam vulputate diam nec tempor bibendum. donec luctus augue eget malesuada ultrices. phasellus turpis est, posuere sit amet dapibus ut, facilisis sed est. nam id risus quis ante semper consectetur eget aliquam lorem. vivamus tristique elit dolor, sed pretium metus suscipit vel. mauris ultricies lectus sed lobortis finibus. vivamus eu urna eget velit cursus viverra quis vestibulum sem. aliquam tincidunt eget purus in interdum. cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.</p> </div> each one of the columns needs an outer element to contain its content and let us manipu...
...o act as a gutter between the two columns, giving the content some space to breathe. now we just need to float the columns, like so: div:nth-of-type(1) { width: 48%; float: left; } div:nth-of-type(2) { width: 48%; float: right; } putting this all together should give us a result like so: simple two-column layout <h1>2 column layout example</h1> <div> <h2>first column</h2> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. nulla luctus aliquam dolor, eu lacinia lorem placerat vulputate. duis felis orci, pulvinar id metus ut, rutrum luctus orci. cras porttitor imperdiet nunc, at ultricies tellus laoreet sit amet. sed auctor cursus massa at porta. integer ligula ipsum, tristique sit amet orci vel, viverra egestas ligula. curabitur vehicula tellus neque, ac ornare ex ...
...And 3 more matches

Getting started with CSS - Learn web development
browsers display html content by default in pretty much the same way. however, you will often want something other than the choice the browser has made. this can be done by simply choosing the html element that you want to change, and using a css rule to change the way it looks. a good example is our <ul>, an unordered list. it has list bullets, and if i decide i don't want those bullets i can remove them like so: li { list-style-type: none; } try adding this to your css now. the list-style-type property is a good property to look at on mdn to see which values are supported. take a look at the page for list-style-type and you will find an interactive example at the top of the page to try some different values in, then all allowable values are detailed further down the page. looking a...
... try adding this to your css now. the list-style-type property is a good property to look at on mdn to see which values are supported. take a look at the page for list-style-type and you will find an interactive example at the top of the page to try some different values in, then all allowable values are detailed further down the page. looking at that page you will discover that in addition to removing the list bullets you can change them — try changing them to square bullets by using a value of square. adding a class so far we have styled elements based on their html element names. this works as long as you want all of the elements of that type in your document to look the same. most of the time that isn't the case and so you will need to find a way to select a subset of the elements ...
...depending on whether it is unvisited, visited, being hovered over, focused via the keyboard, or in the process of being clicked (activated). you can use css to target these different states — the css below styles unvisited links pink and visited links green. ...
...And 3 more matches

Getting started with HTML - Learn web development
class="playable-code" style="min-height: 100px;width: 95%"> this is my text. ...
...a link to your favorite website. add the <a> element. add the href attribute and the title attribute. specify the target attribute to open the link in the new tab. you'll be able to see your changes update live in the output area. you should see a link—that when hovered over—displays the value of the title attribute, and when clicked, navigates to the web address in the href attribute. remember that you need to include a space between the element name, and between each attribute. if you make a mistake, you can always reset it using the reset button. if you get really stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. playable code2 <h2>live output</h2> <div class="output" style="min-height: 50px;"> </div> <h2>editable code</h2> <p class="a11y-label">press esc to move fo...
..."code" class="input" style="min-height: 100px;width: 95%"> &lt;p&gt;a link to my favorite website.&lt;/p&gt; </textarea> <div class="playable-buttons"> <input id="reset" type="button" value="reset"> <input id="solution" type="button" value="show solution"> </div> html { font-family: sans-serif; } h2 { font-size: 16px; } .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } var textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); var reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); var solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); var output = document.queryselector('.output'); var code = textarea.value; var userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addevent...
...And 3 more matches

From object to iframe — other embedding technologies - Learn web development
a (tab inserts a tab character).</p> <textarea id="code" class="input" style="width: 95%;min-height: 100px;"> </textarea> <div class="playable-buttons"> <input id="reset" type="button" value="reset"> <input id="solution" type="button" value="show solution"> </div> html { font-family: sans-serif; } h2 { font-size: 16px; } .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); const output = document.queryselector('.output'); let code = textarea.value; let userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.
...support iframes </a> </p> </iframe> this example includes the basic essentials needed to use an <iframe>: allowfullscreen if set, the <iframe> is able to be placed in fullscreen mode using the full screen api (somewhat beyond scope for this article.) frameborder if set to 1, this tells the browser to draw a border between this frame and other frames, which is the default behaviour. 0 removes the border. using this isn't really recommended any more, as the same effect can be better achieved using border: none; in your css. src this attribute, as with <video>/<img>, contains a path pointing to the url of the document to be embedded. width and height these attributes specify the width and height you want the iframe to be. fallback content in the same way as other similar eleme...
... never be too cautious. if the content is licensed, you must obey the license terms. for example, the content on mdn is licensed under cc-by-sa. that means, you must credit us properly when you quote our content, even if you make substantial changes. use https https is the encrypted version of http. you should serve your websites using https whenever possible: https reduces the chance that remote content has been tampered with in transit, https prevents embedded content from accessing content in your parent document, and vice versa. using https requires a security certificate, which can be expensive (although let's encrypt makes things easier) — if you can't get one, you may serve your parent document with http. however, because of the second benefit of https above, no matter what...
...And 3 more matches

Solve common problems in your JavaScript code - Learn web development
style.color = 'red'; elem.style.color = 'red;' functions there are a number of things that can go wrong with functions. one of the most common errors is to declare the function, but not call it anywhere. ...
... in fact, some browsers (like firefox) will give you an error message in the developer console if you have code after a return statement. ...
...to see which one is bigger, or to see if one value is equal to another). strings how do you create a string in javascript? do you have to use single quotes or double quotes? how do you escape characters in strings? how do you join strings together? can you join strings and numbers together? how do you...
...And 3 more matches

Ember app structure and componentization - Learn web development
ture of our todomvc ember app, adding in the html for it, and then breaking that html structure into components. prerequisites: at minimum, it is recommended that you are familiar with the core html, css, and javascript languages, and have knowledge of the terminal/command line. a deeper understanding of modern javascript features (such as classes, modules, etc), will be extremely beneficial, as ember makes heavy use of them. objective: to learn how to structure an ember app, and then break that structure into components. planning out the layout of the todomvc app in the last article we set up a new ember project, then added and configured our css styles. at this point we add some html, planning out the structure and semantics of our todomvc app.
...t, then added and configured our css styles. at this point we add some html, planning out the structure and semantics of our todomvc app. the landing page html of our application is defined in app/templates/application.hbs. this already exists, and its contents currently look like so: {{!-- the following component displays ember's default welcome message. --}} <welcomepage /> {{!-- feel free to remove this! --}} {{outlet}} <welcomepage /> is a component provided by an ember addon that renders the default welcome page we saw in the previous article, when we first navigated to our server at localhost:4200. however, we don't want this. instead, we want it to contain the todomvc app structure. to start with, delete the contents of application.hbs and replace them with the following: <sect...
...el for="mark-all-complete">mark all as complete</label> <ul class="todo-list"> <li> <div class="view"> <input aria-label="toggle the completion of this todo" class="toggle" type="checkbox" > <label>buy movie tickets</label> <button type="button" class="destroy" title="remove this todo" ></button> </div> <input autofocus class="edit" value="todo text"> </li> <li> <div class="view"> <input aria-label="toggle the completion of this todo" class="toggle" type="checkbox" > <label>go to movie</label> <button type="button" cla...
...And 3 more matches

Introduction to client-side frameworks - Learn web development
a new task, and delete a task; and it must do this while reliably tracking and updating the data underlying the application. in software development, this underlying data is known as state. each of our goals is theoretically simple in isolation. we can iterate over the data to render it; we can add to an object to make a new task; we can use an identifier to find, edit, or delete a task. when we remember that the application has to let the user to do all of these things through the browser, however, some cracks start to show. the real problem is this: every time we change our application’s state, we need to update the ui to match. we can examine the difficulty of this problem by looking at just one feature of our todo list app: rendering a list of tasks. the verbosity of dom changes bui...
...yet, but it will later once we decide to implement our delete feature. ...
... later to style our list-items! working directly with the dom, as in this example, requires understanding many things about how the dom works: how to make elements; how to change their properties; how to put elements inside of each other; how to get them on the page. none of this code actually handles user interactions, or addresses adding or deleting a task. if we add those features, we have to remember to update our ui in the right time and in the right way. javascript frameworks were created to make this kind of work a little easier — they exist to provide a better developer experience. they don't bring brand-new powers to javascript; they give you easier access to javascript's powers so you can build for today's web. if you want to see code samples from this section in action, you ca...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla's Section 508 Compliance
the united states federal rehabilitation act's section 508 is a new standard for defining accessibility requirements for software and other electronic and information technology. part of section 508 (§1194.21) specifically relates to mozilla, and the ability of us government agencies to buy software that contains mozilla software components. here is a detailed list of section 508 bugs in mozilla's seamonkey application suite. some of them are fairly minor. the following is provided for informational purposes only and is not a legally binding voluntary product accessibility template (vpat). ...
...to mozilla, and the ability of us government agencies to buy software that contains mozilla software components. here is a detailed list of section 508 bugs in mozilla's seamonkey application suite. some of them are fairly minor. the following is provided for informational purposes only and is not a legally binding voluntary product accessibility template (vpat). ...
...re components. here is a detailed list of section 508 bugs in mozilla's seamonkey application suite. some of them are fairly minor. the following is provided for informational purposes only and is not a legally binding voluntary product accessibility template (vpat). here are the section 508 requirements and how far along mozilla seamonkey rv1.8a4 is with each one: requirement windows linux/unix mac os requirement windows linux/unix mac os (a) when software is designed to run on a system that has a keyboard, product functions shall be executable from a keyboard where the function itself or the result of performing a function can be discerned textually. ...
...And 3 more matches

Command line options
rofile may not be downwards compatible. adding this option bypasses downgrade protection. -createprofile profile_name create a new profile in the default directory, but do not start the application. the profile will be named profile_name in the profile manager, the profile_name must not contain spaces ( ). do not run profile_name while running an instance of the application, you can use the -no-remote option to avoid connecting to a running instance. firefox -createprofile joeluser -createprofile "profile_name profile_dir" creates a new profile in the profile_dir directory, but do not start the application. the profile will be named profile_name in the profile manager. note profile_name and profile_dir are quoted together, and are separated by exactly 1 space (as with the previous synta...
...creates a new profile in the profile_dir directory, but do not start the application. the profile will be named profile_name in the profile manager. note profile_name and profile_dir are quoted together, and are separated by exactly 1 space (as with the previous syntax, profile_name must not contain spaces). do not run profile_dir while running an instance of the application. you can use the -no-remote option to avoid connecting to a running instance. firefox -createprofile "joeluser c:\internet\joelusers-moz-profile" note: profile_dir must not exist and you must not already have a profile called profile_name. -migration start with import wizard. -new-instance open new instance, not a new window in running instance, which allows multiple copies of application to be open at a time. ...
...oelusers-moz-profile" note: profile_dir must not exist and you must not already have a profile called profile_name. -migration start with import wizard. -new-instance open new instance, not a new window in running instance, which allows multiple copies of application to be open at a time. firefox -new-instance -p "another profile" note: not available for windows, see bug 855899. -no-remote do not accept or send remote commands. implies -new-instance. firefox -no-remote -p "another profile" note: since firefox 9, this does really mean what its name implies on all platforms, i.e. instances created with this parameter do not accept or send remote commands, see bug 650078. that means that such instances won't be re-used. also when using this argument a new instance is created i...
...And 3 more matches

Performance
oat blood rains from the sky sendasyncmessage('my-addon:paragraph-count', {num: content.document.queryselectorall('p').length}) } addmessagelistener("my-addon:request-from-parent", onlyonceinabluemoon) better: // addon.js function ontoolbarbutton(event) { let tabmm = gbrowser.mcurrentbrowser.frameloader.messagemanager; let button = event.target; let callback = (message) => { tabmm.removemessagelistener("my-addon:paragraph-count", callback) decoratebutton(button, message.data.num) } tabmm.addmessagelistener("my-addon:paragraph-count", callback); tabmm.loadframescript("data:,sendasyncmessage('my-addon:paragraph-count', {num: content.document.queryselectorall('p').length})", false) } function decoratebutton(button, count) { // do stuff with result } this executes t...
...it off and on will load to unload/reload events. not handling those properly can lead to duplicate or conflicting code execution, especially when messages are sent. it can also lead to conflicts between the old and new code. under some circumstances it may even cause exceptions when attempting to register something twice under the same id. ...
...lead to duplicate or conflicting code execution, especially when messages are sent. it can also lead to conflicts between the old and new code. under some circumstances it may even cause exceptions when attempting to register something twice under the same id. ...
...And 3 more matches

Browser API
appear like a top-level browser window to the embedded content. this means that window.top, window.parent, window.frameelement, etc. should not reflect the frame hierarchy. api extensions: the api includes several new methods and events to manipulate and listen for changes to the embedded content's state, interited by the htmliframeelement interface. browser api interfaces to support the requirement of a browser <iframe>, the htmliframeelement dom interface has been extended with new methods that give the <iframe> some super powers. navigation methods the following navigation methods allow navigation through the browsing history of the <iframe>. they are necessary to be able to implement back, forward, stop, and reload buttons. htmliframeelement.reload() allows reloading of the <ifr...
... audio playing in the browser <iframe>. htmliframeelement.getmuted() indicates whether the browser <iframe> is currently muted. event-related methods in order to manage the browser <iframe>'s content, many new events were added (see below). the following methods are used to deal with those events: the <iframe> gains support for the methods of the eventtarget interface addeventlistener(), removeeventlistener(), and dispatchevent(). htmliframeelement.sendmouseevent() sends a mouseevent to the <iframe>'s content. utility methods last, there are some utility methods, useful for apps that host a browser <iframe>. htmliframeelement.getstructureddata() retrieves any structured microdata (and hcard and hcalendar microformat data) contained in the html loaded in the browser <iframe> ...
...iframeelement.sendmouseevent() sends a mouseevent to the <iframe>'s content. utility methods last, there are some utility methods, useful for apps that host a browser <iframe>. htmliframeelement.getstructureddata() retrieves any structured microdata (and hcard and hcalendar microformat data) contained in the html loaded in the browser <iframe> and returns it as json. ...
...And 3 more matches

Extending a Protocol
e file's name and the protocol name must match. include protocol pwindowglobal; namespace mozilla { namespace dom { async refcounted protocol pecho { manager pwindowglobal; parent: async echo(nscstring data) returns (nscstring aresult); async __delete__(); }; } // namespace dom } // namespace mozilla now, edit "./dom/ipc/moz.build" file and add 'pecho.ipdl', to the ipdl_sources array. remember that it needs to be in alphabetical order or it won't compile. breaking it down: include protocol pwindowglobal; - we include pwindowglobal, because it's going to manage the protocol for us. async refcounted protocol pecho {....} - this protocol is "async", meaning we are going to use mozpromises. it's also "refcounted", meaning it we can use refptr<> for instances that can be cycle co...
...(echochild, final) public: explicit echochild(); protected: void actordestroy(actordestroyreason awhy) override; // we get sendecho(nscstring& astring) from the superclass. private: ~echochild() = default; bool mactoralive; }; } // end of namespace dom } // end of namespace mozilla and add the echochild.h to dom/ipc/moz.build, as part of the exports.mozilla.dom array. again, remember that this must be in alphabetical order! compiling this will now complain: "fatal error: 'mozilla/dom/echoparent.h' file not found", so let's define echoparent.h. defining echoparent.h like before, create ./dom/ipc/echoparent.h, and code it as follows - the inline comments describe what's going on. note the recvecho(), we finally get to define where a message is received, yay!: #ifndef...
... echoparent::echoresolver&& aresolver); mozilla::ipc::ipcresult recv__delete__() override; void actordestroy(actordestroyreason awhy) override; private: ~echoparent() = default; bool mactoralive; }; } // end of namespace dom } // end of namespace mozilla #endif now, and add the echoparent.h to dom/ipc/moz.build, as part of the exports.mozilla.dom array. again, remember that this must be in alphabetical order! ok, if we now try to compile, it should complain that "error: no member named 'allocpechoparent' in 'mozilla::dom::windowglobalparent'". this is part of windowglobalparent managing our protocol for us. so let's add that. defining windowglobalparent's alloc/deallocpechoparent() open up dom/ipc/windowglobalparent.h and we are going to add two things...
...And 3 more matches

IPDL Tutorial
he type name. then you can pass a mozilla::maybe object instead of a concrete value. protocol pmaybe { child: async maybe(nscstring? maybe); }; custom primitive types when you need to send data of a type other than one built into ipdl, you can add a using declaration in an ipdl specification. a custom serializer and deserializer must be provided by your c++ code. using mozilla::plugins::npremoteevent; sync protocol pplugininstance { child: async handleevent(npremoteevent); }; unions ipdl has built-in support for declaring discriminated unions. using struct mozilla::void_t from "ipc/ipcmessageutils.h"; union variant { void_t; bool; int; double; nscstring; ppluginscriptableobject; }; this union generates a c++ interface which includes the following: struct variant ...
... to initialize a union, simply assign a valid value to it, as follows: avariant = false; structs ipdl has built-in support for arbitrary collections of serializable data types. struct namevaluepair { nscstring name; nscstring value; }; in implementation code, these structs can be created and used like so: namevaluepair entry(astring, ano...
...protocol pplugininstance { child: sync init() returns (bool windowless, bool ok); }; the generated c++ code for this method uses outparam pointers for the returned values: class pplugininstanceparent { ... bool sendinit(bool* windowless, bool* ok) { ... }; }; class pplugininstancechild { ... virtual bool recvinit(bool* windowless, bool* ok) = 0; } rpc semantics "rpc" stands for "remote procedure call," and this third semantics models procedure call semantics. a quick summary of the difference between rpc and sync semantics is that rpc allows "re-entrant" message handlers: while an actor is blocked waiting for an "answer" to an rpc "call", it can be unblocked to handle a new, incoming rpc call. in the example protocol below, the child actor offers a "callmecallyou()" rpc int...
...And 3 more matches

PopupNotifications.jsm
imported the module, you can then use the popupnotifications object it exports; this object provides methods for creating and displaying popup notification panels. note: this code module is imported by firefox chrome windows, so you don't have to do it yourself in most extensions. method overview void locationchange(); notification getnotification(id, browser); void remove(notification); notification show(browser, id, message, anchorid, mainaction, secondaryactions, options); properties attribute type description ispanelopen boolean returns true if the notification panel is currently visible, false if it is not. methods locationchange() the consumer can call this method to let the popup notification module ...
...th the browser/id pair. notification getnotification( string id xulelement browser ); parameters id the notification id to search for. browser the xul <xul:browser> element whose notifications should be searched. if null, the currently selected <xul:browser>'s notifications will be searched. return value the corresponding notification object, or null if no such notification exists. remove() removes the specified notification. void remove( notification notification ); parameters notification the notification object representing the notification to remove. show() adds a new popup notification, displaying it to the user. notification show( browser, id, message, anchorid, mainaction, secondaryactions, options ); parameters browser the xul <xul:brow...
...ay manually dismiss the notification, however. for most use cases, the value of this parameter should be date.now() plus an offset indicating the amount of time the notification should be kept open (for example, date.now() + 30000 for 30 seconds). persistwhilevisible a boolean value indicating whether or not the notification should persist across location changes. if true, the notification will remain visible even if the browser navigates to a different location. dismissed a boolean value indicating whether or not the notification should be added as a dismissed notification. dismissed notifications can be activated by clicking on their anchor. this lets you create a notification that will appear when the user clicks the anchor. eventcallback a javascript function to be invoked when the ...
...And 3 more matches

Localizing with Mercurial
localizing current versions of firefox, thunderbird and seamonkey includes working with mercurial. if the documentation is incomplete or you have questions, please drop by the #l10n or #hg channels on irc.mozilla.org. ...
...m comm-central, mozilla-central and the other appropriate locations and apply those changes in your working copy. to update your local l10n repo after your first clone, run this command from your local l10n directory: hg pull -u creating l10n patches another thing you can do with hg without needing account priviledges is creating l10n patches of your work for someone else to commit to your remote l10n repo on the mozilla servers. doing this ensures that your dashboards are always accurate, as they look at your remote repo. here's how to create a l10n patch with hg and the mq extension: enable mq by adding hg.ext = to your mercurial config file (~/.hgrc on unix-like systems or mercurial.ini on windows) under the [extensions] section. open your command line tool and navigate to you...
.... the commit message should take the form of "bug 123456 - change this thing to work better by doing something; r=reviewers" if you are to fix a bug. make your change. once you finish making your change, run hg qrefresh to commit your changes to the patch. navigate to your <repository>/.hg/patches to find your .patch. you may repeat from step 4 to create another patch. your patches will be incremental, i.e. new patches are created based on old patches. if you want to commit all the patches to the repository and cleanup the patch queue, run hg qfinish. please refer to mqtutorial and mq documentation for further uses of mq extension to manage patches. mercurial account priviledges eventually, you or your team leader will need hg account priviledges. let's face it, it's just more conveni...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla DOM Hacking Guide
sinfo nsdomgenericsh; another example is nswindowsh, which inherits from nseventreceiversh, thus inheriting from nsdomclassinfo. each dom class is mapped to its helper class during the initialization of the sclassinfodata array. each helper class has a public docreate member function that is called by getclassinfoinstance (see also section 1.6) to create a new instance of the class if needed. remember that the docreate member function is called through a pointer to a function named mconstructorfptr, a member of the nsdomclassinfodata struct. an instance of a helper class is created the first time xpconnect needs access to the flattened set of interfaces of an object. the instance is then cached for further use. most of the helper classes implement one or more nsixpcscriptable methods. th...
... static nsresult wrapnative(...): xpconnect fu, not our problem. static nsresult throwjsexception(jscontext *cx, nsresult aresult);: help me! static nsresult initdomjsclass(jscontext *cx, jsobject *obj);: help me! static jsclass sdomjsclass;: help me! protected section: const nsdomclassinfodata* mdata;: help me! static nsresult init(): called only once, it is used to initialize the remaining members of the nsdomclassinfodata structure, as mentioned above. once called, init() sets sisinitialized to true, to remember that the initialization has been performed. the implementation is described in section 1.5. static nsresult registerclassname(print32 adomclassinfoid): help me! static nsresult registerclassprotos(print32 adomclassinfoid): help me! static nsresult registerexternal...
...pconnect. then the script security manager (ssecman) is initialized. getsafejscontext() grabs us a cool js context to run our javascript code in. the part about componentregistrar is designed to allow external modules (in this case xpath) to be included in domclassinfo and as such benefit from the javascript benefits it provides. after that, we fill the blanks in the sclassinfodata array. if you remember the discussion in the introduction to class info, there is the main array, sclassinfodata, filled with objects of type nsdomclassinfodata. however when the array is created, three data members of the structure are left as null pointers: mcachedclassinfo, mprotochaininterface, and minterfaces. init() uses a set of macros to fill the blanks: the dom_classinfo_map family. each dom class needs t...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla Quirks Mode Behavior
hat exist between mozilla's standards mode and quirks mode behavior. miscellaneous & style all of the style rules in layout/style/res/quirk.css apply only in quirks mode: orphaned li has an inside bullet (bug 1049). add padding if the very first node in an li is another ul or ol (bug 98636). obsolete since gecko 50 list bullets do not inherit the font size of the list (bug 97351). removed in firefox 50 (bug 648331). don't inherit font properties into tables except for font-family. make table borders gray rather than using the foreground color. collapse top margin of body and td and bottom margin of td. collapse the bottom or top margins of empty elements (bug 97361). support <pre wrap>, <pre cols>, <pre width>. orphaned dd has generated content :before instea...
...ves a content-type header other than text/css. the css parser accepts colors not beginning with #, except in shorthands. the css parser interprets unitless numbers as px (except for line-height and any other properties where they have distinct meaning, and except in shorthands). in quirks mode, the css parser allows {} around the contents of style attributes (bug 99554). this behavior is being removed in firefox 27, for interoperability. (bug 915053) an empty string for the background attribute sets the background url to empty only in quirks mode. the topmargin, bottommargin, leftmargin, and rightmargin attributes on body are supported only in quirks mode (bug 9258). obsolete since gecko 35 (firefox 35.0 / thunderbird 35.0 / seamonkey 2.32) (bug 95530) this quirk is now html5 conform a...
... when written in june 2001, but no longer appears accurate. should look into tablequirkcolorrule, re-describe, and figure out when it changed.] obsolete since gecko 37 the empty-cells property defaulted to hide in quirks mode but show (according to css2.1) in standards mode (see bug 33244) (though the correct fix would be to specify it on the html table element in quirk.css). this quirk has been removed in firefox 37 and empty-cells also defaults to show in quirks mode (bug 1020400). in quirks mode floated tables never move to the next "line" if they don't fit next to other floats, they just keep widening the page (see bug 43086). to correspond, their width is computed as though only the remaining available space is the containing block width (bug 99461). in quirks mode colspan="0" and ro...
...And 3 more matches

Performance
memory about:memory is the easiest-to-use tool for measuring memory usage in mozilla code, and is the best place to start. it also lets you do other memory-related operations like trigger gc and cc, dump gc & cc logs, and dump dmd reports. about:memory is built on top of firefox's memory reporting infrastructure. dmd dmd is a tool that identifies shortcomings in about:memory's measurements, and can also do multiple kinds of general heap profiling. are we slim yet areweslimyet.com (a.k.a. awsy) is a memory usage and regression tracker. bloatview bloatview prints per-class statistics on allocations and refcounts, and provides gross numbers on the amount of memory being leaked broken down by class. it is used as part of mozilla's continuous integration testing.
...eristic. see also the documentation on leak-hunting strategies and tips. profiling and performance tools profiling with the developer tools profiler the profiler built into the developer tools has a high-level waterfall, detailed call tree, allocations and gc profiling, and flame graphs. it is available on all platforms and release channels, and also supports remote profiling b2g and fennec. profiling with the firefox profiler the firefox profiler is a good tool to start with, particularly for understanding where time is spent within c++ code in firefox. profiling with instruments how to use apple's instruments tool to profile mozilla code. profiling with xperf how to use microsoft's xperf tool to profile mozilla ...
... instruments tool to profile mozilla code. profiling with xperf how to use microsoft's xperf tool to profile mozilla code. profiling with concurrency visualizer how to use visual studio's concurrency visualizer tool to profile mozilla code. ...
...And 3 more matches

NSS 3.12.4 release notes
ces (nss) 3.12.4 is a patch release for nss 3.12. the bug fixes in nss 3.12.4 are described in the "bugs fixed" section below. nss 3.12.4 is tri-licensed under the mpl 1.1/gpl 2.0/lgpl 2.1. distribution information this release is built from the source, at the cvs repository rooted at cvs.mozilla.org:/cvsroot, with the cvs tag nss_3_12_4_rtm. nss 3.12.4 requires nspr 4.8. this is not a hard requirement. our qa tested nss 3.12.4 with nspr 4.8, but it should work with nspr 4.7.1 or later. you can check out the source from cvs by cvs co -r nspr_4_8_rtm nspr cvs co -r nss_3_12_4_rtm nss see the documentation section for the build instructions. nss 3.12.4 source is also available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarball: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss...
...n, where only \ and ] require escaping. new functions in the nss shared library: pk11_isinternalkeyslot (see pk11pub.h) secmod_opennewslot (see pk11pub.h) new error codes (see secerr.h): sec_error_bad_info_access_method sec_error_crl_import_failed new oids (see secoidt.h) sec_oid_x509_any_policy the nssckbi pkcs #11 module's version changed to 1.75. obsolete code for win16 has been removed. support for openvms has been removed. bugs fixed the following bugs have been fixed in nss 3.12.4. bug 321755: implement crldistributionpoint extension in libpkix bug 391434: avoid multiple encoding/decoding of pkix_pl_oid to and from ascii string bug 405297: problems building nss/lib/ckfw/capi/ with mingw gcc bug 420991: libpkix returns wrong nss error code bug 427135: add super-h (sh3,...
...bug 488396: dbm needs to be fips certifiable. bug 488550: crash in certutil or pp when printing cert wi...
...And 3 more matches

NSS 3.35 release notes
leformatsql added formally verified implementations of non-vectorized chacha20 and non-vectorized poly1305 64-bit. for stronger security, when creating encrypted pkcs#7 or pkcs#12 data, the iteration count for the password based encryption algorithm has been increased to one million iterations. note that debug builds will use a lower count, for better performance in test environments. ...
...hat debug builds will use a lower count, for better performance in test environments. as a reminder, debug builds should not be used for production purposes. nss 3.30 had introduced a regression, preventing nss from reading some aes encrypted data, produced by older versions of nss. nss 3.35 fixes this regression and restores the ability to read affected data. ...
...tionsetdefault and ssl_optiongetdefault have been modified, to take a printn argument rather than prbool. this makes it clearer, that options can have values other than 0 or 1. note this does not affect abi compatibility, because prbool is a typedef for printn. experimental apis and functionality the functionality and the apis listed in this section are experimental. any of these apis may be removed from future nss versions. applications must not rely on these apis to be present. if an application is linked at runtime to a later version of nss, which no longer provides any of these apis, the application must handle the scenario gracefully. in order to ease transitions, experimental functions return secfailure and set the ssl_error_unsupported_experimental_api code if the selected api is...
...And 3 more matches

NSS functions
later cert_filtercertlistbycanames mxr 3.4 and later cert_filtercertlistbyusage mxr 3.4 and later cert_filtercertlistforusercerts mxr 3.6 and later cert_findcertbydercert mxr 3.2 and later cert_findcertbyissuerandsn mxr 3.2 and later cert_findcertbynickname mxr 3.2 and later cert_findcertbynicknameoremailaddr mxr 3.2 and later cert_findcertbysubjectkeyid mxr 3.7 and later cert_findcertextension mxr 3.4 and later cert_findcertissuer mxr 3.3 and later cert_findkeyusageextension mxr 3.4 and later cert_findsmimeprofile mxr 3.2 and later cert_findsubjectkeyidextension mxr 3.7 and later cert_findu...
... cert_nametoascii mxr 3.2 and later cert_newcertlist mxr 3.2 and later cert_newtempcertificate mxr 3.12 and later cert_nicknamestringsfromcertlist mxr 3.4 and later cert_opencertdbfilename mxr 3.2 and later cert_ocspcachesettings mxr 3.11.7 and later cert_pkixverifycert mxr 3.12 and later cert_removecertlistnode mxr 3.6 and later cert_rfc1485_escapeandquote mxr 3.2 and later cert_savesmimeprofile mxr 3.2 and later cert_setsloptime mxr 3.2 and later cert_setocspfailuremode mxr 3.11.7 and later cert_setocsptimeout mxr 3.12 and later cert_setusepkixforvalidation mxr 3.12 and later cert_sta...
...updated 3.8 with new options. see bug 215186 pk11_listfixedkeysinslot mxr 3.4 a...
...And 3 more matches

Bytecode Descriptions
the enumerable properties of val. implements: forin/ofheadevaluation step 6, enumerateobjectproperties. (the spec refers to an "iterator object" with a next method, but notes that it "is never directly accessible" to scripts. the object we use for this has no public methods.) if val is null or undefined, this pushes an empty iterator. the iter object pushed by this instruction must not be used or removed from the stack except by jsop::moreiter and jsop::enditer, or by error handling. the script's jsscript::trynotes() must mark the body of the for-in loop, i.e. exactly those instructions that begin executing with iter on the stack, starting with the next instruction (always jsop::loophead). code must not jump into or out of this region: control can enter only by executing jsop::iter and can ex...
...implements: arrayaccumulation, the third algorithm, step 4, in the common case where nextindex is known. format: jof_elem, jof_propinit, jof_ic initeleminc stack: array, index, val ⇒ array, (index + 1) initialize an array element array[index++] with value val. val may be magicvalue(js_elements_hole). if it is, no element is defined, but the array length and the stack value index are still incremented. this never calls setters or proxy traps. array must be an array object created by jsop::newarray and never used except by jsop::initelemarray and jsop::initeleminc. index must be an integer, 0 <= index <= int32_max. if index is int32_max, this throws a rangeerror. this instruction is used when an array literal contains a spreadelement. in [a, ...b, c], initelemarray 0 is used to put a into ...
... must be an integer, 0 <= index <= int32_max. if index is int32_max, this throws a rangeerror. this instruction is used when an array literal contains a spreadelement. in [a, ...b, c], initelemarray 0 is used to put a into the array, but initeleminc is used for the elements of b and for c. implements: several steps in arrayaccumulation that call createdataproperty, set the array length, and/or increment nextindex. format: jof_elem, jof_propinit, jof_ic hole stack: ⇒ hole push magicvalue(js_elements_hole), representing an elision in an array literal (like the missing property 0 in the array [, 1]). this magic value must be used only by jsop::initelemarray or jsop::initeleminc. newarraycopyonwrite operands: (uint32_t objectindex) stack: ⇒ array create and push a new array that shares ...
...And 3 more matches

JSClass.flags
hat the mark hook implements the new jstraceop signature instead of the old jsmarkop signature. this is recommended for all new code that needs custom marking. spidermonkey reserves a few other flags for its internal use. they are jsclass_is_anonymous, jsclass_is_global, jsclass_is_proxy, and jsclass_has_cached_proto. jsapi applications should not use these flags. ...
...ature instead of the old jsmarkop signature. this is recommended for all new code that needs custom marking. spidermonkey reserves a few other flags for its internal use. they are jsclass_is_anonymous, jsclass_is_global, jsclass_is_proxy, and jsclass_has_cached_proto. jsapi applications should not use these flags. ...
...e. this is recommended for all new code that needs custom marking. spidermonkey reserves a few other flags for its internal use. they are jsclass_is_anonymous, jsclass_is_global, jsclass_is_proxy, and jsclass_has_cached_proto. jsapi applications should not use these flags. ...
...And 3 more matches

JSPrincipals
rray void * (*)(jscontext *, jsprincipals *) pointer to the function that returns an array of principal definitions. obsolete since jsapi 12 globalprivilegesenabled jsbool (*)(jscontext *, jsprincipals *) flag indicating whether principals are enabled globally. obsolete since jsapi 12 destroy void (*)(jscontext *, jsprincipals *) pointer to the function that decrements the reference count and possibly frees the principals if they are no longer in use. obsolete since jsapi 13 methods name description void dump() this is not defined by the js engine but should be provided by the embedding. added in spidermonkey 17 description jsprincipals is the abstract base class of all principals objects, the objects that identify th...
... used to determine its privileges. a principals object is like a java codesource. jsprincipals could be passed into the js engine through the js_newglobalobject function. jsprincipals has refcount property that is the reference count. this is used for memory management. each time an object is referenced, refcount must be increased by one. each time an object is dereferenced, refcount must be decremented by one. when refcount reaches zero, the principals are no longer in use and are destroyed. use the js_holdprincipals to increment refcount, and use js_dropprincipals to decrement refcount. obsolete. the data content of a principals object is defined by the application, which creates instances of jsprincipals, initializes their refcount fields to 1, and passes them into the engine through ...
...eract. getprincipalarray is a pointer to the function that retrieves the principals for this object or script. globalprivilegesenabled is a flag that indicates whether principals are enabled globally. refcount is the reference count. this is used for memory management. each time an object is referenced, refcount must be increased by one. ...
...And 3 more matches

JS_AddFinalizeCallback
cb jsfinalizecallback pointer to the new callback function to use. data void * passed to data parameter for jsfinalizecallback. ...
... cb jsfinalizecallback pointer to the new callback function to use. data void * passed to data parameter for jsfinalizecallback. ...
... name description jsfinalize_group_start called when preparing to sweep a group of compartments, before anything has been swept. the collector will not yield to the mutator before calling the callback with jsfinalize_group_end status. jsfinalize_group_end called when preparing to sweep a group of compartments. weak references to unmarked things have been removed and things that are not swept incrementally have been finalized at this point. the collector may yield to the mutator after this point. jsfinalize_collection_end called at the end of collection when everything has been swept. description js_addfinalizecallback add a callback function which the garbage collector calls at several points during garbage collection. rt is the r...
...And 3 more matches

JS_Add*Root
try to avoid using it. register a variable as a member of the garbage collector's root set, to protect anything the root points at from garbage collection. these functions are obsoleted, use js::persistentrooted instead. ...
...the name of the new root, or null. description the js_add*root and functions add a c/c++ variable to the garbage collector's root set, the set of variables used as starting points each time the collector checks to see what memory is reachable. ...
...note that this means that if the root is meant to live past the end of a function, the address of a local (stack-based) variable may not be used for rp. ...
...And 3 more matches

Avoiding leaks in JavaScript XPCOM components
concepts, and second by describing a number of common javascript patterns that cause leaks. basics of memory management creating objects that are not a fixed size for the lifetime of the program (global variables) or a fixed size for the lifetime of a function (stack variables) requires a system for dynamic memory allocation: a system that allocates memory from a space called the heap. the requirements for such a memory allocation system are: memory should be returned to the heap when the program no longer needs it (or soon thereafter) so that the amount of memory consumed by the program does not increase. programs should not dereference pointers pointing to memory that has been returned to the heap (and potentially reused). meeting both requirements at the same time can be tricky. ma...
...ntial for crashes just like malloc and free). the potential causes of leaks with garbage collection (the next strategy) also apply to reference counting as well. garbage collection garbage collection is generally used to refer to algorithms that (1) determine which objects are still needed by starting from a set of roots and finding all objects reachable from those objects and (2) returning all remaining objects to the heap. the roots include things like global variables and variables on the current call stack. mozilla's javascript engine uses one of the most common garbage collection algorithms, mark and sweep, in which the garbage collector clears the mark bit on each object, sets the mark bits on all roots and all objects reachable from them, and then finalizes all objects not marked and...
... when the term is not used to refer to lesser algorithms like reference counting) is pretty good at freeing memory that should be freed. however, in a fully garbage-collected system the programmer can still create leaks by leaving objects reachable that are no longer needed. for example, if an object's constructor adds the object to a list that is reachable from a global variable and nothing ever removes it from the list, the object will never be destroyed since it is always reachable from the list. memory management in xpcom and javascript javascript code that uses xpcom through xpconnect uses two different memory management models. javascript uses garbage collection. xpcom uses reference counting. authors of javascript code that uses xpcom objects can't depend on all of the benefits of ga...
...And 3 more matches

nsIDOMElement
ring namespaceuri, in domstring localname); domstring getattributens(in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring localname); nsidomnodelist getelementsbytagname(in domstring name); nsidomnodelist getelementsbytagnamens(in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring localname); boolean hasattribute(in domstring name); boolean hasattributens(in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring localname); void removeattribute(in domstring name) nsidomattr removeattributenode(in nsidomattr oldattr) void removeattributens(in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring localname) void setattribute(in domstring name, in domstring value) nsidomattr setattributenode(in nsidomattr newattr) nsidomattr setattributenodens(in nsidomattr newattr) void setattributens(in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring qualifi...
...tring name ); parameters name attribute name return value a boolean, true if the given attribute is set. hasattributens() check if the element for a given namespace have this attribute set. boolean hasattributens( in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring localname ); parameters namespaceuri namespace uri localname attribute name return value a boolean, true if the given attribute is set. ...
...ameters name attribute name return value a boolean, true if the given attribute is set. hasattributens() check if the element for a given namespace have this attribute set. boolean hasattributens( in domstring namespaceuri, in domstring localname ); parameters namespaceuri namespace uri localname attribute name return value a boolean, true if the given attribute is set. removeattribute() remove an attribute. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIDOMMozNetworkStatsManager
val end, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsgetoptions */); nsidomdomrequest addalarm(in nsisupports network, in long threshold, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsalarmoptions */); nsidomdomrequest getallalarms([optional] in nsisupports network); nsidomdomrequest removealarms([optional] in long alarmid); nsidomdomrequest clearstats(in nsisupports network); nsidomdomrequest clearallstats(); nsidomdomrequest getavailablenetworks(); nsidomdomrequest getavailableservicetypes(); attributes attribute type description samplerate long minimum time in milliseconds between samples stored in the d...
... statistics. the query may be filtered by connection type and date. nsidomdomrequest getsamples(in nsisupports network, in jsval start, in jsval end, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsgetoptions */); parameters network the origin of the data. it can specify wifi, mobile, or null. if null, data measurement from both origins are merged. to know in advance which kind of origin is available, the moznetworkstatsmanager.getavailablenetworks method returns an array of interfaces. start a date object representing the beginning of data measurement. end a date object representing the end of data measurement. options optional filtering options. networkstatsgetoptions is a dictionary object providin...
...alarm" system message is sent to the application, where the optional parameter data must be a cloneable object. nsidomdomrequest addalarm(in nsisupports network, in long threshold, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsalarmoptions */); parameters network the origin of the data. it can specify wifi, mobile, or null. if null, data measurement from both origins are merged. to know in advance which kind of origin is available, the moznetworkstatsmanager.getavailablenetworks method returns an array of interfaces. threshold the total data usage threshold in bytes. options optional filtering options. networkstatsalarmoptions is a dictionary object providing filtering options. return value an nsidomdomrequest object. if successfu...
...And 3 more matches

nsIHttpServer
ihttpserverstoppedcallback callback); /** * associates the local file represented by the string file with all requests * which match request. * * @param path * the path which is to be mapped to the given file; must begin with "/" and * be a valid uri path (i.e., no query string, hash reference, etc.) * @param file * the file to serve for the given path, or null to remove any mapping that * might exist; this file must exist for the lifetime of the server */ void registerfile(in string path, in nsifile file); /** * registers a custom path handler. * * @param path * the path on the server (beginning with a "/") which is to be handled by * handler; this path must not include a query string or hash component; it * also should us...
... * * @param prefi...
...x handler. * * @param prefix * the path on the server (beginning and ending with "/") which is to be * handled by handler; this path must not include a query string or hash * component. all requests that start with this prefix will be directed to * the given handler. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIIdleService
ions exist for windows, mac os x, and linux (via xscreensaver). implemented by: @mozilla.org/widget/idleservice;1. to create an instance, use: var idleservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/idleservice;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiidleservice); method overview void addidleobserver(in nsiobserver observer, in unsigned long time); void removeidleobserver(in nsiobserver observer, in unsigned long time); attributes attribute type description idletime unsigned long the amount of time in milliseconds that has passed since the last user activity. can be 0 if there is no valid idle time to report (this can happen if the user never interacted with the browser at all, and if we are unable to poll for i...
... gecko 16 and later. you can add the same observer twice. most implementations need to poll the os for idle info themselves, meaning your notifications could arrive with a delay up to the length of the polling interval in that implementation. current implementations use a delay of 5 seconds. ...
...otification sent out if the user remains idle for an extended period: 'idle-daily'. the data parameter for the notification contains the current user idle time. void addidleobserver( in nsiobserver observer, in unsigned long time ); parameters observer the nsiobserver to be notified. time the amount of time in seconds the user should be idle before the observer should be notified. removeidleobserver() remove an observer registered with addidleobserver(). note: removing an observer will remove it once, for the idle time you specify. if you have added an observer multiple times, you will need to remove it just as many times. void removeidleobserver( in nsiobserver observer, in unsigned long time ); parameters observer the nsiobserver to be removed. time the amount...
...And 3 more matches

nsILoginManager
note: default values for the nsiloginmetainfo ...
... note: default values for the nsiloginmetainfo properties are created if the spe...
...gindata is a nsilogininfo, all of the old login's nsilogininfo properties are changed to the values from newlogindata (but the old login's nsiloginmetainfo properties are unmodified). if newlogindata is a nsipropertybag, only the specified properties will be changed. the nsiloginmetainfo properties of oldlogin can be changed in this manner. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIMsgDatabase
rtdate, in prtime enddate, in nsmsgkeyarrayptr markedids); native code only! void deletemessages(in nsmsgkeyarrayptr nsmsgkeys, in nsidbchangelistener instigator); native code only! ...
... void listallofflinedeletes(in nsmsgkeyarrayptr offlinedeletes); native code only! void listallofflinemsgs(in nsmsgkeyarrayptr offlinemsgs); native code only! void setattributesonpendinghdr(in nsimsgdbhdr pendinghdr, in st...
...s opened), but the summary file is missing. forcefolderdbclosed() void forcefolderdbclosed(in nsimsgfolder afolder); parameters afolder close() void close(in boolean aforcecommit); parameters aforcecommit commit() void commit(in nsmsgdbcommit committype); parameters committype forceclosed() force closed is evil, and we should see if we can do without it. in 4.x, it was mainly used to remove corrupted databases. void forceclosed(); clearcachedhdrs() void clearcachedhdrs(); resethdrcachesize() void resethdrcachesize(in unsigned long size); getmsghdrforkey() nsimsgdbhdr getmsghdrforkey(in nsmsgkey key); parameters key getmsghdrformessageid() nsimsgdbhdr getmsghdrformessageid(in string messageid); parameters messageid containskey() returns whether or not this database c...
...And 3 more matches

nsIMsgIncomingServer
in astring aprompttitle, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, out boolean okayvalue); astring getunicharattribute(in string name); astring getunicharvalue(in string attr); boolean isnewhdrduplicate(in nsimsgdbhdr anewhdr); void onuserorhostnamechanged(in acstring oldname, in acstring newname); void performbiff(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); void performexpand(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); void removefiles(); void setboolattribute(in string name, in boolean value); void setboolvalue(in string attr, in boolean value); void setcharattribute(in string name, in acstring value); void setcharvalue(in string attr, in acstring value); void setdefaultlocalpath(in nsilocalfile adefaultlocalpath); void setfilevalue(in string relpref, in string abspref, in nsilocalfile avalue); void setfi...
... storepassword(); astring tostring(); void writetofoldercache(in nsimsgfoldercache foldercache); attributes attribute type description accountmanagerchrome astring read only. biffminutes long biffstate unsigned long canbedefaultserver boolean read only. cancompactfoldersonserver boolean read only. cancreatefoldersonserver boolean candelete boolean can this server be removed from the account manager? for instance, local mail is not removable, but an imported folder is. canemptytrashonexit boolean read only. canfilemessagesonserver boolean canhavefilters boolean read only. cansearchmessages boolean read only. canundodeleteonserver boolean read only. constructedprettyname astring helper function to construct the pretty name in a server type specific w...
...ber variable. read only. performingbiff boolean port long prettyname astring pretty name - should be "userid on hostname" if the pref is not set. realhostname acstring real hostname of the server (if server name is changed it is stored here) realusername acstring real username of the server (if username is changed it is stored here) redirectortype string obsolete since gecko 1.9 rememberpassword boolean retentionsettings nsimsgretentionsettings rootfolder nsimsgfolder rootmsgfolder nsimsgfolder read only. searchscope nsmsgsearchscopevalue read only. serverbusy boolean serverrequirespasswordforbiff boolean read only. serveruri acstring read only. sockettype long spamfilterplugin nsimsgfilterplugin read only. spamsettings nsispamsettings spam setti...
...And 3 more matches

nsINavHistoryContainerResultNode
yresultnode getchild(in unsigned long aindex); unsigned long getchildindex(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode); attributes attribute type description childcount unsigned long the number of child nodes; accessing this throws an ns_error_not_available exception of containeropen is false. read only. ...
...read-only. containeropen boolean set this to true to allow descent into this container. when closed, attempting to call getchild() or access childcount results in an error. when you're done reading the container's children, set this to false. ...
...read-only. containeropen boolean set this to true to allow descent into this container. when closed, attempting to call getchild() or access childcount results in an error. when you're done reading the container's children, set this to false. for host and day groupings, doing this has no performance cost since the children have already been computed. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsITextInputProcessor
true if it has composition. read only. constants constant value ...
...rameters aoffset caret offset in the composition string. this value must be between 0 and the length of astring of setpendingcompositionstring(). setpendingcompositionstring() sets pending composition string. this must be called before every call of flushpendingcomposition(). void setpendingcompositionstring(in astring astring); parameters astring new pending composition string. ...
...if this is null, the instance stops sharing modifier state with other instances and clears all modifier state. startcomposition() this starts composition explicitly. ...
...And 3 more matches

Reference Manual
the work of being an owning reference can be done in the constructor, destructor, and assignment operators of nscomptr. whenever you `point' the nscomptr at a different xpcom object (by assignment or initialization), it must release its old value, if any, and addref the new. at its own destructor time it must release as well. nscomptr only does exactly the work you would have done, if you always remembered to do the right thing. safety features type safeguards it is an invariant of nscomptr that it holds the xpcom-correct interface pointer for it's underlying type. for example, an nscomptr<nsifoo> will always hold the pointer that would be returned by queryinterface, when querying an xpcom object for its nsifoo interface. in debug builds, if you subvert this invariant with one of the assignm...
...h the dont_addref directive or a synonym any interface pointer (either nscomptr or a raw xpcom interface pointer) of any type, annotated with the do_queryinterface directive a do_queryreferent directive the first three of these are simple and obvious. the fourth (applying the dont_queryinterface directive) is a synonym for just assigning in a raw xpcom interface pointer of the same type. the remaining directives provide some additional control in special situations. additionally, you can construct an nscomptr without supplying an initial value, in which case it is initialized to 0. just like a primitive pointer, an nscomptr with the value 0 points to no object, and can be tested with expressions like if (foo) and if (!foo). the directives mentioned above may make more sense in this table...
...rface(abarptr, &rv); nscomptr<t> = dont_addref( t* ), nscomptr<t> = getter_addrefs( t* ) sometimes, you happen to have a pointer lying around that's already addrefed, but you want to put it into an nscomptr. this often happens with getters that return the addrefed pointer as their result (rather than an nsresult); or in the efficiency transformations. dont_addref is the perfect remedy to situations like this. nsifoo* temp; nsresult rv = getfoo(&temp); nscomptr<nsifoo> foo( dont_addref(temp) ); // |temp| has already been |addref|ed, but we want to manage it with an // |nscomptr|. nscomptr<nsifoo> foo( getter_addrefs(createafoo()) ); // |getter_addrefs| is a synonym for |dont_addref| that may look better to // you when applied to functions ...
...And 3 more matches

Debugger - Firefox Developer Tools
ing a target javascript program. allowwasmbinarysource a boolean value indicating whether webassembly sources will be available in binary form. the webassembly text generation will be disabled. collectcoverageinfo a boolean value indicating whether code coverage should be enabled inside each debuggee of this debugger instance. changing this flag value will recompile all jit code to add or remove code coverage instrumentation. changing this flag when any frame of the debuggee is currently active on the stack will produce an exception. setting this to true enables code coverage instrumentation, which can be accessed via the debugger.script getoffsetscoverage function. in some cases, the code coverage might expose information which pre-date the modification of this flag. code coverage ...
... is about to begin executing code. (naturally,frame is currently the youngest visible frame.) this method should return a resumption value specifying how the debuggee’s execution should proceed. spidermonkey only calls onenterframe to report visible, non-"debugger" frames. onexceptionunwind(frame,value) the exceptionvalue has been thrown, and has propagated toframe;frame is the youngest remaining stack frame, and is a debuggee frame. this method should return a resumption value specifying how the debuggee’s execution should proceed. if it returns undefined, the exception continues to propagate as normal: if control in frame is in a try block, control jumps to the corresponding catch or finally block; otherwise,frame is popped, and the exception propagates toframe’s caller. whe...
...r, thus imposing capability-based restrictions on a debugger’s reach. however, the addallglobalsasdebuggees method allows the api user to monitor all global object creation that occurs anywhere within the javascript system (the “jsruntime”, in spidermonkey terms), thereby escaping the capability-based limits. for this reason, addallglobalsasdebuggees is only available to privileged code. ...
...And 3 more matches

Index - Firefox Developer Tools
bject.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent's getters and setters. 28 deprecated tools deprecated, tools over the course of devtools development, we have added several experimental panels to try out new ideas. not all of these have had wide adoption, and due to the cost of maintenance, seldom used panels are eventually removed. 29 devtools api devtools the devtools api provides a way to register and access developer tools in firefox. 30 devtoolscolors css this chart lists colors and css variables as implemented in the dark theme and light theme for developer tools. 31 eyedropper firefox, tools, web development:tools the eyedropper tool enables you to se...
...ass over the page, enabling you to select with pixel precision. underneath the magnifying glass it shows the color value for the current pixel using whichever scheme you've selected in settings > inspector > default color unit: 34 index tools found 158 pages: 35 json viewer firefox includes a json viewer. if you open a json file in the browser, or view a remote url with the content-type set to application/json, it is parsed and given syntax highlighting. arrays and objects are shown collapsed, and you can expand them using the "+" icons. 36 measure a portion of the page design, devtools, developer, firefox, layout, measure, measuring, measuring tool, tools using the measuring tool you can measure a specific area of a web page. ...
...ine the appearance of the element at a particular stage of the animation. the browser creates the animation as a transition from each keyframe to the next. 92 intensive javascript if you want to play along you can find the demo website here. 93 ui tour the performance tool's ui consists of 4 main pieces: 94 waterfall 95 remote debugging tools, l10n:priority you can use the firefox developer tools on your desktop to debug web sites and web apps running in other browsers or runtimes. the other browser might be on the same device as the tools themselves or on a different device, such as a phone connected over usb. 96 debugging firefox desktop debugging, guide, tools this guide explains ho...
...And 3 more matches

Waterfall - Firefox Developer Tools
animations svgattranimations styleattribute styleattribute_animations force forcedescendants layout calculating the position and size of page elements. this operation is sometimes called "reflow". paint drawing pixels to the screen. garbage collection garbage collection event. non-incremental gc events are labeled "(non-incremental)". reason a string indicating the reason gc was performed. non-incremental reason if the gc event was non-incremental, the string indicates the reason non-incremental gc was performed. new in firefox 46: if the gc event was caused by allocation pressure, a link appears, labeled "show allocation trigge...
... collection (gc) events, in which spidermonkey (the javascript engine in firefox) walks the heap looking for memory that's no longer reachable and subsequently releasing it. gc is relevant to performance because while it's running the javascript engine must be paused, so your program is suspended and will be completely unresponsive. ...
...walks the heap looking for memory that's no longer reachable and subsequently releasing it. gc is relevant to performance because while it's running the javascript engine must be paused, so your program is suspended and will be completely unresponsive. to help reduce the length of pauses, spidermonkey implements incremental gc: this means that it can perform garbage collection in fairly small increments, letting the program run in between. sometimes, though, it needs to perform a full non-incremental collection, and the program has to wait for it to finish. in trying to avoid gc events, and especially non-incremental gc events, it's wise not to try to optimize for the specific implementation of the javascript engine. spidermonkey uses a complex set of heuristics to determine when gc is n...
...And 3 more matches

about:debugging - Firefox Developer Tools
he about:debugging page provides a single place from which you can attach the firefox developer tools to a number of debugging targets. at the moment it supports three main sorts of targets: restartless add-ons, tabs, and workers. opening the about:debugging page there are two ways to open about:debugging: type about:debugging in the firefox url bar. in the tools > web developer menu, click remote debugging. when about:debugging opens, on the left-hand side, you'll see a sidebar with two options and information about your remote debugging setup: setup use the setup tab to configure the connection to your remote device. this firefox provides information about temporary extensions you have loaded for debugging, extensions that are installed in firefox, the tabs that you currently ...
...irefox provides information about temporary extensions you have loaded for debugging, extensions that are installed in firefox, the tabs that you currently have open, and service workers running on firefox. if your about:debugging page is different from the one displayed here, go to about:config, find and set the option devtools.aboutdebugging.new-enabled to true. setup tab connecting to a remote device firefox supports debugging over usb with android devices, using the about:debugging page. before you connect: enable developer settings on your android device. enable usb debugging in the android developer settings. enable remote debugging via usb in the advanced settings in firefox on the android device. connect the android device to your computer using a usb cable. if your d...
... wish to debug and then click connect next to the device name to open a connection to it. if the connection was successful, you can now click the name of the device to switch to a tab with information about the device. ...
...And 3 more matches

Animation - Web APIs
n.persist() has been invoked on it. animation.starttime gets or sets the scheduled time when an animation's playback should begin. animation.timeline gets or sets the timeline associated with this animation. event handlers animation.oncancel gets and sets the event handler for the cancel event. animation.onfinish gets and sets the event handler for the finish event. animation.onremove allows you to set and run an event handler that fires when the animation is removed (i.e., put into an active replace state). methods animation.cancel() clears all keyframeeffects caused by this animation and aborts its playback. animation.commitstyles() commits the end styling state of an animation to the element being animated, even after that animation has been removed. it will cau...
... animation.play() starts or resumes playing of an animation, or begins the animation again if it previously finished. animation.reverse() reverses playback direction, stopping at the start of the animation. if the animation is finished or unplayed, it will play from end to beginning. ...
...e to be written to the element being animated, in the form of properties inside a style attribute. animation.finish() seeks either end of an animation, depending on whether the animation is playing or reversing. animation.pause() suspends playing of an animation. animation.persist() explicitly persists an animation, when it would otherwise be removed due to the browser's automatically removing filling animations behavior. animation.play() starts or resumes playing of an animation, or begins the animation again if it previously finished. animation.reverse() reverses playback direction, stopping at the start of the animation. if the animation is finished or unplayed, it will play from end to beginning. animation.updateplaybackrate() sets the speed of an animation after f...
...And 3 more matches

AudioBuffer() - Web APIs
are required to support at least 32 channels. samplerate: the sample rate in hz for the buffer. the default is the sample rate of the context used in constructing this object. user agents are required to support sample rates from 8,000 hz to 96,000 hz (but are allowed to go farther outside this range). deprecated parameters context a reference to an audiocontext. this parameter was removed from the spec. return value a new audiobuffer object instance. exceptions notsupportederror one or more of the options are negative or otherwise has an invalid value (such as numberofchannels being higher than supported, or a samplerate outside the nominal range). rangeerror there isn't enough memory available to allocate the buffer. specifications specification statu...
...esktopmobilechromeedgefirefoxinternet exploreroperasafariandroid webviewchrome for androidfirefox for androidopera for androidsafari on iossamsung internetaudiobuffer() constructorchrome full support 55notes full support 55notes notes the context parameter was supported up until version 57, but has now been removed.edge full support ≤79firefox full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42notes full support 42notes notes the context parameter was supported up until version ...
... full support ≤79firefox full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42notes full support 42notes notes the context parameter was supported up until version 44, but has now been removed.safari ? webview android full support 55notes full support 55notes notes the context parameter was supported up until version 57, but has now been removed.chrome android full support 55notes full support ...
...And 3 more matches

How whitespace is handled by HTML, CSS, and in the DOM - Web APIs
note: firefox devtools have supported highlighting text nodes since version 52, making ...
...sues that can arise due to whitespace, and what can be done about them. first of all, we'll look at what happens with spaces in between inline and inline-block elements. in fact, we saw this already in our very first example, when we described how whitespace is processed inside inline formatting contexts. we said that there were rules to ignore most characters but that word-separating characters remain. when you’re only dealing with block-level elements such as <p> that only contain inline elements such as <em>, <strong>, <span>, etc., you don’t normally care about this because the extra whitespace that does make it to the layout is helpful to separate the words in the sentence. it gets more interesting however when you start using inline-block elements. these elements behave like inlin...
...ad of trying an inline-block solution. this handles everything for you, and is definitely the preferred solution: ul { list-style-type: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; display: flex; } if you need to rely on inline-block, you could set the font-size of the list to 0. this only works if your blocks are not sized with ems (based on the font-size, so the block size would also end up being 0). ...
...And 3 more matches

Element.setAttribute() - Web APIs
syntax element.setattribute(name, value); parameters name a domstring specifying the name of the attribute whose value is to be set. ...
... syntax element.setattribute(name, value); parameters name a domstring specifying the name of the attribute whose value is to be set. ...
...ed to be true if they're present on the element at all, regardless of their actual value; as a rule, you should specify the empty string ("") in value (some people use the attribute's name; this works but is non-standard). see the example below for a practical demonstration. since the specified value gets converted into a string, specifying null doesn't necessarily do what you expect. instead of removing the attribute or setting its value to be null, it instead sets the attribute's value to the string "null". if you wish to remove an attribute, call removeattribute(). return value undefined. exceptions invalidcharactererror the specified attribute name contains one or more characters which are not valid in attribute names. example in the following example, setattribute() is used to...
...And 3 more matches

FileSystemEntry - Web APIs
the filesystementry interface of the file and directory entries api represents a single in a file system. the entry can be a file or a directory (directories are represented by the directoryentry interface). it includes methods for working with files—including copying, moving, removing, and reading files—as well as information about a file it points to—including the file name and its path from the root to the entry. because this is a non-standard api, whose specification is not currently on a standards track, it's important to keep in mind that not all browsers implement it, and those that do may implement only small portions of it. check the browser compatibility section for details. basic concepts you don't create filesystementry objects directly. instead, you will rec...
...se filesystem: scheme for the root directory of the origin of the app. for example, if your app is in http://www.html5rocks.com, open filesystem:http://www.html5rocks.com/temporary/ in a tab. chrome shows a read-only list of all the files and folders stored the origin of your app. example to see an example of how tourl() works, see the method description. ...
... filesystem read only a filesystem object representing the file system in which the entry is located. ...
...And 3 more matches

HTMLTableElement - Web APIs
nt.caption is a htmltablecaptionelement representing the first <caption> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <caption>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree as the first child of this element and the first <caption> that is a child of this element is removed from the tree, if any. htmltableelement.thead is a htmltablesectionelement representing the first <thead> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <thead>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree immediately before the first element that is neither a <c...
...e element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <thead>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree immediately before the first element that is neither a <caption>, nor a <colgroup>, or as the last child if there is no such element, and the first <thead> that is a child of this element is removed from the tree, if any. htmltableelement.tfoot is a htmltablesectionelement representing the first <tfoot> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <tfoot>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree immediately before the first element that is neither a <c...
...or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <tfoot>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree immediately before the first element that is neither a <caption>, a <colgroup>, nor a <thead>, or as the last child if there is no such element, and the first <tfoot> that is a child of this element is removed from the tree, if any. htmltableelement.rowsread only returns a live htmlcollection containing all the rows of the element, that is all <tr> that are a child of the element, or a child of one of its <thead>, <tbody> and <tfoot> children. the rows members of a <thead> appear first, in tree order, and those members of a <tbody> last, also in tree order. the htmlcollection is live and is auto...
...And 3 more matches

RTCIceTransport: selectedcandidatepairchange event - Web APIs
a selectedcandidatepairchange event is sent to an rtcicetransport when the ice agent selects a new pair of candidates that describe the endpoints of a viable connection. the pair of candidates is in turn described by an rtcicecandidatepair object which contains one rtcicecandidate representing the local end of the connection, and another representing the remote end of the connection. together, the candidates can be used to establish a connection to be used by the rtcicetransport, and, by extension, by an rtcpeerconnection. bubbles no cancelable no interface event event handler property onselectedcandidatepairchange examples this example creates an event handler for selectedcandidatepairchange that updates a display providing the user ...
...t handler property onselectedcandidatepairchange examples this example creates an event handler for selectedcandidatepairchange that updates a display providing the user information about the progress of the ice negotiation for an rtcpeerconnection called pc. ...
...irchange examples this example creates an event handler for selectedcandidatepairchange that updates a display providing the user information about the progress of the ice negotiation for an rtcpeerconnection called pc. let icetransport = pc.getsenders[0].transport.icetransport; let localprotoelem = document.getelementbyid("local-protocol"); let remoteprotoelem = document.getelementbyid("remote-protocol"); icetransport.addeventlistener("selectedcandidatepairchange", ev => { let pair = icetransport.getselectedcandidatepair(); localprotoelem.innertext = pair.local.protocol.touppercase(); remoteprotoelem.innertext = pair.remote.protocol.touppercase(); }, false) this can also be done by setting the onselectedcandidatepairchange event handler property directly. let icetransport =...
...And 3 more matches

RTCIceTransportState - Web APIs
the rtcicetransportstate enumerated type defines the string values which may be returned by the state property on rtcicetransport objects. the transport state indicates which stage of the candidate gathering process is currently underway. values "new" the rtcicetransport is currently gathering local candidates, or is waiting for the remote device to begin to transmit the remote candidates, or both. in this state, checking of candidates to look for those which might be acceptable has not yet begun. "checking" at least one remote candidate has been received, and the rtcicetransport has begun examining pairings of remote and local candidates in order to attempt to identify viable pairs that could be used to establish a connection. keep in mind that gathering of local candidates may still...
... "connected" a viable candidate pair has been found and selected, and the rtcicetransport has connected the two peers together using that pair. ...
...es. the transport may revert from the "connected" state to the "checking" state if either peer decides to cancel consent to use the selected candidate pair, and may revert to "disconnected" if there are no candidates left to check but one or both clients are still gathering candidates. "completed" the transport has finished gathering local candidates and has received a notification from the remote peer that no more candidates will be sent. in addition, all candidate pairs have been considered and a pair has been selected for use. if consent checks fail on all successful candidate pairs, the transport state will change to "failed". "disconnected" the ice agent has determined that connectivity has been lost for this rtcicetransport. this is not a failure state (that's "failed"). a value...
...And 3 more matches

RTCPeerConnection.createOffer() - Web APIs
the sdp offer includes information about any mediastreamtracks already attached to the webrtc session, codec, and options supported by the browser, and any candidates already gathered by the ice agent, for the purpose of being sent over the signaling channel to a potential peer to request a connection or to update the configuration of an existing connection. ...
...active connection, set this to true. this will cause the returned offer to have different credentials than those already in place. if you then apply the returned offer, ice will restart. specify false to keep the same credentials and therefore not restart ice. the default is false. offertoreceiveaudio optional (legacy) a legacy boolean option which used to control whether or not to offer to the remote peer the opportunity to try to send audio. if this value is false, the remote peer will not be offered to send audio data, even if the local side will be sending audio data. if this value is true, the remote peer will be offered to send audio data, even if the local side will not be sending audio data. the default behavior is to offer to receive audio only if the local side is sending audio, n...
...lue true, will ensure there is at least one transceiver set to receive audio that has not been stopped, and if there isn't one, one will be created. note: you shouldn't use this legacy property. instead, use rtcrtptransceiver to control whether or not to accept incoming audio. offertoreceivevideo optional (legacy) a legacy boolean option which used to control whether or not to offer to the remote peer the opportunity to try to send video. if this value is false, the remote peer will not be offered to send video data, even if the local side will be sending video data. if this value is true, the remote peer will be offered to send video data, even if the local side will not be sending video data. the default behavior is to offer to receive video only if the local side is sending video, n...
...And 3 more matches

RTCPeerConnection: icecandidate event - Web APIs
an icecandidate event is sent to an rtcpeerconnection when an rtcicecandidate has been identified and added to the local peer by a call to rtcpeerconnection.setlocaldescription(). the event handler should transmit the candidate to the remote peer over the signaling channel so the remote peer can add it to its set of remote candidates. ...
...able no interface rtcpeerconnectioniceevent event handler property rtcpeerconnection.onicecandidate description there are three reasons why the icecandidate event is fired on an rtcpeerconnection. sharing a new candidate the majority of icecandidate events are fired to indicate that a new candidate has been gathered. ...
...e are three reasons why the icecandidate event is fired on an rtcpeerconnection. sharing a new candidate the majority of icecandidate events are fired to indicate that a new candidate has been gathered. this candidate needs to be delivered to the remote peer over the signaling channel your code manages. rtcpeerconnection.onicecandidate = (event) => { if (event.candidate) { sendcandidatetoremotepeer(event.candidate) } else { /* there are no more candidates coming during this negotiation */ } } the remote peer, upon receiving the candidate, will add the candidate to its candidate pool by calling addicecandidate(), passing in the candidate string you have passed along using the signaling server. indicating the end of a generation of candidates when an ice negotiation session...
...And 3 more matches

Touch events - Web APIs
pads. the touch events interfaces are relatively low-level apis that can be used to support application-specific multi-touch interactions such as a two-finger gesture. a multi-touch interaction starts when a finger (or stylus) first touches the contact surface. other fingers may subsequently touch the surface and optionally move across the touch surface. the interaction ends when the fingers are removed from the surface. during this interaction, an application receives touch events during the start, move, and end phases. touch events are similar to mouse events except they support simultaneous touches and at different locations on the touch surface. the touchevent interface encapsulates all of the touchpoints that are currently active. the touch interface, which represents a single touchpoi...
...n't figure out which touch to continue"); } } } this iterates over the changed touches as well, but it looks in our cached touch information array for the previous information about each touch to determine the starting point for each touch's new line segment to be drawn. this is done by looking at each touch's touch.identifier property. this property is a unique integer for each touch and remains consistent for each event during the duration of each finger's contact with the surface. this lets us get the coordinates of the previous position of each touch and use the appropriate context methods to draw a line segment joining the two positions together. after drawing the line, we call array.splice() to replace the previous information about the touchpoint with the current information ...
...ther. after drawing the line, we call array.splice() to replace the previous information about the touchpoint with the current information in the ongoingtouches array. handling the end of a touch when the user lifts a finger off the surface, a touchend event is sent. we handle this by calling the handleend() function below. its job is to draw the last line segment for each touch that ended and remove the touchpoint from the ongoing touch list. function handleend(evt) { evt.preventdefault(); log("touchend"); var el = document.getelementbyid("canvas"); var ctx = el.getcontext("2d"); var touches = evt.changedtouches; for (var i = 0; i < touches.length; i++) { var color = colorfortouch(touches[i]); var idx = ongoingtouchindexbyid(touches[i].identifier); if (idx >= 0)...
...And 3 more matches

WebGL best practices - Web APIs
in practice, effectively all systems support at least the following: max_cube_map_texture_size: 4096 max_renderbuffer_size: 4096 max_texture_size: 4096 max_viewport_dims: [4096,4096] max_vertex_texture_image_units: 4 max_texture_image_units: 8 max_combined_texture_image_units: 8 max_vertex_attribs: 16 max_varying_vectors: 8 max...
... using highp precision unconditionally in fragment shaders will prevent your content from working on some older mobile hardware. while you can use mediump float instead, but be aware that this often results in corrupted rendering due to lack of precision (particularly mobile systems) though the corruption is not going to be visible on a typical desktop computer. ...
...e on a typical desktop computer. if you know your precision requirements, getshaderprecisionformat() will tell you what the system supports. if highp float is available, gl_fragment_precision_high will be defined as 1. ...
...And 3 more matches

WebRTC API - Web APIs
ypes are used to set up, open, and manage webrtc connections. included are interfaces representing peer media connections, data channels, and interfaces used when exchanging information on the capabilities of each peer in order to select the best possible configuration for a two-way media connection. interfaces rtcpeerconnection represents a webrtc connection between the local computer and a remote peer. it is used to handle efficient streaming of data between the two peers. rtcdatachannel represents a bi-directional data channel between two peers of a connection. rtcdatachannelevent represents events that occur while attaching a rtcdatachannel to a rtcpeerconnection. the only event sent with this interface is datachannel. rtcsessiondescription represents the parameters of a sessio...
... watching for the closing event instead. closing the rtcdatachannel has transitioned to the closing state, indicating that it will be closed soon. you can detect the completion of the closing process by watching for the close event. connectionstatechange the connection's state, which can be accessed in connectionstate, has changed. datachannel a new rtcdatachannel is available following the remote peer opening a new data channel. this event's type is rtcdatachannelevent. error an rtcerrorevent indicating that an error occurred on the data channel. error an rtcerrorevent indicating that an error occurred on the rtcdtlstransport. this error will be either dtls-failure or fingerprint-failure. gatheringstatechange the rtcicetransport's gathering state has changed. icecandidate an rt...
...for the rtcicetransport on which the event is fired. track the track event, of type rtctrackevent is sent to an rtcpeerconnection when a new track is added to the connection following the successful negotiation of the media's streaming. signalingstatechange sent to the peer connection when its signalingstate has changed. this happens as a result of a call to either setlocaldescription() or setremotedescription(). statechange the state of the rtcdtlstransport has changed. statechange the state of the rtcicetransport has changed. statechange the state of the rtcsctptransport has changed. types rtcsctptransportstate indicates the state of an rtcsctptransport instance. rtcsessiondescriptioncallback the rtcsessiondescriptioncallback is passed into the rtcpeerconnection object whe...
...And 3 more matches

Viewpoints and viewers: Simulating cameras in WebXR - Web APIs
player characters for non-player characters. in single-screen 2d games, the camera is not associated directly with the player or any other character in the game, but is instead either fixed above or next to the game play area, or follows the action as the action moves around a scrolling game world. for example, a classic arcade game such as pac-man takes place on a fixed game map, so the camera remains fixed a set distance above the map, always pointed straight down at the game world. in a side-scrolling or top-scrolling game such as super mario bros., the camera moves along left and right (or up and down, or both) to ensure that the action remains visible even though the game level is much larger than the viewport. positioning the camera since there are no standard camera objects in we...
...o meters away from the origin point—the result is: [31-2]\left [ \begin{matrix} 3 \\ 1 \\ -2 \end{matrix} \right ] this can also be represented as an array: let directionvector = [3, 1, -2]; for the purposes of performing operations involving both the coordinates and the facing direction vector, the vector needs to include the w component. the value of w is always 0 for vectors, so the aforementioned vector can also be represented using [3, 1, -2, 0] or: [31-20]\left [ \begin{matrix} 3 \\ 1 \\ -2 \\ 0 \end{matrix} \right ] webxr automatically normalizes vectors to have a length of 1 meter; however, you may find that it makes sense to do it yourself for various reasons, such as to improve performance of calculations by not having to repeatedly perform normalization. once you've det...
...nsforms simultaneously, such as zooming and panning at the same time, you can multiply the transform matrices together to compose them into a single matrix that applies both changes at once. see multiplying two matrices in the article matrix math for the web for a clear but readable function that does this or use your preferred matrix math library such as glmatrix to do the work. it's crucial to remember that unlike typical arithmetic, where multiplication is commutative (that is, you get the same answer whether you multiply left to right or right to left), matrix multiplication is not commutative! this is because each transform affects the position of the object and possibly the very coordinate system itself, which can dramatically change the results of the next operation performed. so you ...
...And 3 more matches

Using XMLHttpRequest - Web APIs
rd specification for the xmlhttprequest() constructor. these tell the client making the xmlhttprequest important information about the status of the response. some cases where dealing with non-text response types may involve some manipulation and analysis are outlined in the following sections. analyzing and manipulating the responsexml property if you use xmlhttprequest to get the content of a remote xml document, the responsexml property will be a dom object containing a parsed xml document. this could prove difficult to manipulate and analyze. there are four primary ways of analyzing this xml document: using xpath to address (or point to) parts of it. manually parsing and serializing xml to strings or objects. using xmlserializer to serialize dom trees to strings or to files. regex...
...t. this could prove difficult to manipulate and analyze. there are four primary ways of analyzing this xml document: using xpath to address (or point to) parts of it. manually parsing and serializing xml to strings or objects. using xmlserializer to serialize dom trees to strings or to files. regexp can be used if you always know the content of the xml document beforehand. you might want to remove line breaks, if you use regexp to scan with regard to line breaks. however, this method is a "last resort" since if the xml code changes slightly, the method will likely fail. note: xmlhttprequest can now interpret html for you using the responsexml property. read the article about html in xmlhttprequest to learn how to do this. processing a responsetext property containing an html docume...
... to line breaks. however, this method is a "last resort" since if the xml code changes slightly, the method will likely fail. note: xmlhttprequest can now interpret html for you using the responsexml property. read the article about html in xmlhttprequest to learn how to do this. processing a responsetext property containing an html document if you use xmlhttprequest to get the content of a remote html webpage, the responsetext property is a string containing the raw html. this could prove difficult to manipulate and analyze. there are three primary ways to analyze and parse this raw html string: use the xmlhttprequest.responsexml property as covered in the article html in xmlhttprequest. inject the content into the body of a document fragment via fragment.body.innerhtml and travers...
...And 3 more matches

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
operly tracked upon activation. - - - voiceover (leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes - - - - nvda - n/a - - zoom (leopard) pass n/a pass pass zoomtext - - - - orca - - - - checkbox simple checkbox testcases: set aria-checked="false" for unchecked both remove or set attribute for unchecked case -- also includes an invalid and required checkbox hierarchical (newly added test not in test results yet) dojo nightly build expected at behavior: screen reader should speak the accessible name followed by both the type being checkbox and the state (checked, unchecked). when pressing space, new state should be announced automatically. markup used: ...
...ewly added test not in test results yet) dojo nightly build expected at behavior: screen reader should speak the accessible name followed by both the type being checkbox and the state (checked, unchecked). when pressing space, new state should be announced automatically. ...
...when toggling, new state should be announced (not checked, partially checked, checked). markup used: role="checkbox" aria-checked="true" | "false" | "mixed" notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a n/a ...
...And 3 more matches

Web Accessibility: Understanding Colors and Luminance - Accessibility
mon colors can be open to debate. for example, the color "crimson red" may be described in hex values as #990000 by some and #dc143c by others. for the purposes of this document, we'll use terminlogy as it is defined in the w3c, in the css color module level 3 when working with color, it's important to know which "color space" you are working in, as different color spaces map to different measurement systems. currently, the rgb color space predominates as the space web developers work in. hex, rgb and hsl color spaces all are measured differently. conversions between the color spaces are usually needed. because of the current domination of the rgb color space in measuring color output, most calculations in this document are presumed to be in the rgb color space, and very specifically, in...
... of being defined, including rgb, rgb decimal, rgb percent, hsl, cmyk among others. for digital concerns, much of the technology has historically resided in the rgb color space. this is because the companies behind the evolution of digital technology set the standards, and these standards still retain a powerful presence today. this is evolving, and new methods for measuring color involve measurements using other color spaces, but color measurements in the rgb color space still predominates, and this includes video production. the rgb color model is extended to include “alpha” -- rgba -- to allow specification of the opacity of a color. there's movement towards adopting the use of hsl color values rather than rgb values is css color module 3 (see section 4.2.4), the rationale being t...
... it so happens that these "blue sensitive" cones tend to be located at the rims of our eyeballs, away from the center (fovea centralis) of the back of the eyeball, where the red and green cones tend to cluster. there is software that actually takes advantage of that fact. because we do not perceive the color "blue" as well as other colors, for example, some algorithms for compressing image sizes remove the parts of the image with "blue" in them more heavily than other parts of an image. this fact is also used by televsion signals to allocate less bandwidth to the yellow-blue part of their signal, thus saving bandwidth. another important point to consider is the ambience of light surrounding the color. the color will appear differently if the background lighting is dark, or light. one of t...
...And 3 more matches

Using multi-column layouts - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
t, or using heroic scripting. this limitation is solved by adding new css properties to extend the traditional block layout mode. using columns column count and width two css properties control whether and how many columns will appear: column-count and column-width. the column-count property sets the number of columns to a particular number. e.g., example 1 html <div id="col"> <p> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. </p> <p> ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. </p> <p> duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. </p> <p> ex...
...anim id est laborum. </p> </div> css #col { column-count: 2; } result will display the content in two columns (if you're using a multi-column compliant browser): the column-width property sets the minimum desired column width. if column-count is not also set, then the browser will automatically make as many columns as fit in the available width. example 2 html <div id="wid"> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in c...
...rted within columns, as are editing and printing. the columns shorthand most of the time, a web designer will use one of the two css properties: column-count or column-width. as values for these properties do not overlap, it is often convenient to use the shorthand columns. e.g. the css declaration column-width: 12em can be replaced by columns: 12em. example 3 html <div id="col_short"> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in c...
...And 3 more matches

Audio and Video Delivery - Developer guides
ing from 'static' media files to adaptive live streams. this article is intended as a starting point for exploring the various delivery mechanisms of web based media and compatibility with popular browsers. the audio and video elements whether we are dealing with pre-recorded audio files or live streams, the mechanism for making them available through the browser's <audio> and <video> elements remains pretty much the same. currently, to support all browsers we need to specify two formats, although with the adoption of mp3 and mp4 formats in firefox and opera, this is changing fast. you can find compatibility information in the guide to media types and formats on the web. to deliver video and audio, the general workflow is usually something like this: check what format the browser suppo...
... more options for fallbacks. javascript audio var myaudio = document.createelement('audio'); if (myaudio.canplaytype('audio/mpeg')) { myaudio.setattribute('src','audiofile.mp3'); } else if (myaudio.canplaytype('audio/ogg')) { myaudio.setattribute('src','audiofile.ogg'); } myaudio.currenttime = 5; myaudio.play(); we set the sou...
...ontrols are not displayed, create custom controls using html and css, then use javascript to link your controls to the audio/video api. if you need something extra, it's possible to add features that are not currently present in default players, such as playback rate, quality stream switches or even audio spectrums. you can also choose how to make your player responsive — for example you might remove the progress bar under certain conditions. you may detect click, touch and/or keyboard events to trigger actions such as play, pause and scrubbing. it's often important to remember keyboard controls for user convenience and accessibility. a quick example — first set up your audio and custom controls in html: <audio id="my-audio" src="http://jplayer.org/audio/mp3/miaow-01-tempered-song.m...
...And 3 more matches

<details>: The Details disclosure element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ists around to represent opening or closing the widget is why these are sometimes called "twisties." a <details> widget can be in one of two states. the default closed state displays only the triangle and the label inside <summary> (or a user agent-defined default string if no <summary>). this might look like the following: here we see a standard disclosure widget with the label "system requirements", in its default closed state. when the user clicks on the widget or focuses it then presses the space bar, it "twists" open, revealing its contents: from there, you can use css to style the disclosure widget, and you can programmatically open and close the widget by setting/removing its open attribute. by default when closed, the widget is only tall enough to display the disclosure trian...
...ong-term storage. an input device as well as some form of output device is recommended.</p> </details> in this situation, the browser will use a default summary string (usually "details"). here's what your browser does with it: providing a summary this example adds a summary to the above example by using the <summary> element inside <details>, like this: <details> <summary>system requirements</summary> <p>requires a computer running an operating system. the computer must have some memory and ideally some kind of long-term storage. an input device as well as some form of output device is recommended.</p> </details> the result from this html is this: creating an open disclosure box to start the <details> box in its open state, add the boolean open attribute: <details o...
... a computer running an operating system. the computer must have some memory and ideally some kind of long-term storage. an input device as well as some form of output device is recommended.</p> </details> the result from this html is this: creating an open disclosure box to start the <details> box in its open state, add the boolean open attribute: <details open> <summary>system requirements</summary> <p>requires a computer running an operating system. the computer must have some memory and ideally some kind of long-term storage. an input device as well as some form of output device is recommended.</p> </details> this results in: customizing the appearance now let's apply some css to customize the appearance of the disclosure box. css details { font: 16px "open s...
...And 3 more matches